Download:
pdf |
pdfDHS 4300A
Sensitive Systems Handbook
Version 9.1
July 24, 2012
Protecting the Information that Secures the Homeland
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
This page intentionally left blank
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
ii
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Contents
1.0
INTRODUCTION..............................................................................................................1
1.1
Information Security Program and Implementation Guidelines ..............................1
1.2
Authorities................................................................................................................2
1.3
Policy Overview .......................................................................................................2
1.4
Definitions................................................................................................................3
1.4.1 Sensitive Information ...................................................................................3
1.4.2 Public Information .......................................................................................3
1.4.3 National Security Information......................................................................3
1.4.4 Classified National Security Information.....................................................3
1.4.5 National Intelligence Information ................................................................3
1.4.6 Foreign Intelligence Information .................................................................4
1.4.7 Information Technology...............................................................................4
1.4.8 DHS System .................................................................................................4
1.4.9 Component ...................................................................................................5
1.4.10 Trust Zone ....................................................................................................5
1.4.11 Continuity of Operations ..............................................................................5
1.4.12 Continuity of Operations Plan......................................................................5
1.4.13 Essential Functions ......................................................................................6
1.4.14 Vital Records ...............................................................................................6
1.4.15 Federal Information Security Management Act ...........................................6
1.4.16 Personally Identifiable Information .............................................................8
1.4.17 Sensitive Personally Identifiable Information ..............................................8
1.4.18 Privacy Sensitive System .............................................................................8
1.4.19 Strong Authentication ..................................................................................8
1.4.20 Two-Factor Authentication ..........................................................................8
1.5
Waivers and Exceptions ...........................................................................................8
1.5.1 Waivers ........................................................................................................8
1.5.2 Exceptions ....................................................................................................9
1.5.3 Waiver or Exception Requests .....................................................................9
1.5.4 Requests for Exception to U.S. Citizenship Requirement .........................11
1.6
Electronic Signature ...............................................................................................11
1.7
Information Sharing ...............................................................................................12
1.8
Threats....................................................................................................................13
1.8.1 Internal Threats ..........................................................................................13
1.8.2 Criminal Threats ........................................................................................13
1.8.3 Foreign Threats ..........................................................................................14
1.8.4 Lost or Stolen Equipment ..........................................................................14
1.8.5 Supply Chain Threats .................................................................................14
1.9
Changes to Policy...................................................................................................14
2.0
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES ..............................................................................16
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
iii
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
2.1
2.2
3.0
Information Security Program Roles .....................................................................16
2.1.1 DHS Senior Agency Information Security Officer ....................................16
2.1.2 DHS Chief Information Security Officer ...................................................16
2.1.3 Component Chief Information Security Officer ........................................18
2.1.4 Component Information Systems Security Manager .................................21
2.1.5 Risk Executive ...........................................................................................22
2.1.6 Authorizing Official ...................................................................................23
2.1.7 Security Control Assessor ..........................................................................23
2.1.8 Information Systems Security Officer........................................................24
Other Roles ............................................................................................................25
2.2.1 Secretary of Homeland Security ................................................................25
2.2.2 Under Secretaries and Heads of DHS Components ...................................26
2.2.3 DHS Chief Information Officer .................................................................27
2.2.4 Component Chief Information Officer ......................................................28
2.2.5 DHS Chief Security Officer .......................................................................29
2.2.6 DHS Chief Privacy Officer ........................................................................29
2.2.7 DHS Chief Financial Officer .....................................................................30
2.2.8 Program Managers .....................................................................................31
2.2.9 System Owners ..........................................................................................31
2.2.10 Common Control Provider.........................................................................32
2.2.11 DHS Employees, Contractors, and Others Working on Behalf of DHS ....32
MANAGEMENT POLICIES .........................................................................................33
3.1
Basic Requirements ...............................................................................................33
3.2
`Capital Planning and Investment Control .............................................................34
3.2.1 Capital Planning and Investment Control Process .....................................36
3.3
Contractors and Outsourced Operations ................................................................37
3.4
Performance Measures and Metrics .......................................................................39
3.5
Continuity Planning for Critical DHS Assets ........................................................40
3.5.1 Continuity of Operations Planning ............................................................41
3.5.2 Contingency Planning ................................................................................44
3.6
System Engineering Life Cycle..............................................................................48
3.6.1 Planning .....................................................................................................50
3.6.2 Requirements Definition ............................................................................50
3.6.3 Design ........................................................................................................51
3.6.4 Development ..............................................................................................51
3.6.5 Test .............................................................................................................51
3.6.6 Implementation ..........................................................................................52
3.6.7 Operations and Maintenance......................................................................52
3.6.8 Disposition .................................................................................................52
3.7
Configuration Management ...................................................................................52
3.8
Risk Management ..................................................................................................56
3.8.1 Risk Assessment ........................................................................................57
3.8.2 Risk Mitigation ..........................................................................................58
3.8.3 Evaluation and Assessment........................................................................58
3.9
Security Authorization and Security Assessments .................................................58
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
iv
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
3.10
3.11
3.12
3.13
3.14
3.15
3.16
3.17
3.18
4.0
3.9.1 FIPS 199 Categorization and the NIST SP 800-53 Controls .....................64
3.9.2 Privacy Impact Assessment........................................................................65
3.9.3 E-Authentication ........................................................................................65
3.9.4 Risk Assessment ........................................................................................65
3.9.5 Security Plan ..............................................................................................66
3.9.6 Contingency Plan .......................................................................................66
3.9.7 Security Control Assessment Plan .............................................................67
3.9.8 Contingency Plan Testing ..........................................................................67
3.9.9 Security Assessment Report.......................................................................69
3.9.10 Plan of Action and Milestones ...................................................................69
3.9.11 Authorization to Operate Letter .................................................................69
3.9.12 Annual Self-Assessments...........................................................................70
Information Security Review and Assistance ........................................................71
3.10.1 Review and Assistance Management and Oversight .................................72
3.10.2 Information Security Assistance ................................................................72
3.10.3 Information Security Reviews....................................................................73
Security Working Groups and Forums ..................................................................73
3.11.1 CISO Council .............................................................................................73
3.11.2 DHS Information Security Training Working Group ................................73
3.11.3 DHS Security Policy Working Group ........................................................74
Information Security Policy Violation and Disciplinary Action ............................74
Required Reporting ................................................................................................75
Privacy and Data Security ......................................................................................76
3.14.1 Personally Identifiable Information ...........................................................76
3.14.2 Privacy Threshold Analyses .......................................................................78
3.14.3 Privacy Impact Assessments ......................................................................79
3.14.4 System of Record Notices ..........................................................................80
3.14.5 Protecting Privacy Sensitive Systems ........................................................80
3.14.6 Privacy Incident Reporting ........................................................................82
3.14.7 E-Authentication ........................................................................................83
DHS CFO Designated Systems..............................................................................84
Social Media ..........................................................................................................87
Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act.............................................88
Cloud Services .......................................................................................................89
OPERATIONAL CONTROLS ......................................................................................91
4.1
Personnel ................................................................................................................91
4.1.1 Personnel Screening and Position Categorization .....................................91
4.1.2 Rules of Behavior ......................................................................................94
4.1.3 Access to Sensitive Information ................................................................96
4.1.4 Separation of Duties ...................................................................................96
4.1.5 Information Security Awareness, Training, and Education .......................98
4.1.6 Separation from Duty ...............................................................................102
4.2
Physical Security ..................................................................................................104
4.2.1 General Physical Access ..........................................................................104
4.2.2 Sensitive Facility......................................................................................108
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
v
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
4.7
4.8
4.9
4.10
4.11
4.12
5.0
Media Controls.....................................................................................................109
4.3.1 Media Protection ......................................................................................109
4.3.2 Media Marking and Transport .................................................................111
4.3.3 Media Sanitization and Disposal .............................................................113
4.3.4 Production, Input/Output Controls...........................................................116
Voice Communications Security .........................................................................117
4.4.1 Private Branch Exchange .........................................................................117
4.4.2 Telephone Communications ....................................................................122
4.4.3 Voice Mail ...............................................................................................123
Data Communications ..........................................................................................124
4.5.1 Telecommunications Protection Techniques ...........................................124
4.5.2 Facsimiles ................................................................................................126
4.5.3 Video Teleconferencing ...........................................................................127
4.5.4 Voice Over Data Networks ......................................................................129
Wireless Network Communications ....................................................................131
4.6.1 Wireless Systems .....................................................................................133
4.6.2 Wireless Portable Electronic Devices ......................................................135
4.6.3 Wireless Tactical Systems .......................................................................141
4.6.4 Radio Frequency Identification ................................................................144
Overseas Communications...................................................................................145
Equipment ............................................................................................................146
4.8.1 Workstations ............................................................................................147
4.8.2 Laptop Computers and Other Mobile Computing Devices .....................148
4.8.3 Personally Owned Equipment and Software............................................150
4.8.4 Hardware and Software ............................................................................151
4.8.5 Personal Use of Government Office Equipment and DHS
Systems/Computers..................................................................................153
4.8.6 Wireless Settings for Peripheral Equipment ............................................157
Department Information Security Operations ......................................................157
4.9.1 Security Incidents and Incident Response and Reporting ........................160
4.9.2 Law Enforcement Incident Response.......................................................165
4.9.3 Definitions and Incident Categories .........................................................166
Documentation .....................................................................................................167
Information and Data Backup ..............................................................................169
Converging Technologies ....................................................................................172
TECHNICAL CONTROLS ..........................................................................................175
5.1
Identification and Authentication.........................................................................175
5.1.1 Passwords .................................................................................................177
5.2
Access Control .....................................................................................................180
5.2.1 Automatic Account Lockout ....................................................................183
5.2.2 Automatic Session Termination...............................................................184
5.2.3 Warning Banner .......................................................................................185
5.3
Auditing ...............................................................................................................186
5.4
Network and Communications Security ..............................................................189
5.4.1 Remote Access and Dial-In......................................................................189
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
vi
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
5.5
5.6
5.7
5.8
5.4.2 Network Security Monitoring ..................................................................190
5.4.3 Network Connectivity ..............................................................................193
5.4.4 Firewalls and Policy Enforcement Points ................................................198
5.4.5 Internet Security .......................................................................................200
5.4.6 Email Security..........................................................................................204
5.4.7 Personal Email Accounts .........................................................................208
5.4.8 Testing and Vulnerability Management ...................................................209
5.4.9 Peer-to-Peer Technology..........................................................................213
Cryptography........................................................................................................214
5.5.1 Encryption ................................................................................................215
5.5.2 Public Key Infrastructure .........................................................................216
5.5.3 Public Key/Private Key ............................................................................225
Malware Protection ..............................................................................................229
5.6.1 Types of Malware ....................................................................................229
5.6.2 How Malware Affects Systems ................................................................229
5.6.3 Procedures When Malware Is Detected On a System ..............................230
Product Assurance ...............................................................................................232
Supply Chain ........................................................................................................233
6.0
DOCUMENT CHANGE REQUESTS .........................................................................237
7.0
QUESTIONS AND COMMENTS ...............................................................................237
APPENDIX A
ACRONYMS AND ABBREVIATIONS ..............................................238
APPENDIX B
GLOSSARY............................................................................................246
APPENDIX C
REFERENCES .......................................................................................251
APPENDIX D
DOCUMENT CHANGE HISTORY ....................................................255
Enclosure 1—DHS Secure Baseline Configuration Guides
•
Cisco Router Secure Baseline Configuration Guide
•
HP-UX Secure Baseline Configuration Guide
•
Linux Secure Baseline Configuration Guide
•
Solaris Secure Baseline Configuration Guide
•
Solaris 10 Secure Baseline Configuration Guide
•
Windows Secure Baseline Configuration Guide
•
SQL Server Secure Baseline Configuration Guide
•
ORACLE Secure Baseline Configuration Guide
•
Legacy Windows NT Configuration Guidance
−
Guidance for Securing Windows NT
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
vii
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
−
Level One Benchmark Windows NT 4-0 Operating Systems V1.0.5
−
Guide to Securing Microsoft Windows NT Network
−
Addendum to the NSA Guide to Securing Microsoft Windows NT Networks and NSA
Guides to Securing Windows 2000
•
Windows 2003 Server/Windows XP/Windows Vista Secure Baseline Configuration Guide
Attachment A—Requirements Traceability Matrix [removed as of v9.1]
Attachment B—Waivers and Exceptions Request Form
Attachment C—Information Systems Security Officer Designation Letter
Attachment D—Type Authorization
Attachment E—FISMA Reporting
Attachment F—Incident Response and Reporting
Attachment G—Rules of Behavior
Attachment H—Plan of Action and Milestones (POA&M) Process Guide
Attachment I—Workstation Logon, Logoff, and Locking Procedures [removed as of v9.1]
Attachment J—Requesting Exceptions to Citizenship Requirement
Attachment K—IT Contingency Plan Template
Attachment L—Password Management
Attachment M—Tailoring the NIST SP 800-53 Security Controls
Attachment N—Preparation of Interconnection Security Agreements
Attachment O—Vulnerability Assessment Program
Attachment P—Document Change Requests
Attachment Q1—Wireless Systems
Attachment Q2—Wireless Portable Electronic Devices
Attachment Q3—Wireless Tactical Systems
Attachment Q4—Sensitive RFID Systems
Attachment R—Compliance Framework for CFO Designated Financial Systems
Attachment S—Compliance Framework for Privacy Systems
Attachment S1—Managing CREs Containing SPII
Attachment T—Acronyms and Abbreviations [removed as of v9.1]
Attachment X—Social Media
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
viii
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
This page intentionally left blank
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
ix
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
1.0
INTRODUCTION
This handbook is a compilation of the best practices used by Department of Homeland Security
(DHS) Components and includes requirements contained in various National Institute of
Standards and Technology (NIST) publications, Office of Management and Budget (OMB)
direction, and Congressional and Executive mandates.
The Handbook serves as a foundation on which Components can develop, build, and implement
information security programs; it provides specific techniques and procedures for implementing
the requirements of the DHS Information Security Program for Sensitive Systems. These
baseline security requirements (BLSR) are generated by the DHS information security policies
published in “DHS Sensitive Systems Policy Directive 4300A.” BLSRs must be addressed when
developing and maintaining information security documents.
The scope and contents of this handbook will be updated as new capabilities are added to DHS
systems, as security standards are upgraded, and as a result of user experience and comment.
This handbook addresses only information security and is issued as implementation guidance
under the authority of the DHS Chief Information Officer (CIO) through the Office of the DHS
Chief Information Security Officer (CISO).
The aspects of information security addressed by this Handbook pertain to personnel, physical,
information, and industrial security; investigations; emergency preparedness; and domestic
counterterrorism. . Additional information will be published by the proponents of these
programs.
1.1
Information Security Program and Implementation Guidelines
The DHS Information Security Program provides a baseline of policies, standards, and guidelines
for DHS Components. This Handbook provides direction to managers and senior executives for
managing and protecting sensitive systems. It also outlines policies relating to management,
operational, and technical controls necessary for ensuring confidentiality, integrity, availability,
authenticity, and nonrepudiation within DHS information system infrastructure and operations.
Policy elements are designed to be broad in scope. Implementation information can often be
found in specific NIST publications, such as NIST Special Publication (SP) 800-53,
“Recommended Security Controls for Federal Systems and Organizations.”
The policies and direction contained in this document apply to all DHS Components.
Information security policies and implementing procedures for National Security Systems are
covered in separate publications, “DHS National Security Systems Policy Directive 4300B” and
DHS 4300B National Security Systems Handbook.” These publications are available on the
DHS CISO website.
Policy elements are effective when issued. Any policy elements that have not been implemented
within ninety (90) days shall be considered a weakness and either a system or program Plan of
Action and Milestones (POA&M) must be generated by the Component for the identified
weaknesses. When this Policy Directive is changed, the CISO will ensure that appropriate
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
1
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
changes in DHS Security Compliance tools, Risk Management System (RMS), and Trusted
Agent FISMA 1 (TAF); tool changes are made available to the Department within forty-five (45)
days of the changes.
1.2
Authorities
The following list provides the authoritative references for the DHS sensitive information
security program. Additional references are located in Appendix C of this document.
The following are authoritative references for the DHS sensitive information security program.
Additional references are located in Appendix C to this Handbook.
1.3
•
E-Government Act of 2002, including Title III, Federal Information Security
Management Act (FISMA), Public Law 107-347, codified at 44 USC. §§ 3541-3549
•
OMB Circular A-130, “Management of Federal Information Resources,” revised,
November 30, 2000
•
DHS Management Directive (MD) 140-01, “Information Technology Systems Security,”
July 31, 2007
•
DHS Sensitive Systems Policy Directive 4300A
•
NIST Federal Information Processing Standard (FIPS) 200, “Minimum Security
Requirements for Federal Information and Information Systems,” March 2006”
•
NIST SP 800-53, Rev 3, “Recommended Security Controls for Federal Information
Systems and Organizations,” August 2009, with updated errata May 01, 2010”
Policy Overview
DHS information security policies define the security management structure and foundation
needed to measure progress and compliance. Policies in this document are organized in three
sections:
•
Management Controls – These controls focus on managing both system information
security controls and system risk. These controls consist of risk mitigation techniques
normally used by management.
•
Operational Controls – These controls focus on mechanisms primarily implemented and
executed by people. Operational controls are designed to improve the security of a particular
system or group of systems and often rely on management and technical controls.
•
Technical Controls – These controls focus on security controls executed by information
systems. Technical controls provide automated protection from unauthorized access or
misuse; facilitate detection of security violations; and support security requirements for
applications and data.
1 FISMA: Federal Information Security Management Act, 44 U.S.C 3541
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
2
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
.
1.4
Definitions
The definitions in this section apply to the policies and procedures discussed in this document.
Other definitions may be found in the “National Information Assurance (IA) Glossary,” and in
“Privacy Incident Handling Guidance and the Privacy Compliance.”
1.4.1
Sensitive Information
Sensitive information is information not otherwise categorized by statute or regulation that if
disclosed could have an adverse impact on the welfare or privacy of individuals or on the welfare
or conduct of Federal programs or other programs or operations essential to the national interest.
Examples of sensitive information include personal data such as Social Security numbers; trade
secrets; system vulnerability information; pre-solicitation procurement documents, such as
statements of work; and information pertaining to law enforcement investigative methods;
similarly, detailed reports related to computer security deficiencies in internal controls are also
sensitive information because of the potential damage that could be caused by the misuse of this
information. System vulnerability information about a financial system shall be considered
Sensitive Financial Information. All sensitive information must be protected from loss, misuse,
modification, and unauthorized access.
1.4.2
Public Information
This type of information can be disclosed to the public without restriction but requires protection
against erroneous manipulation or alteration (e.g., public websites).
1.4.3
National Security Information
Information that has been determined, pursuant to Executive Order 13526, “Classified National
Security Information,” or any predecessor order, to require protection against unauthorized
disclosure.
1.4.4
Classified National Security Information
Information that has been determined, pursuant to Executive Order 13526, “Classified National
Security Information,” to require protection against unauthorized disclosure and is marked to
indicate its classified status.
1.4.5
National Intelligence Information
The following definition is provided in the Intelligence Reform and Terrorism Prevention Act of
2004 (IRTPA), Public Law 108-458, 118 Stat. 3638:
“The terms ‘national intelligence’ and ‘intelligence related to national security’
refer to all intelligence, regardless of the source from which derived and including
information gathered within or outside the United States, that – “(A) pertains, as
determined consistent with any guidance issued by the President, to more than one
United States Government agency; and “(B) that involves – (i) threats to the
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
3
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
United States, its people, property, or interests; (ii) the development, proliferation,
or use of weapons of mass destruction; or (iii) any other matter bearing on United
States national or homeland security.”
1.4.6
Foreign Intelligence Information
This type of information relates to the capabilities, intentions, and activities of foreign powers,
organizations, or persons, but does not include counterintelligence except for information on
international terrorist activities.
1.4.7
Information Technology
Division E of the Information Technology Management Reform Act of 1996, Public Law 104106, codified at 40 USC 1401 et seq., commonly referred to as the Clinger-Cohen Act of 1996,
defines Information Technology (IT) as
“any equipment or interconnected system or subsystem of equipment that is used
in the automatic acquisition, storage, manipulation, management, movement,
control, display, switching, interchange, transmission, or reception of data or
information by an Executive agency.”
For purposes of the preceding definition, “equipment” refers to that used by any DHS
Component or contractor, if the contractor requires the use of such equipment in the performance
of a service or the furnishing of a product in support of DHS.
The term information technology includes computers, ancillary equipment, software, firmware,
and similar procedures, services (including support services), and related resources.
The term information system as used in this policy document, is equivalent to the term IT system.
1.4.8
DHS System
A DHS system is any information system that transmits, stores, or processes data or information
and is (1) owned, leased, or operated by any DHS Component; (2) operated by a contractor on
behalf of DHS; or (3) operated by another Federal, state, or local Government agency on behalf
of DHS. DHS systems include general support systems and major applications.
1.4.8.1
General Support System
A general support system (GSS) is an interconnected set of information resources that share
common functionality and are under the same direct management control. A GSS normally
includes hardware, software, information, applications, communications, data and users.
Examples of GSS include local area networks (LAN), including smart terminals that support a
branch office, Department-wide backbones, communications networks, and Departmental data
processing centers including their operating systems and utilities.
Note: Security for GSSs in use at DHS Headquarters shall be under the oversight of the DHS
Office of the Chief Information Officer (OCIO), with support from the DHS Security Operations
Center (SOC). All other GSSs shall be under the direct oversight of respective Component
CISOs, with support from the Component’s Security Operations Center (SOC). Every GSS
must have an Information Systems Security Officer (ISSO) assigned.
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
4
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
1.4.8.2
Major Application
A major application (MA) is an automated information system (AIS) that “requires special
attention to security due to the risk and magnitude of harm resulting from the loss, misuse, or
unauthorized access to or modification of the information in the application. 2” [Note: All Federal
applications require some level of protection.] Certain applications, because of the information
they contain, however, require special management oversight and should be treated as MAs. An
MA is distinguishable from a GSS by the fact that it is a discrete application, whereas a GSS may
support multiple applications. Each MA must be under the direct oversight of a Component
CISO or Information System Security Manager (ISSM), and must have an ISSO assigned.
1.4.9
Component
A DHS Component is any organization which reports directly to the Office of the Secretary
(including the Secretary, the Deputy Secretary, the Chief of Staff, the Counselors, and their
respective staff, when approved as such by the secretary.
1.4.10 Trust Zone
A Trust Zone consists of any combination of people, information resources, data systems, and
networks that are subject to a shared security policy (a set of rules governing access to data and
services). For example, a Trust Zone may be set up between different network segments that
require specific usage policies based on information processed, such as law enforcement
information.
1.4.11 Continuity of Operations
Internal organizational efforts to ensure that a viable capability exists to continue essential
functions across a wide range of potential emergencies, through plans and procedures that:
•
Delineate essential functions and supporting information systems
•
Specify succession to office and the emergency delegation of authority
•
Provide for the safekeeping of vital records and databases
•
Identify alternate operating facilities
•
Provide for interoperable communications
•
Validate the capability through tests, training, and exercises
1.4.12 Continuity of Operations Plan
A plan that provides for the continuity of essential functions of an organization in the event that
an emergency prevents occupancy of its primary facility. It provides the organization with an
operational framework for continuing its essential functions when normal operations are
disrupted or otherwise cannot be conducted from its primary facility.
2 OMB Circular A-130
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
5
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
1.4.13 Essential Functions
Essential Functions are those that enable Executive Branch agencies to provide vital services,
exercise civil authority, maintain the safety and well being of the general populace, and sustain
industrial capability andthe national economy base during an emergency.
1.4.14 Vital Records
Vital records are Electronic and hardcopy documents, references, databases, and information
systems needed to support essential functions under the full spectrum of emergencies. Categories
of vital records may include:
•
Emergency operating records – emergency plans and directive(s); orders of succession;
delegations of authority; staffing assignments; selected program records needed to continue
the most critical agency operations; and related policy or procedural records.
•
Legal and financial rights records – records that protect the legal and financial rights of the
Government and of the individuals directly affected by its activities. Examples include
accounts receivable records, social security records, payroll records, retirement records, and
insurance records. These records were formerly defined as “rights-and-interests” records.
•
Records used to perform national security preparedness functions and activities in
accordance with Executive Orders (EO).
•
Operational Data – information used in the execution of any DHS mission.
1.4.15 Federal Information Security Management Act
FISMA requires each agency to develop, document, and implement an agency-wide information
security program that will provide a high-level of security for the information and information
systems supporting the operations and assets of the agency, including those provided or managed
by another agency, contractor, or other source. Statutory requirements include:
(1) Periodic assessments of the risk and magnitude of the harm that could result from the
unauthorized access, use, disclosure, disruption, modification, or destruction of
information and information systems that support the operations and assets of the agency.
(2) Policies and procedures that:
a. Are based on the risk assessments required by paragraph (1) above
b. Cost-effectively reduce information security risks to an acceptable level
c. Ensure that information security is addressed throughout the life cycle of each
agency information system
d. Ensure compliance with
i. Other applicable Federal policies and procedures as may be prescribed by
OMB and NIST Minimally acceptable system configuration requirements,
as determined by the agency
ii. Any other applicable requirements, including standards and guidelines for
national security systems issued in accordance with law and as directed by
the President
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
6
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
(3) Subordinate plans for providing adequate information security for networks, facilities,
and information systems, as appropriate;
(4) Security awareness training to inform personnel, including contractors, others working on
behalf of DHS, and others who use information systems supporting operations and assets
of the Department. Such training shall convey knowledge of
a. Information security risks associated with their activities
b. Their responsibility to comply with agency policies and procedures designed to
reduce these risks
(5) Periodic testing and evaluation of the effectiveness of information security policies,
procedures, and practices, to be performed with a frequency depending on risk, but no
less than annually. This testing:
a. Shall include testing of management, operational, and technical controls of every
information system identified in the Department’s inventory
b. May include testing relied on by the Office of Inspector General (OIG)
(6) A process for planning, implementing, evaluating, and documenting remedial actions to
address any deficiencies in the Department’s information security policies, procedures,
and practices
(7) Procedures for detecting, reporting, and responding to security incidents, consistent with
standards and guidelines published by the United States Computer Emergency Readiness
Team (US-CERT)
a. Mitigating risks associated with incidents before substantial damage is done
b. Notifying and consulting with US-CERT
c. Notifying and consulting with:
i. Law enforcement agencies and relevant OIG
ii. An office designated by the President for any incident involving a national
security system
iii. Other agency or offices, as required
(8) Plans and procedures to ensure continuity of operations (CO)for information systems that
support the operations and assets of the Department
FISMA requires that the CIO designate a senior agency information security official who shall
develop and maintain a Department-wide information security program. The designee’s
responsibilities include:
•
Developing and maintaining information security policies, procedures, and control techniques
that address all applicable requirements
•
Training and overseeing personnel with significant information security responsibilities
•
Assisting senior Department officials with respect to their responsibilities under the statute
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
7
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
•
Ensuring that the Department has sufficient trained personnel to ensure the Department’s
compliance with the statute and related policies, procedures, standards, and guidelines
•
Ensuring that the Department CIO, in coordination with other senior Department officials,
reports annually to the Secretary on the effectiveness of the Department’s information
security program, including the progress of remedial actions
1.4.16 Personally Identifiable Information
Personally Identifiable Information (PII) is any information that permits the identity of an
individual to be directly or indirectly inferred, including any information which is linked or
linkable to that individual regardless of whether the individual is a U.S. citizen, lawful permanent
resident, a visitor to the U.S., or a Department employee or contractor.
1.4.17 Sensitive Personally Identifiable Information
Sensitive PII is PII which if lost, compromised, or disclosed without authorization could result in
substantial harm, embarrassment, inconvenience, or unfairness to an individual. Examples of
Sensitive PII include Social Security numbers, Alien Registration Numbers (A-Number),
criminal history information, and medical information. Sensitive PII requires more stringent
handling guidelines because of the greater sensitivity of the information.
1.4.18 Privacy Sensitive System
A Privacy Sensitive System is any system that collects, uses, disseminates, or maintains PII or
Sensitive PII.
1.4.19 Strong Authentication
Strong authentication is a layered authentication approach relying on two or more authenticators
to establish the identity of an originator or receiver of information.
1.4.20 Two-Factor Authentication
Authentication can involve something the user knows (e.g., a password), something the user has
(e.g., a smart card), or something the user “is” (e.g., a fingerprint or voice pattern). Single-factor
authentication uses only one of the three forms of authentication, while two-factor authentication
uses any two of the three forms. Three-factor authentication uses all three forms.
1.5
Waivers and Exceptions
1.5.1
Waivers
Components may request waivers to, or exceptions from, any portion of this Policy Directive for
up to six (6) months at any time they are unable to fully comply with a Policy Directive
requirement. Waiver requests are routed through the Component’s ISSO for the system, to the
Component’s CISO or ISSM, and then to the DHS CISO. All submitters shall coordinate with
the Authorizing Official (AO) prior to submission. If a material weakness is reported in an audit
report, and the weakness is not scheduled for remediation within twelve (12) months, the
Component must submit a waiver request to the DHS CISO. If the material weakness is in a
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
8
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
financial system, the Component Chief Financial Officer (CFO) must also approve the waiver
request before sending to the DHS CISO.
In all cases, waivers shall be requested for an appropriate period based on a reasonable
remediation strategy.
1.5.2
Exceptions
Components may request an exception whenever unable to bring a system control weakness into
compliance or when a weakness requires a permanent exception to DHS policy. Exceptions are
usually limited to systems that are unable to comply due to detrimental impact on mission,
excessive costs, or, for non-essential systems, clearly documented end of platform life within
eighteen (18) months, or for commercial-off-the-shelf (COTS) products that cannot be
configured to support the control requirement. Exception requests are routed through the
Component CISO/ISSM, to the DHS CISO. All submitters shall coordinate with the AO prior to
submission.
The risk that results from the exception also must be approved and accepted by the AO and by
the Component CFO if the system is a financial or mixed financial system.
1.5.3
Waiver or Exception Requests
The Waivers and Exceptions Request Form found in Attachment B of the DHS 4300A Sensitive
Systems Handbook shall be used.
Component ISSOs, audit liaisons, and others may develop the waiver or exception request, but
the System Owner shall submit the request through the Component’s CISO/ISSM.
Waiver requests shall include documentation of mission impact as operational justification;
mission impact, risk acceptance; risk mitigation measures; and a POA&M for bringing the
system procedures or control weakness into compliance.
Exception requests shall include the operational justification (document mission impact), as well
as efforts to mitigate the risk based to include descriptions of counter measures or compensating
controls currently in place.
Any waiver or exception requests for CFO-Designated Systems must be submitted to and
approved by the Component’s CFO prior to the DHS CFO’s submission to the DHS CISO. Any
waiver or exception requests for Privacy Sensitive Systems must be submitted to and approved
by the Component’s Privacy Officer or senior Privacy Point of Contact (PPOC) prior to being
submitted to the DHS CISO.
All approved waiver and exception requests must be directed through the Component’s
CISO/ISSM who will in turn direct them to the DHS CISO.
Policy
ID
1.5.3.a
DHS Policy Statements
This Policy Directive and the DHS 4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook apply
to all DHS employees, contractors, detailees, others working on behalf of
DHS, and users of DHS information systems that collect, generate, process,
store, display, transmit, or receive DHS data unless an approved waiver or
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
9
Relevant
Controls
---
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Policy
ID
DHS Policy Statements
Relevant
Controls
exception has been granted. This includes prototypes, telecommunications
systems, and all systems in all phases of the Systems Engineering Life Cycle
(SELC).
1.5.3.b
Systems without an Authority to Operate (ATO) when this policy is issued
shall comply with all of its policy statements or obtain appropriate waivers
and/or exceptions. Systems with an ATO shall comply within 90 days of the
date of this Policy is issued or obtain appropriate waivers and/or exceptions.
(A new ATO is only required for significant changes.)
PL-1
1.5.3.c
Each waiver or exception request shall include the system name, and system
TAF Inventory ID, operational justification, and risk mitigation.
CM-3
1.5.3.d
Components shall request a waiver whenever they are temporarily unable to
comply fully with any portion of this policy.
CA-2
1.5.3.e
All waiver requests shall identify the POA&M for bringing the system or
program into compliance.
CA-5,
PM-4
1.5.3.f
The Component CISO/ISSM shall approve all waiver requests prior to
submitting them to the DHS CISO.
CA-6
1.5.3.g
Waiver requests submitted without sufficient information shall be returned for
clarification prior to making a decision.
CA-6
1.5.3.h
A waiver shall normally be issued for six (6) months or less. The DHS CISO
may issue waivers for longer than six (6) months in exceptional situations.
Waivers may be renewed by following the same process as in the initial
request.
CA-2
1.5.3.i
The Head of the Component shall approve any waiver request that results in a
total waiver time exceeding twelve (12) months before sending the request to
the DHS CISO. The waiver shall also be reported as a material weakness in
the Component’s FISMA report.
---
1.5.3.j
Components shall request an exception whenever they are permanently unable
to fully comply with any portion of this policy.
CA-2
1.5.3.k
All approved waivers shall be reported in the Component’s FISMA report.
CA-6
1.5.3.l
The DHS CFO shall approve all requests for waivers and exceptions for
financial systems prior to their submission to the DHS CISO.
CA-6
1.5.3.m
The Component’s Privacy Officer or Senior PPOC shall approve all requests
for waivers and exceptions for Privacy Sensitive Systems prior to their
submission to the DHS CISO.
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
10
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
1.5.4
Requests for Exception to U.S. Citizenship Requirement
Special procedures apply for exception to the requirement that persons accessing DHS systems
be U.S. citizens. Under normal circumstances, only U.S. citizens are allowed access to DHS
systems and networks; but there is a need at times to grant access to foreign nationals. Access
for foreign nationals is normally a long-term commitment, and exceptions to pertinent policies
are treated separately from standard exceptions and waivers. The approval chain for an
exception to the U.S. citizenship requirement flows through the Component Head, the Office of
Security, and the CIO. An electronic form for requesting exceptions to the U.S. citizenship
requirement is published in this Handbook’s Attachment J, “Requesting Exceptions to
Citizenship Requirement.”
Policy
ID
DHS Policy Statements
Relevant
Controls
1.5.4.a
Persons of dual citizenship, where one of the citizenships includes U.S.
citizenship, shall be treated as U.S. citizens for the purposes of this Policy
Directive.
1.5.4.b
The System Owner shall submit each request for exception to the U.S.
Citizenship policy to the Component Head. The Component Head shall obtain
concurrence from the DHS Chief Security Officer (CSO) and CIO prior to the
approval becoming effective.
PS-3
1.5.4.c
Additional compensating controls shall be maintained for foreign nationals,
based on nations lists maintained by the DHS CSO.
PS-3
1.6
---
Electronic Signature
Pursuant to Sections 1703 and 1705 of the Government Paperwork Elimination Act (GPEA),
OMB Memorandum M-00-10, “Procedures and Guidance on Implementing of the Government
Paperwork Elimination Act,” 3 requires executive agencies to provide the option for electronic
maintenance, submission, and disclosure of information when practicable as a substitute for
paper, and to use and accept electronic signatures.
Electronic signatures are essential in the Department’s business processes and IT environments;
reducing reliance on paper transactions improves information sharing, strengthens information
security, and streamlines business processes, while reducing both cost and environmental impact.
Electronic signature solutions must be approved by the Component CISO.
3 Government Paperwork Elimination Act (GPEA), Pub L 105-277, 44 USC 3501 (note)provide for the use
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
11
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Policy
ID
1.7
DHS Policy Statements
Relevant
Controls
1.6.a
For DHS purposes, electronic signatures are preferred to pen and ink or
facsimile signatures in all cases, except where pen and ink signatures are
required by public law, statute, Executive Order, or other agency requirement.
---
1.6.b
Wherever practicable, Components shall use and accept electronic signatures.
---
1.6.c
Components shall accept electronic signatures whenever the signature’s digital
certificate is current, electronically verifiable, and issued by a medium or high
assurance DHS Certification Authority (CA) or other medium or high CA
under the Federal Bridge Certification Authority (FBCA) or Common
Authority.
---
1.6.d
Components shall accept and be able to verify Personal Identity
Verification (PIV) credentials issued by other Federal agencies as proof
of identity.
---
1.6.e
As mandated by the Government Paperwork Elimination Act (GPEA)
and OMB M-00-10, Components shall provide for the use and
acceptance of electronic signatures when practicable.
---
Information Sharing
The DHS SOC exchanges information with Component SOCs, Network Operations Centers
(NOC), the Homeland Secure Data Network (HSDN) SOC, the Intelligence Community, and
with external organizations in order to facilitate the security and operation of the DHS network.
This exchange enhances situational awareness and provides a common operating picture to
network managers. The operating picture is developed from information obtained from “raw”
fault, configuration management, accounting, performance, and security data. This data is
monitored, collected, analyzed, processed, and reported by the NOCs and SOCs.
The DHS SOC is responsible for communicating other information such as incident reports,
notifications, vulnerability alerts and operational statuses to Component SOCs, Component
CISOs/ISSMs and other identified Component points of contact.
The DHS SOC portal implements role-based user profiles that allow Components to use the
website’s incident database capabilities. Users assigned to Component groups shall be able to
perform actions such as:
Entering incident information into the DHS SOC incident database
Generating preformatted incident reports
Initiating queries of the incident database
Viewing FISMA incident reporting numbers
Automating portions of the Information Security Vulnerability Management (ISVM) program
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
12
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Automating portions of the vulnerability assessment program
1.8
Threats
Emphasis on e-Government has added the general public to the class of Government computer
users and has transferred the repository for official records from paper to electronic media.
Information systems are often connected to different parts of an organization; interconnected
with other organizations’ systems; and with the Internet. Remote access for telecommuting and
building management services (e.g., badge systems; heating, ventilating, and air-conditioning
(HVAC); and entry) may require additional connections, all of which introduce additional risks.
Wireless systems such as cell phones, pagers, and other portable electronic devices (PED) allow
personnel to stay in touch with their offices and wireless local area networks (WLAN) permit
connection from various locations throughout a building. While these technologies provide
greater flexibility and convenience, they also introduce additional risks.
As technologies continue to converge, (cell phones with Internet access, walkie-talkie
communications, and video; low cost Voice over Internet Protocol [VoIP]; copiers that allow
network printing; printing over the Internet; , and facsimile [fax] functions) operating costs are
reduced, making them tempting to implement, however each of these technology advancements
contains inherent security risks and presents challenges to security professionals.
1.8.1
Internal Threats
Managers are generally aware of natural and physical threats, such as earthquakes, tornadoes,
fires, floods, electric outages, and plumbing disasters, but may not have the same level of
awareness regarding disasters or threats originating from within their organizations. The threat
from DHS users should not be underestimated. Sensitive data can be lost, corrupted, or
compromised through malicious or careless acts. A malicious user can intentionally cause harm
to the Department’s reputation and data. Uninformed or careless users can inflict similar
damage.
Converging technologies combine the vulnerabilities of the individual technologies, so care must
be taken to ensure that systems are designed with no single points of failure. (For example, if the
building HVAC were connected to the data network it would become necessary to ensure that an
outage or attack on the HVAC would not also cause a network outage.)
1.8.2
Criminal Threats
Malicious code remains a threat to DHS systems. Malware and those who employ it have
become very sophisticated; malicious code can be tailored to the recipient. This code can be
transferred to an unsuspecting user’s machine by various means, including email, visiting
infected websites, or across a network. These capabilities may be used to steal, alter, or destroy
data; export malicious code to other systems; add backdoors that would permit access to data or
network resources; or prevent the legitimate use of the individual computer or network service.
Instructions for exploiting hardware or software vulnerabilities are often available on hacker sites
within hours of discovery. Skilled hackers routinely target e-commerce sites to obtain credit card
numbers. Persons with hacking skills are often hired to perform espionage activities.
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
13
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
1.8.3
Foreign Threats
Foreign Governments routinely conduct espionage activities to obtain information that will be
useful to their own industrial/government base and operations. They also have the resources to
disrupt Internet communications and have launched successful cyber attacks.
Wireless communications are easily eavesdropped on using commercially available equipment,
and it is relatively easy to detect and exploit wireless access points. Employees overseas should
assume their wireless communications (BlackBerry, cell phone, etc) are being monitored.
Many software manufacturers outsource software code development, which raises concerns about
whether malicious or criminal code has been inserted. Indeed, it is becoming increasingly
difficult to determine the actual provenance of an organization’s information systems because
code and equipment are assembled from so many sources.
1.8.4
Lost or Stolen Equipment
Lost or stolen equipment also poses a threat. Data on portable computing devices (laptops, smart
phones, etc) or storage media (Universal Serial Bus (USB) drives, compact disks (CD), etc) can
reveal sensitive information, such as changes to legislation, investigations, or economic analyses.
Thefts from offices, airports, automobiles, and hotel rooms occur regularly.
1.8.5
Supply Chain Threats
A supply chain threat is a man-made threat achieved through exploitation of the system’s supply
chain or acquisition process.
A system’s supply chain is composed of the organizations, people, activities, information,
resources, and facilities for designing, creating and moving a product or service from suppliers
through to the integrated system (including its sub-components), and into service by the original
acquirer.
1.9
Changes to Policy
Procedures and guidance for implementing this policy are outlined in a companion publication,
DHS 4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook and its attachments. The Handbook serves as a
foundation for Components to use in developing and implementing their information security
programs.
For interpretation or clarification of DHS information security policies found in this policy
document and of the procedures and guidance found in the DHS 4300A Sensitive Systems
Handbook, contact the DHS CISO at [email protected].
Changes to this policy and to the Handbook may be requested by submitting to the respective
ISSM/CISO the form included in DHS 4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook, Attachment P,
“Document Change Requests.”
Policy
ID
1.9.a
DHS Policy Statements
The DHS CISO shall be the authority for interpretation, clarification, and
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
14
Relevant
Controls
PL-1
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Policy
ID
DHS Policy Statements
Relevant
Controls
modification of the DHS Sensitive Systems Policy Directive 4300A and for the
DHS 4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook (inclusive of all appendices and
attachments).
1.9.b
The DHS CISO shall update the DHS Sensitive Systems Policy Directive
4300A and the DHS 4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook at least annually.
PL-1
.
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
15
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
2.0
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES
Security is inherently a Government responsibility; contractors, others working on behalf of the
Department of Homeland Security (DHS), and other sources may assist in the performance of
security functions, but a DHS employee must always be designated as the responsible agent for
all security requirements and functions. This section outlines the roles and responsibilities for
implementing these requirements.
2.1
Information Security Program Roles
Designated personnel play a major role in the planning and implementation of information
security requirements. Roles directly responsible for information system security are described
in the subsections that follow.
2.1.1
DHS Senior Agency Information Security Officer
Policy
ID
2.1.1.a
2.1.2
DHS Policy Statements
The DHS Chief Information Security Officer (CISO) shall perform the duties
and responsibilities of the DHS Senior Agency Information Security Officer
(SAISO).
Relevant
Controls
PL-1,
PM-2
DHS Chief Information Security Officer
The DHS CISO shall implement and manage the DHS Information Security Program to ensure
compliance with applicable Federal laws, Executive Orders, directives, policies, and regulations.
The DHS CISO reports directly to the DHS Chief Information Officer (CIO) and is the principal
advisor on information security matters.
Policy
ID
DHS Policy Statements
2.1.2.a
The DHS CISO shall implement and manage the DHS-wide Information
Security Program.
2.1.2.b
The DHS CISO will serve as the CIO’s primary liaison with the organization’s
Authorizing Officials (AO), information system owners and Information
Systems Security Officers (ISSO).
Relevant
Controls
PL-1,
PM-2
---
The DHS CISO:
Implements and manages the Department-wide Information Security Program and ensures
compliance with the Federal Information Security Management Act (FISMA), Office of
Management and Budget (OMB) directives, and other Federal requirements
•
Issues Department-wide information security policy, guidance, and architecture requirements
for all DHS systems and networks. These policies shall incorporate National Institute of
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
16
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Standards and Technology (NIST) guidance, as well as all applicable OMB memorandums
and circulars
•
Facilitates development of subordinate plans for providing adequate information security for
networks, facilities, and systems or groups of information systems
•
Serves as the principal Departmental liaison with organizations outside DHS in matters
relating to information security
•
Reviews and approves the tools, techniques, and methodologies planned for use in certifying
and authorizing DHS systems, and for reporting and managing systems-level FISMA data.
This responsibility includes reviews and approval of Security Control Assessment plans,
Contingency Plans, and security risk assessments.
•
Consults with the DHS Chief Security Officer (CSO) on matters pertaining to physical
security, personnel security, information security, investigations, and Sensitive
Compartmented Information (SCI) systems, as they relate to information security and
infrastructure
•
Develops and implements procedures for detecting, reporting, and responding to information
security incidents
•
Ensures preparation and maintenance of plans and procedures to provide continuity of
operations (CO) for information systems
•
Ensures that Department personnel, contractors, and others working on behalf of DHS
receive information security awareness training
•
Chairs the CISO Council. The Council is composed of all Component CISOs, and is the
Department’s sole coordination body for any issues associated with information security
policy, management, and operations. Component Information Systems Security Managers
(ISSM) will be invited to CISO Council meetings as required
•
Maintains a comprehensive inventory of all general support systems (GSS) and major
applications (MA) in use within the Department
o Security management for every GSS shall be under the direct oversight of either the DHS
CISO (for enterprise systems) or a Component CISO/ISSM (for Component-specific
GSSs)
o MAs must be under the direct control of either a Component CISO or Component ISSM
•
Maintains a repository for all Information Assurance (IA) security authorization process
documentation and modifications
•
Performs security reviews for all planned information systems acquisitions over $2.5 million
and for additional selected cases
•
Provides oversight of all security operations functions within the Department
•
Maintains classified threat assessment capability in support of security operations
•
Performs annual program assessments for each of the Components
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
17
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
•
Performs periodic compliance reviews for selected systems and applications
•
Publishes monthly Compliance Scorecards
•
Delegates specific authorities and assigns responsibilities to Component CISOs and ISSMs,
as appropriate for maintaining a high degree of compliance Reports annually to the Secretary
on the effectiveness of the Department information security program, including progress of
remedial actions. The CISO’s annual report provides the primary basis for the Secretary’s
annual report to both OMB and to the United States Congress that is required by FISMA.
•
Assists senior Department officials concerning their responsibilities under FISMA
•
Heads an office with the mission and resources to assist in ensuring Department compliance
with information security requirements
•
Appoints a DHS employee to serve as the Headquarters CISO
•
Appoints a DHS employee to serve as the Office of Intelligence and Analysis (I&A) CISO
•
Provide operational direction to the DHS Security Operations Center (SOC)
2.1.3
Component Chief Information Security Officer
The Component CISO implements and manages all aspects of the Component Information
Security Program to ensure compliance with DHS policy and guidance implementing FISMA,
other laws, and Executive Orders. The Component CISO shall report directly to the Component
CIO on matters relating to the security of Component information systems. In order to ensure
continuity of operations and effective devolution, large Components should ensure the
designation of a Deputy CISO with full authorities, to include the roles of Risk Executive and
Security Control Assessor upon the absence of the CISO.
Policy
ID
DHS Policy Statements
Relevant
Controls
2.1.3.a
Component CISOs shall develop and maintain a Component-wide information
security program in accordance with the DHS security program.
PL-1,
PM-2
2.1.3.b
All Components shall be accountable to the appropriate CISO. Components
without a fulltime CISO shall be responsible to the HQ CISO.
---
The following Components shall have a fulltime CISO:
•
Customs and Border Protection (CBP)
•
Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE)
•
Transportation Security Administration (TSA)
•
United States Secret Service (USSS)
•
United States Coast Guard (USCG)
•
Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA)
•
United States Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS)
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
18
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
•
Federal Law Enforcement Training Center (FLETC)
•
Headquarters, Department of Homeland Security
•
Office of Intelligence and Analysis (I&A)
•
National Protection and Programs Directorate (NPPD)
•
Science and Technology (S&T)
Component CISOs shall:
•
Serve as principal advisor on information security matters
•
Report directly to the Component CIO on matters relating to the security of Component
information systems
•
Oversee the Component information security program
•
Ensure that information security-related decisions and information, including updates to the
4300 series of information security publications, are distributed to the ISSOs and other
appropriate persons within their Component
•
Approve and/or validate all Component information system security reporting
•
Consult with the Component Privacy Officer or Privacy Point of Contact (PPOC) for
reporting and handling of privacy incidents
•
Manage information security resources including oversight and review of security
requirements in funding documents
•
Review and approve the security of hardware and software prior to implementation into the
Component SOC
•
Provide operational direction to the Component SOC
•
Periodically test the security of implemented systems
•
Implement and manage a Plan of Action and Milestones (POA&M) process for remediation
by creating a POA&M for each known vulnerability
•
Ensure that ISSOs are appointed for each information system managed at the Component
level. Review and approve ISSO appointments
•
Ensure that weekly incident reports are submitted to the DHS Security Operations Center
(SOC)
•
Acknowledge receipt of Information System Vulnerability Management (ISVM) messages,
report compliance with requirements or notify the granting of waivers
•
Manage Component firewall rule sets
•
Ensure that Interconnection Security Agreements (ISA) are maintained for all connections
between systems that do not have the same security policy
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
19
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
•
Ensure execution of the DHS Logging Strategy detailed in this Handbook
•
Ensure adherence to the DHS Secure Baseline Configuration Guides (Enclosure 1 to this
Handbook)
•
Ensure reporting of vulnerability scanning activities to the DHS SOC, in accordance with
DHS 4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook Attachment O, “Vulnerability Management
Program.”
•
Develop and maintain a Component-wide information security program in accordance with
Department policies and guidance
•
Implement Department information security policies, procedures, and control techniques to
ensure that all applicable requirements are met
•
Update Security Training section within DHS FISMA Manager resource at least once per
quarter
•
Ensure training and oversight of personnel with significant responsibilities for information
security
•
Oversee the Component’s Security Authorization process for GSSs and MAs
•
Maintain an independent Component-wide assessment program to ensure that there is a
consistent approach to controls effectiveness testing
•
Ensure that an appropriate SOC performs an independent network assessment as part of the
assessment process for each authorized application
•
Ensure that enterprise security tools are utilized
•
Oversee all Component security operations functions, including the Component SOCs
•
Ensure that external providers who operate information systems on behalf of the Component
meet the same security requirements as required for information and information systems.
•
Ensure an acceptable level of trust in the external service; or using compensating controls to
secure information or the process flow, accepting a greater degree of risk, or reducing the
functionality to the extent necessary to make the risk acceptable
Component CISO qualifications include:
•
Training, experience, and professional skills required to discharge the responsibilities and
functions of the position
•
Ability to maintain a Top Secret/Sensitive Compartmented Information (TS/SCI) clearance
•
Ability to perform information security duties as primary duty
•
Ability to participate in the DHS CISO Council
•
Ability to head an office with the mission and resources to ensure the Component’s
compliance with this Policy Directive
•
Ability to coordinate, develop, implement, and maintain an organization-wide information
security program
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
20
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
•
Ability to serve as the Component Risk Executive
2.1.4
Component Information Systems Security Manager
Components that are not required to have a fulltime CISO shall have a fulltime ISSM. The ISSM
is designated in writing by the Component CIO, with the concurrence of the DHS CISO.
Policy
ID
DHS Policy Statements
Relevant
Controls
2.1.4.a
Component ISSMs shall serve as the principal interface between the HQ
CISO, Component ISSOs and other security practitioners.
---
2.1.4.b
The Component ISSM shall work directly with the HQ CISO.
---
The ISSM plays a critical role in ensuring that the DHS Information Security Program is
implemented and maintained throughout the Component.
Component ISSMs:
•
Oversee the Component information security program
•
Ensure that the Component CIO and DHS CISO are kept informed of all matters pertaining to
the security of information systems
•
Ensure that all communications and publications pertaining to information security, including
updates to the 4300 Policies and Handbooks, are distributed to the ISSOs and other
appropriate persons within their Component
•
Validate all Component information system security reporting
•
Consult with the Component Privacy Officer or PPOC for reporting and handling of privacy
incidents
•
Manage information security resources including oversight and review of security
requirements in funding documents
•
Test the security of the Component’s information systems periodically
•
Implement and manage a POA&M process for remediation by creating a POA&M for each
known vulnerability
•
Ensure that ISSOs are appointed for each Component-managed information system
•
Ensure that weekly incident reports are forwarded to the HQ CISO
•
Acknowledge receipt of ISVM messages, report compliance with requirements, or notify
applicants of the granting of waivers
•
Ensure adherence to the DHS Secure Baseline Configuration Guides (Enclosure 1, DHS
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook)
•
Develop and publish procedures for implementation of DHS information security policy
within the Component
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
21
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
•
Implement Department information security policies, procedures, and control techniques to
address all applicable requirements
•
Ensure training and oversight for personnel with significant responsibilities for information
security
o Oversee the Security Authorization process for the Component’s MAs.
o Maintain an independent Component-wide security control assessment program to
ensure a consistent approach to controls effectiveness testing
o Ensure that an appropriate SOC performs an independent network assessment as part
of the security control assessment process for each authorized application
o Ensure that enterprise security tools are used
2.1.5
Risk Executive
A Risk Executive ensures that risks are managed consistently across the organization. In keeping
with its organizational structure, DHS has two levels of Risk Executive: Departmental and
Component. The risk executive provides a holistic view of risk beyond that associated with the
operation and use of individual information systems. Risk Executive observations and analyses
are documented and become part of the security authorization decision.
All DHS Risk Executives:
•
Ensure that management of security risks related to information systems is consistent
throughout the organization; reflects organizational risk tolerance; and is performed as part
of an organization-wide process that considers other organizational risks affecting mission
and business success
•
Ensure that information security considerations for individual information systems, including
the specific authorization decisions for those systems, are viewed from an organization-wide
perspective with regard to the overall strategic goals and objectives of the organization
•
Provide visibility into the decisions of AOs and a holistic view of risk to the organization
beyond the risk associated with the operation and use of individual information systems
•
Facilitate the sharing of security-related and risk-related information among AOs and other
senior leaders in the organization in order to help those officials consider all types of risks
that could affect mission and business success and the overall interests of the organization at
large
The DHS Risk Executive develops information security policy, establishes the standards for
system security risk, oversees risk management and monitoring, and approves all waivers and
exceptions to DHS policy.
Component Risk Executives may establish system security risk standards more stringent than
DHS standards. Risk Executives implement the system security risk management and
monitoring program and submit requests for higher-risk deviations from the enterprise standard.
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
22
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Policy
ID
DHS Policy Statements
Relevant
Controls
2.1.5.a
The DHS CIO shall be the DHS Risk Executive. (The DHS CISO has been
designated by the DHS CIO as the Risk Executive.)
PL-1,
PM-9
2.1.5.b
Each Component CISO shall be the Risk Executive for his or her
Component.
PL-1,
PM-9
2.1.5.c
The Risk Executive shall perform duties in accordance with NIST Special
Publication (SP) 800-37.
2.1.6
Authorizing Official
The AO formally assumes responsibility for operating an information system at an acceptable
level of risk. He or she shall be a senior management official and a Federal employee or member
of the U.S. military. The AO shall assign the Security Control Assessor for the system.
Policy
ID
DHS Policy Statements
Relevant
Controls
2.1.6.a
The DHS CIO shall act as the AO for enterprise information systems or shall
designate an AO in writing for DHS mission systems and for multi-component
systems without a designated AO.
CA-6
2.1.6.b
The Component CIO shall act as the AO for Component information systems
or shall designate an AO in writing all systems without a designated AO.
CA-6
2.1.6.c
Every system shall have a designated AO. (An AO may be responsible for
more than one system.)
CA-6
2.1.6.d
The AO shall be responsible for review and approval of any individual
requiring administrator privileges. The AO may delegate the performance of
this duty to the appropriate system owner or Program Manager.
AC-2
2.1.6.e
The AO shall be responsible for acceptance of remaining risk to
organizational operations and assets, individuals, other organizations, and the
Nation.
CA-6
2.1.6.f
The AO shall periodically review security status for all systems under his or
her purview to determine if risk remains acceptable
CA-6
2.1.6.g
The AO shall perform additional duties in accordance with NIST SP 800-37
CA-6
2.1.7
Security Control Assessor
The Security Control Assessor is a senior management official whose responsibilities include
certifying the results of the security control assessment. A Security Control Assessor, who must
be a Federal employee, is assigned in writing to each information system by an appropriate
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
23
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Component official, typically the Component Head or Component CIO. The Security Control
Assessor and the team conducting a certification must be impartial. They must be free from any
perceived or actual conflicts of interest with respect to the developmental, operational, and or
management chains of command associated with the information system; or with respect to the
determination of security control effectiveness.
For systems with low impact, a Security Control Assessor and/or certifying team does not need to
be independent so long as assessment results are carefully reviewed and analyzed by an
independent team of experts to validate their completeness, consistency, and truthfulness.
The AO decides the required level of assessor independence based on:
•
The criticality and sensitivity of the information system
•
The ultimate risk to organizational operations, organizational assets, and individuals
•
The level of assessor independence required for confidence that the assessment results are
sound and valid for making credible risk-based decisions.
Policy
ID
DHS Policy Statements
Relevant
Controls
2.1.7.a
The Component CISO shall serve as Security Control Assessor when no
other person has been officially designated.
CA-4
2.1.7.b
A Security Control Assessor may be responsible for more than one system.
CA-4
2.1.7.c
The Security Control Assessor may take the lead for any or all remedial
actions.
CA-7
2.1.7d
The Security Control Assessor provides an assessment of the severity of
weaknesses or deficiencies in the information systems, and clarifies they
prepare the final security assessment report containing the results and findings
from the assessment but not making a risk determination.
CA-7
2.1.8
Information Systems Security Officer
An ISSO performs security actions for an information system. There is only one ISSO
designated to a system, but multiple Alternate ISSOs may be designated to assist the ISSO.
While the ISSO performs security functions, the System Owner is always responsible for
information system security.
See Attachment C to this Handbook, “Information Systems Security Officer (ISSO) Designation
Letter.”
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
24
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Policy
ID
DHS Policy Statements
Relevant
Controls
2.1.8.a
An ISSO shall be designated for every information system and serve as the
point of contact (POC) for all security matters related to that system.
PL-1
2.1.8.b
An ISSO shall ensure the implementation and maintenance of security controls
in accordance with the Security Plan (SP) and DHS policies.
PL-1
2.1.8.c
An ISSO may be a DHS employee or a contractor.
PL-1
2.1.8.d
An ISSO may be assigned to more than one system.
PL-1
2.1.8.e
ISSO duties shall not be assigned as collateral duties unless approved by the
Component CISO.
PL-1
2.1.8.f
The ISSO shall have been granted a clearance and access greater than or equal
to the highest level of information contained on the system. The minimum
clearance for an ISSO shall be Secret.
2.1.8.g
The ISSO shall ensure that timely responses are provided to Infrastructure
Change Control Board (ICCB) change request packages.
2.2
---
Other Roles
Roles related to, but not directly responsible for, information system security are described in the
subsections that follow.
2.2.1
Secretary of Homeland Security
The Secretary of Homeland Security is responsible for fulfilling the Department’s mission, which
includes ensuring that DHS information systems and their data are protected in accordance with
Congressional and Presidential directives. The Secretary’s role with respect to information
system security is to allocate adequate resources.
To that end, the Secretary:
•
Ensures that DHS implements its Information Security Program throughout the life cycle of
each DHS system
•
Submits the following to the Director, OMB:
o the DHS CIO’s assessment of the adequacy and effectiveness of the Department’s
information security procedures, practices, and FISMA compliance
o the results of an annual independent information security program evaluation
performed by the DHS Office of Inspector General (OIG)
o the Senior Agency Official for Privacy’s (SAOP) annual assessment of the
Department’s privacy policies, procedures, and practices to the Director, OMB
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
25
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
•
Provides information security protection commensurate with the risk and magnitude of the
harm that could result from unauthorized access, use, disclosure, disruption, modification, or
destruction of information collected or maintained by or on behalf of the Department, and on
information systems used or operated by the Department, or by a contractor or other
organization on behalf of the Department
•
Ensures that an information security program is developed, documented, and implemented to
provide security for all systems, networks, and data that support the Department’s operations
•
Ensures that information security processes are integrated with strategic and operational
planning processes to secure the Department’s mission
•
Ensures that the Department’s senior officials have the necessary authority to secure the
operations and assets under their control
•
Delegates authority to the CIO to ensure compliance with applicable information security
requirements
2.2.2
Under Secretaries and Heads of DHS Components
The Under Secretaries and Heads of DHS Components are responsible for oversight of their
Components’ information security program, including the appointment of CIOs.
Undersecretaries and Heads of Components allocate adequate resources to information systems
for information system security.
Policy
ID
2.2.2.a
DHS Policy Statements
The Under Secretaries of Homeland Security and Heads of Components shall
ensure that information systems and their data are sufficiently protected.
Relevant
Controls
PL-1
Under Secretaries and the Heads of DHS Components:
•
Appoint CIOs
•
Ensure that an Information Security Program is established and managed in accordance with
DHS policy and implementation directives
•
Ensure that the security of information systems is an integral part of the life cycle
management process for all information systems developed and maintained within their
Components
•
Ensure that adequate funding for information security is provided for Component information
systems and that adequate funding requirements are included for all information systems
budgets
•
Ensure that information system data are entered into the appropriate DHS Security
Management Tools to support DHS information security oversight and FISMA reporting
requirements
•
Ensure that the requirements for an information security performance metrics program are
implemented and the resulting data maintained and reported
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
26
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
2.2.3
DHS Chief Information Officer
The DHS CIO is the senior agency executive responsible for all DHS information systems and
their security as well as for ensuring FISMA compliance.
Policy
ID
DHS Policy Statements
Relevant
Controls
2.2.3.a
The DHS CIO shall develop and maintain the DHS Information Security
Program.
PL-1
2.2.3.b
The DHS CIO designates the DHS CISO.
PL-1
The DHS CIO:
•
Heads an office with the mission and resources to assist in ensuring Component compliance
with the DHS Information Security Program
•
Oversees the development and maintenance of a Department-wide information security
program
•
Appoints in writing a DHS employee to serve as the DHS CISO
•
As appropriate, serves as or appoints in writing the AO for DHS enterprise information
systems.
•
Participates in developing DHS performance plans, including descriptions of the time periods
and budget, staffing, and training resources required to implement the Department-wide
security program
•
Ensures that all information systems acquisition documents, including existing contracts,
include appropriate information security requirements and comply with DHS information
security policies
•
Ensures that DHS security programs integrate fully into the DHS enterprise architecture and
capital planning and investment control processes
•
Ensures that System Owners understand and appropriately address risks, including
interconnectivity with other programs and systems outside their control
•
Reviews and evaluates the DHS Information Security Program annually
•
Ensures that an information security performance metrics program is developed,
implemented, and funded
•
Reports to the DHS Under Secretary for Management on matters relating to the security of
DHS systems
•
Ensures compliance with applicable information security requirements
•
Coordinates and advocates resources for enterprise security solutions
•
Leads the DHS Contingency Planning program
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
27
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
2.2.4
Component Chief Information Officer
The Component CIO is responsible for Component information systems and their security as
well as for ensuring FISMA compliance within the Component.
Policy
ID
2.2.4.a
DHS Policy Statements
Relevant
Controls
The Component CIO shall develop and maintain the Component Information
Security Program.
PL-1,
PM-1
Component CIOs:
•
Establish and oversee their Component information security programs
•
Ensure that an AO has been appointed for every Component information system; serves as
the AO for any information system for which no AO has been appointed or where a vacancy
exists
•
Ensure that information security concerns are addressed by Component Configuration
Control Boards, Enterprise Architecture Board (EAB), and Acquisition Review Board
(ARB)/Investment Review Board (IRB)
•
Ensure that an accurate information systems inventory is established and maintained
•
Ensure that all information systems acquisition documents, including existing contracts,
include appropriate information security requirements and comply with DHS information
security policies
•
Ensure that System Owners understand and appropriately address risks, including risks
arising from interconnectivity with other programs and systems outside their control
•
Ensure that an information security performance metrics program is developed, implemented,
and funded
•
Advise the DHS CIO of any issues regarding infrastructure protection, vulnerabilities or the
possibility of public concern
•
Ensure that incidents are reported to the DHS SOC within reporting time requirements as
defined in this Handbook’s Attachment F, “Incident Response and Reporting.”
•
Work with the DHS CIO and Public Affairs Office in preparation for public release of
security incident information. The DHS CIO, or designated representative, has sole
responsibility for public release of security incident information.
•
Ensure compliance with DHS information systems security policy
•
Coordinate and advocate resources for information security enterprise solutions
CIOs of the following Components shall appoint a CISO that reports directly to the Component
CIO and shall ensure that the CISO has resources to assist with Component compliance with
policy. CISOs shall be DHS employees.
•
CBP
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
28
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
•
FEMA
•
FLETC
•
ICE
•
TSA
•
USCIS
•
USCG
•
USSS
CIOs of all other Components shall:
•
Ensure that Component ISSMs have been appointed
•
Provide the resources and qualified personnel to ensure Component compliance with DHS
security policy
2.2.5
DHS Chief Security Officer
The DHS Chief Security Officer (CSO) implements and manages the DHS Security Program for
DHS facilities and personnel.
The CSO is a senior agency official who reports directly to the Deputy Secretary on all matters
pertaining to facility and personnel security within the DHS.
Policy
ID
DHS Policy Statements
Relevant
Controls
2.2.5.a
DHS information systems that control physical access shall be approved by
the DHS CSO to operate in accordance with this policy document, whether
they connect to other DHS information systems or not.
CA-1
2.2.5.b
The DHS CSO shall be the AO for all systems automating or supporting
physical access controls or shall appoint an AO for each of those systems.
CA-6
2.2.6
DHS Chief Privacy Officer
The DHS Chief Privacy Officer is the head of the DHS Privacy Office and is responsible for
creation of privacy policies and their implementation in all Components of the Department. The
responsibilities of the DHS Chief Privacy Officer include oversight of all privacy activities
within the Department, and ensuring compliance with privacy policies.
The DHS Chief Privacy Officer assists Component Privacy Officers and Privacy PPOC with
policy compliance at the Component level.
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
29
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Policy
ID
2.2.6.a
DHS Policy Statements
Relevant
Controls
The Chief Privacy Officer shall review program and system Privacy Threshold
Analyses (PTA), Privacy Impact Assessments (PIA), and System of Records
Notices (SORN), providing approval as appropriate.
PL-1,
PL-5
The Chief Privacy Officer, as the senior privacy official:
•
Oversees privacy incident management
•
Responds to suspected or confirmed privacy incidents
•
Coordinates with the DHS CIO, DHS CISO, the DHS SOC, and senior management
regarding privacy incidents
•
Convenes and chairs incident response teams, such as the Privacy Incident Response Team
(PIRT) and the Core Management Group (CMG)
•
Approves program and system PTAs, PIAs, and SORNs
•
Designates Privacy Sensitive Systems based on validated PTAs. Privacy Sensitive Systems
are those that maintain Personally Identifiable Information (PII)
•
Provides Department-wide annual and refresher privacy training
2.2.7
DHS Chief Financial Officer
The DHS Chief Financial Officer (CFO) implements and manages the DHS Financial Program,
including oversight of DHS financial systems. The DHS CFO designates financial systems and
oversees security control definitions for financial systems.
Policy
ID
DHS Policy Statements
Relevant
Controls
2.2.7.a
The DHS CFO shall be the AO for all financial systems managed at the DHS
level.
CA-6
2.2.7.b
The DHS CIO has directed that the Component CFO shall be the AO for all
financial mission applications managed at the Component level.
CA-6
2.2.7.c
The DHS CFO shall designate the financial systems that fall under the DHS
CFO-mandated policy statements.
CA-6
2.2.7.d
The DHS CFO shall publish a comprehensive list of designated financial
systems during the fourth quarter of every fiscal year. (This list shall be
referred to as the CFO Designated Systems List.)
CA-6
All systems on the CFO Designated Systems List are required to conform to the policies defined
in Sections 3.5.1 and 3.15.
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
30
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
2.2.8
Program Managers
Program Managers ensure compliance with applicable Federal laws and DHS policy directives
governing the security, operation, maintenance, and privacy protection of information systems,
information, projects, and programs under their control.
Program Managers are responsible for program-level POA&Ms that may impact one or more
systems.
Policy
ID
DHS Policy Statements
Relevant
Controls
2.2.8.a
Program Managers shall ensure that program POA&Ms are prepared and
maintained.
CA-5,
PM-4
2.2.8.b
Program Managers shall prioritize security weaknesses for mitigation.
CA-5
2.2.8.c
Program Managers shall provide copies of program POA&Ms to affected
System Owners.
CA-5,
PM-4
2.2.8.d
Program Managers shall ensure that POA&Ms address the following:
CA-5
2.2.9
known vulnerabilities in the information system
the security categorization of the information system
the specific weaknesses or deficiencies in the information system
security controls
the importance of the identified security control weakness or
deficiencies
the Component’s proposed risk mitigation approach while
addressing the identified weaknesses or deficiencies in the
security controls the rationale for accepting certain weaknesses
or deficiencies in the security controls.
System Owners
System Owners use Information Technology (IT) to help achieve the mission needs within their
program area of responsibility. They are responsible for the successful operation of the
information systems and programs within their program area and are ultimately accountable for
their security. All systems require a System Owner designated in writing for proper
administration of security.
Policy
ID
2.2.9.a
DHS Policy Statements
System Owners shall ensure that each of their systems is deployed and
operated in accordance with this policy document.
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
31
Relevant
Controls
PL-1
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Policy
ID
DHS Policy Statements
Relevant
Controls
2.2.9.b
System Owners shall ensure that an ISSO is designated in writing for each
information system under their purview.
PL-1
2.2.9.c
There shall be only one System Owner designated for each DHS system.
PL-1
2.2.9.d
The System Owner shall ensure information security compliance,
development and maintenance of security plans, user security training,
notifying officials of the need for security authorization and need to resource.
CA-2
2.2.9.e
System Owners shall ensure development of a POA&M to address weaknesses
and deficiencies in the information system and its operating environment.
CA-2
2.2.10 Common Control Provider
The Common Control Provider is an organizational official responsible for planning,
development, implementation, assessment, authorization, and maintenance of common controls.
2.2.10.a
The Common Control Provider shall document all common controls and PM-1
submit them to the AO and DHS CISO.
2.2.10.b
The Common Control Provider ensures that required assessments of
common controls are carried out by qualified assessors with the
appropriate level of independence.
PM-1
2.2.10.c
The Common Control Provider documents assessment findings in a
security assessment report.
PM-1
2.2.10.d
The Common Control Provider ensures that POA&Ms are developed for PM-4
all controls having weaknesses or deficiencies.
2.2.10.e
The Common Control Provider shall make available security plans,
Security Assessment Reports (SARs), and POA&Ms for common
controls to information system owners inheriting those controls after the
information is reviewed and approved by a senior official.
PM-1,
PM-4
2.2.11 DHS Employees, Contractors, and Others Working on Behalf of DHS
DHS employees, contractors, and others working on behalf of the DHS or its agencies shall
follow the appropriate set(s) of rules of behavior.
Policy
ID
DHS Policy Statements
2.2.11.a
DHS users shall follow prescribed rules of behavior.
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
32
Relevant
Controls
PL-4
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
3.0
MANAGEMENT POLICIES
Management controls are security controls that focus on the management of risk and information system
security. The controls include conducting risk assessments, developing Rules of Behavior, and
ensuring that security is an integral part of both the System Engineering Life Cycle (SELC) and
the Capital Planning and Investment Control (CPIC) processes. Management controls consist of
techniques and concerns that are normally addressed by management personnel.
3.1
Basic Requirements
Basic security management principles must be followed in order to ensure the security of
Department of Homeland Security (DHS) information resources. These principles are applicable
throughout the Department and form the cornerstone of the DHS Information Security Program.
Component Chief Information Security Officers (CISO) and Information Systems Security
Managers (ISSM) shall submit all security reports concerning DHS systems to the Component
senior official or designated representative. Component CISOs/ISSMs shall interpret and
manage DHS security policies and procedures to meet Federal, Departmental, and Component
requirements. Component CISOs/ISSMs shall also answer data queries from the DHS CISO and
develop and manage information security guidance and procedures unique to Component
requirements.
Information Systems Security Officers (ISSO) are the primary points of contact for the
information systems assigned to them. They develop and maintain Security Plans (SP) and are
responsible for overall system security.
Policy
ID
DHS Policy Statements
Relevant
Controls
3.1.a
Every DHS computing resource (desktop, laptop, server, portable electronic
device, etc.) shall be individually accounted for as part of a FISMA 4Inventoried information system.
CM-8
3.1.b
The Component Chief Information Officer (CIO), in cooperation with each of
the Component’s senior officials, shall be responsible for ensuring that every
DHS computing resource is identified as an information system or as a part of
an information system, either as an MA or as a general support system (GSS).
CM-8
3.1.c
The System Owner or designee shall develop and maintain a Security Plan
(SP) for each information system. Component Authorizing Officials (AO)
shall review and approve SPs.
PL-2
3.1.d
An ISSO shall be designated for every information system and serve as the
point of contact (POC) for all security matters related to that system.
PL-1
4 FISMA: Federal Information Security Management Act, 44 U.S.C. 3541
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
33
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Policy
ID
DHS Policy Statements
Relevant
Controls
3.1.e
Component information security programs shall be structured to support DHS
and applicable FISMA, Office of Management and Budget (OMB), and other
Federal requirements.
PL-1
3.1.f
Information security reports regarding DHS systems shall be submitted to the
Senior Component official or designated representative.
---
3.1.g
Component CISOs/ISSMs shall ensure that their information systems comply
with the DHS Enterprise Architecture (EA) Technical Reference Model
(TRM) and Security Architecture (SA) or maintain a waiver, approved by the
DHS CIO/ CISO.
PL-1,
PM-1
3.1.h
The DHS CISO shall issue Department-wide information security policy,
guidance, and information security architecture requirements for all DHS
systems.
CM-2,
CM-6
3.1.i
Component CISOs shall implement DHS information security policies,
procedures, and control techniques to meet all applicable requirements.
PL-1,
PM-1
3.1.j
Component CISOs shall develop and manage information security guidance
and procedures unique to Component requirements.
PL-1,
PM-1
3.1.k
Security-relevant management processes and tools shall comply with
applicable NIST-standard protocols and conventions as described in NIST SP
800-126, The Technical Specification for the Security Content Automation
Protocol (SCAP), including the Common Platform Enumeration (CPE),
Common Configuration Enumeration (CCE), and Common Vulnerabilities
and Exposures (CVE)
RA-5,
SI-2,
CM-6
Refer to Section 2.0, Roles and Responsibilities for detailed information security requirements.
3.2
`Capital Planning and Investment Control
Protecting computer systems, networks, and data is essential to effective management of
information resources. Programs that have not met the standards and criteria may be denied
funding.
Information security is a business driver and any risks found through security testing are
ultimately business risks. Information security personnel should be involved to the maximum
extent possible in all aspects of the acquisition process, including drafting contracts, and
procurement documents. DHS Management Directive (MD) 102-01, “Acquisition Management
Directive” and DHS MD 4200.1, “IT Capital Planning and Investment Control (CPIC) and
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
34
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Portfolio Management” provide additional information on these requirements. Consult the DHS
CPIC Guide for more information.
Two critical and complementary processes, CPIC and SELC govern information system
management. Senior managers must ensure that information security is adequately addressed
throughout all phases of systems engineering and investment lifecycles.
Department budgets must address the adequacy and effectiveness of information security
policies, procedures, and practices. Security controls must be included in capital planning and
procurement actions for both the current budget year and for the Future Years Homeland Security
Program (FYHSP).
Policy
ID
DHS Policy Statements
Relevant
Controls
3.2.a
System Owners shall include information security requirements in their CPIC
business cases for the current budget year and for the Future Years Homeland
Security Program (FYHSP) for each DHS system.
PM-3,
PM-11,
SA-1
3.2.b
System Owners or AOs shall ensure that information security requirements
and Plans of Action and Milestones (POA&M) are adequately funded,
resourced and documented in accordance with current OMB budgetary
guidance.
PM-3,
PM-4,
SA-2
3.2.c
Component IRBs/ARBs 5 shall not approve any capital investment in which
the information security requirements are not adequately defined and funded.
PM-3,
SA-2
3.2.d
The DHS CISO shall perform security reviews for planned information system
acquisitions over $2.5 million, and in selected additional cases.
SA-1
3.2.e
Components shall ensure that information security requirements as described
in this Policy Directive are met in the acquisition of all DHS systems and
services used to input, process, store, display, or transmit sensitive
information.
SA-4
3.2.f
Procurement authorities throughout the Department shall enforce the
provisions of the Homeland Security Acquisition Regulation (HSAR).
SA-1,
SA-4
3.2.g
Procurements for services and products involving facility or system access
control shall be in accordance with DHS guidance regarding HSPD-12
implementation.
5 IRB: Investment Review Board; ARB: Acquisition Review Board
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
35
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Capital Planning and Investment Control Responsibilities
DHS CIO
Ensure that all information systems acquisition documents, including existing contracts, contain
appropriate information security requirements and comply with DHS information security policies
Component CISOs/ISSMs
Manage information security resources including oversight and review of security requirements in
funding documents
System Owners
Ensure that funding for implementation of information security is included in project life cycle
planning
AOs
Ensure that funding for implementation of information security is included in project life cycle
planning
3.2.1
Capital Planning and Investment Control Process
DHS investment management is governed by DHS Management Directive 1400, Investment
Review Process. The Directive requires that all information systems investments be reviewed by
the DHS Enterprise Architecture Board (EAB) at each key decision point (KDP). The security
function has a formal role as a specialty reviewer, advising the EAB on whether the project
should be allowed to proceed, based on how well security requirements are met at each lifecycle
phase.
Error! Not a valid bookmark self-reference. illustrates how each KDP relates to its
respective CPIC and SELC phase.
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
36
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Program Authorization (KDP1) – Programs must demonstrate the results of operational
analysis and identify requirements. With approval at KDP1, the initiative is:
•
Designated as a Level 1 acquisition
•
Directed to charter a major acquisition Integrated Product Team (IPT)
•
Entered into the budget process (Typically the Fiscal Year +2 budget)
•
Authorized to move to the Concept & Technology Development phase
Alternative Selection (KDP2) – Alternatives are evaluated for feasibility. Programs present
their evaluations and basis for assessing relative merits. Promising solutions are defined in terms
of:
•
Cost
•
Schedule
•
Performance objectives
•
Interoperability
•
Supportability
•
Infrastructure requirements
•
Opportunities for tradeoffs
•
Acquisition strategy
•
Test and evaluation strategy, including Development Test and Evaluation (DT&E), and
Operational Test and Evaluation (OT&E))
The Program Manager submits an updated Exhibit 300 based on these items; this information is
used to monitor initiatives, direct corrective actions, and determine when the investment is ready
to proceed to the Production and Deployment Phase.
Project Decision (KDP3) – The preferred alternative is reviewed for feasibility and refined prior
to a full production commitment. The Program Manager reviews and updates documents
prepared during previous phases, develops proposed exit criteria for the Production and
Deployment Phase, and submits an updated Exhibit 300. This information is used to manage
risks and determine when the investment is ready to proceed to the next phase. The future year’s
program plan must be fully funded. With approval at KDP 3, the investment is authorized to
proceed to the Production and Deployment Phase.
Executive Review (KDP4) – Projects are reviewed against their performance and costs goals.
Results of this review form the basis for decisions for project enhancement, re-engineering, or
retirement.
3.3
Contractors and Outsourced Operations
Contractors fill a vital role in support of daily operations and share the responsibility to protect
sensitive information. All personnel must adhere to the same standards.
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
37
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
All contract documents and statements of work shall incorporate information security
requirements.
System Owners and Project Managers must review and include security requirements in
solicitation documents prior to the acquisition of information systems or services. Information
security must be a key factor in the source selection process and must be weighed against the
sensitivity and criticality of the data to be processed. If the solicitation includes purchase of a
commercial off-the-shelf (COTS) application or if the system being developed has a COTS
element, the security aspects of the COTS product must be considered.
Policy
ID
DHS Policy Statements
Relevant
Controls
3.3.a
All Statements of Work (SOW) and contract vehicles shall identify and
document the specific security requirements for information system services
and operations required of the contractor.
SA-4
3.3.b
Contractor information system services and operations shall adhere to all
applicable DHS information security policies.
SA-9
3.3.c
Requirements shall address how sensitive information is to be handled and
protected at contractor sites, including any information stored, processed, or
transmitted using contractor information systems. Requirements shall also
include requirements for personnel background investigations and clearances,
and facility security.
SA-9
3.3.d
SOWs and contracts shall include a provision stating that, when the contract
ends, the contractor shall return all information and information resources
provided during the life of the contract and certify that all DHS information
has been purged from any contractor-owned system(s) that have been used to
process DHS information.
SA-4
3.3.e
Components shall conduct reviews to ensure that information security
requirements are included in contract language and that the requirements are
met throughout the life of the contract.
SA-1
3.3.f
Security deficiencies in any outsourced operation shall require creation of a
program-level POA&M.
SA-9,
PM-4
Responsibilities for contractors and outsourced operations are provided in the following table.
Contractors and Outsourced Operations Responsibilities
Component CISOs/ISSMs
Establish and maintain a contractor and outsourced operations policy for the Component
System Owners/ Project Managers
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
38
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Contractors and Outsourced Operations Responsibilities
Ensure that computer security requirements are reviewed and included in all applicable statements of
work and other contractual agreements throughout the System Life Cycle
Ensure that basic security requirements are integrated into the software and procurement life cycle for
project development
Ensure that computer security requirements are specified in the system design and functional
requirements documents, and in other SELC documents, as required
ISSOs
Coordinate with the System Owners to ensure that contractor and outsourced operations policy
requirements are met
All information security costs must appear in the initial investment management business case
and in subsequent cost benefit analyses throughout the SELC. The system design and functional
requirements documents must include computer security requirements.
3.4
Performance Measures and Metrics
The DHS CISO has developed a Department-wide security performance measures and metrics
program. Appropriate information is included in this section.
Policy
ID
DHS Policy Statements
Relevant
Controls
3.4.a
The DHS CISO shall define performance measures to evaluate the
effectiveness of the DHS information security program.
---
3.4.b
Components shall provide OMB FISMA data at least monthly to the DHS
Compliance Officer.
---
3.4.c
The DHS CISO shall report annually to the Secretary on the effectiveness of
the DHS information security program, including the progress of remedial
actions.
---
3.4.d
Components shall use the automated tool specified by the DHS CISO for
Performance Plan reporting.
---
3.4.e
The DHS CISO shall collect OMB FISMA data from Components at least
quarterly and provide FISMA reports to OMB.
---
Performance measures and metrics responsibilities are provided in the following table.
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
39
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Performance Measures and Metrics Responsibilities
DHS CISO
Establishes an information security metrics program
Component CISOs/ISSMs
Define performance metrics to evaluate the effectiveness of the Information Security Program
Provide semiannual data to the CISO on their Component’s progress in meeting DHS performance
measures
ISSOs
Provide input to the identification and selection of specific performance metrics for their systems
Identify sources of metrics data and assign personnel to gather chosen data
Monitor metrics data collection and integrate/analyze data for reporting purposes
Provide performance metrics information to the Component CISOs/ISSMs as required
NIST SP 800-55, Security Metrics Guide for Information Technology Systems provides
additional guidance on how organizations can, through the use of metrics, identify the adequacy
of security controls, policies, and procedures, and describes an approach to assist management in
determining where to best focus additional security resources.
A security metrics program includes four interdependent elements:
•
Strong senior management support
•
Practical security policies and procedures
•
Quantifiable performance metrics
•
Results-oriented metrics analysis
Metrics monitor the success of performance goals and objectives by quantifying the level of
compliance of security controls.
Data required for calculating metrics must be easily obtainable, and the process under
consideration must be measurable. To be measurable, a repeatable process is required. Only
formal processes should be considered for measurement.
3.5
Continuity Planning for Critical DHS Assets
The Continuity Planning for Critical DHS Assets Program is vital to the success of the DHS
Information Security Program. The Business Impact Assessment (BIA) is essential in the
identification of critical DHS assets. Once critical systems are identified, continuity planning
shall address the following two different but complementary elements:
•
Continuity of Operations Planning (COOP)
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
40
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
•
Contingency Planning (CP)
•
The COOP planning element requires Components to develop, test, exercise, and maintain
comprehensive plans so that essential business functions can be continued. The COOP is
business oriented and focuses on sustaining an organization’s essential functions until the
primary site can be restored.
The Contingency Planning element is designed to sustain and recover critical information
services. Contingency plans focus on sustaining the critical applications and general support
systems needed to support essential operations. The thrust of contingency planning is to assure
the continuous availability of critical systems; to protect assets and vital records; to mitigate
disruptions to operations; to provide maximum safety to personnel; and to achieve a timely and
orderly recovery from a disruption to operations.
3.5.1
Continuity of Operations Planning
DHS must have the capability to ensure continuity of essential functions under all circumstances.
COOP policies are designed to establish a Department-wide capability to react to emergency
events (response); to restore essential business functions (recovery); and to resume normal
operations (reconstitution).
COOPs focus on sustaining an organization’s essential business functions at an alternate site
until the primary site can be restored. This requires that Components develop, test, exercise, and
maintain comprehensive plans to ensure that essential business functions can be continued
following an emergency. Plans address three essential phases:
•
Activation and Relocation (0-12 hours)
•
Alternate Facility Operations (12 hours to Termination)
•
Reconstitution (Termination to Return to Normal Operations)
Policy
ID
DHS Policy Statements
Relevant
Controls
3.5.1.a
When available, a DHS-wide process for continuity of operations (CO)
planning shall be used in order to ensure continuity of operations under all
circumstances.
CP-2
3.5.1.b
Components shall develop, test, implement, and maintain comprehensive
Continuity of Operations Plans (COOP) to ensure the recovery and continuity
of essential DHS functionalities.
CP-2,
CP-4
3.5.1.c
All CISOs/ISSMs shall ensure that all COOPs under their purview are tested
and exercised annually.
CP-4
3.5.1.d
All Chief Financial Officer (CFO)- Designated Systems requiring high
availability shall be identified in COOP plans and exercises.
CP-1
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
41
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Policy
ID
DHS Policy Statements
Relevant
Controls
3.5.1.e
All personnel involved in COOP efforts shall be identified and trained in the
procedures and logistics of COOP development and implementation.
AT-3,
CP-3
3.5.1.f
To ensure that accounts can be created in the absence of the usual account
approval authority, systems that are part of the Critical DHS Assets Program
shall have provisions to allow a Component CISO/ISSM or Component CIO to
approve new user accounts as part of a COOP scenario.
AC-2
3.5.1.g
Each Component shall compile and maintain a list of mission-critical
information systems in support of COOP.
CM-8,
CP-1
3.5.1.h
The DHS and Component CISOs/ISSMs shall ensure preparation and
maintenance of plans and procedures to provide continuity of operations for
information systems.
CP-1
3.5.1.i
DHS information systems that are part of the DHS Continuity Planning for
Critical DHS Assets Program shall be provided requirements for system-level
contingency planning by a Component Contingency Planning Program Office
or by a DHS Contingency Planning Program Office.
---
General COOP planning responsibilities are provided in the following table.
Continuity of Operations Planning Responsibilities
DHS Continuity Planning Program Director
Administers the continuity planning for critical assets program
Develops, maintains, and promulgates program requirements
Provides oversight and ensures program compliance across DHS
Provides COOP guidelines to Components
Facilitates development and testing of COOP plans
Approves COOP plans and maintains COOP status
Component CISOs/ISSMs
Identify and align office functions with DHS essential functions
Identify vital records, information systems, and personnel requirements needed to recover office
functions
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
42
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Continuity of Operations Planning Responsibilities
Administer the Component Continuity Planning program
Ensure the development of the Component’s COOPs
Ensure that COOPs are is implemented for each line of business
Provide COOP status and strategy to the DHS Continuity Planning Program Director
Develop and maintain a Component COOP Multi-Year Strategy and Program Plan
Component ISSOs
Comply with the Component COOP program
Perform continuity planning and testing and document results
Assist in development of the Component COOP Multi-Year Strategy and Program Plan
Ensure that operational security is maintained during any test or recovery activities
3.5.1.1
COOP Requirement
Components are required to develop, test, exercise, and maintain COOPs. COOPs are business
oriented and focus on sustaining essential and supporting business functions at an alternate site
for up to 30 days.
3.5.1.2
COOP Objectives
A COOP is designed to achieve the following objectives:
•
Ensure the continuous performance of essential functions and operations during an
emergency
•
Protect equipment, vital records, and other assets to meet mission needs
•
Reduce or mitigate disruptions to operations
•
Reduce loss of life
•
Minimize damage and losses
•
Achieve a timely and orderly recovery from an emergency and resumption of full service to
customers
3.5.1.3
COOP Plan Content
To facilitate their usefulness and acceptance, COOPs should be concise, and must address the
following elements:
•
Essential functions (including information systems requirements, vital records and databases,
and functional recovery activities)
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
43
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
•
Essential personnel
•
Alternate operating facilities
•
Interoperable communications
•
Human capital issues (inclusion of occupant emergency planning)
•
Devolution of control (delegations of authority and orders of succession)
•
Reconstitution (return to normal operations)
COOPs normally focus on facility level and organization contingency planning. Information
systems requirements, considered in terms of their support of essential and supporting office
functions, should be documented in the COOP. Although contingency planning is a separate
effort, these plans can be included in the COOP as appendixes. Close coordination with support
operations is required to ensure availability at the alternate site(s).
3.5.1.4
COOP Test, Training, and Exercise
The most important aspect of a successful COOP is the periodic testing and exercising of the
plan. Personnel should be trained and plans must be tested periodically. Tests and exercises
serve to validate specific aspects of plans, policies, procedures, systems, and facilities that would
be used during an emergency. DHS Components must conduct periodic tests so that weaknesses
can be identified and corrected. Results must be documented.
3.5.2
Contingency Planning
Contingency planning is an integral part of the Critical DHS Assets Program and is designed to
ensure the availability of critical information systems under all circumstances. Components are
required to develop, test, and maintain contingency plans.
Contingency planning is designed to establish a Department-wide capability to react to
emergency events (response); to restore essential business functions if a disruption occurs
(recovery); and to resume normal operations (reconstitution). Plans focus on sustaining an
organization’s critical information services.
Policy
ID
DHS Policy Statements
Relevant
Controls
3.5.2.a
The DHS CIO shall provide guidance, direction, and authority for a standard
DHS-wide process for contingency planning for information systems.
CP-1
3.5.2.b
System Owners shall develop and document information system Contingency
Plans (CPs) for their programs, manage plan changes, and distribute copies of
the plan to key contingency personnel. Component CIOs shall review and
approve Component-level information system CPs.
CP-1,
CP-2
3.5.2.c
Components shall ensure implementation of backup policy and procedures for
every Component information system.
CP-9
3.5.2.d
The DHS CIO shall ensure that each DHS system has contingency capabilities
commensurate with the availability security objective. The minimum
CP-1
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
44
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Policy
ID
DHS Policy Statements
Relevant
Controls
contingency capabilities for each impact level are as follows:
High impact – System functions and information have a high priority for
recovery after a short period of loss.
Moderate impact – System functions and information have a moderate
priority for recovery after a moderate period of loss.
Low impact – System functions and information have a low priority for
recovery after prolonged loss.
3.5.2.e
CPs shall be developed and maintained by all DHS Components in accordance
with the requirements for the FIPS 199 potential impact level for the
availability security objective. These plans shall be based on three essential
phases: Activation/Notification, Recovery, and Reconstitution. Components
shall review the CP for the information system at least annually and revise the
plan to address system/organizational changes or problems encountered during
plan implementation, execution, or testing.
CP-1,
CP-2
3.5.2.f
The DHS CIO shall ensure that CP testing is performed in accordance with the
availability security objective. The minimum contingency testing for each
impact level follows:
High impact – System recovery roles, responsibilities, procedures, and
logistics in the CP shall be used within a year prior to authorization to recover
from a simulated contingency event at the alternate processing site. The
system recovery procedures in the CP shall be used at least annually to
simulate system recovery in a test facility.
Moderate impact – The CP shall be tested at least annually by reviewing and
coordinating with organizational elements responsible for plans within the CP.
This is achieved by performing a walk-through/tabletop exercise.
Low impact – CP contact information shall be verified at least annually.
CP-4,
CP-7
3.5.2.g
The DHS CIO shall ensure that contingency training is performed in
accordance with the availability security objective. The minimum
contingency planning for each impact level follows:
High impact – All personnel involved in contingency planning efforts shall
be identified and trained in their contingency planning and implementation
roles, responsibilities, procedures, and logistics. This training shall
incorporate simulated events. Refresher training shall be provided at least
annually.
Moderate impact – All system personnel involved in contingency planning
efforts shall be trained. Refresher training shall be provided at least annually.
Low impact – There is no training requirement.
CP-3
3.5.2.h
Components shall coordinate CP testing and/or exercises as appropriate, using
COOP-related plans for systems with moderate and high availability FIPS-199
categorization.
CP-4
Contingency planning responsibilities are provided in the following table.
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
45
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Contingency Planning Responsibilities
DHS Continuity Planning Program Director
Administers Continuity Planning for Critical DHS Assets Program.
Develops, maintains, and promulgates program requirements
Provides oversight and ensures program compliance across DHS Components
Provides contingency planning guidelines to Component CISOs/ISSMs
Facilitates the development and testing of Contingency Plans
Approves DHS Contingency Plans and maintains status
System/Network Administrators
Participate in all phases of the contingency planning process
Site Managers/System Owners
Ensure that the system’s FIPS 199 potential impact for the availability security objective is correct and
maintained to be consistent with system information processing changes
Ensure that adequate resources are budgeted for contingency planning, testing, and training consistent
with the availability objective of the system
Ensure that adequate contingency plans are included in Security Authorization process documentation
Component CISOs/ISSMs
Establish Component continuity planning programs consistent with Department policy
Provide contingency planning status and strategy to the DHS Continuity Planning Program Director
Component ISSOs
Comply with the Component continuity planning program
Ensure that the system’s FIPS 199 potential impact for the availability security objective is consistent
with the information types processed, stored, and transmitted by the system
Ensure comprehensive contingency plans are developed, as required, for each major application and
general support system under their purview
Perform contingency planning, testing/exercising, and training, as required.
Ensure operational security is maintained during any test or recovery activities
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
46
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
3.5.2.1
Contingency Planning Requirement
Requirements for implementation of contingency planning are found in
•
NIST SP 800-34, Rev 1, “Contingency Planning Guide for Information Technology
Systems,” May, 1010
NIST SP 800-34 considers continuity of support planning to be synonymous with
contingency planning. Since a contingency plan is required for each major application and
general support system, multiple plans may be maintained within the organization’s COOP or
Business Continuity Plan.
•
Appendix III to OMB Circular A-130, “Management of Federal Information Resources,”
revised, November 30, 2000
Appendix III requires development and maintenance of continuity of support plans.
•
NIST SP 800-53, Rev 3, “Recommended Security Controls for Federal Information Systems
and Organizations,” August 2009, with updated errata May 01, 2010”
NIST SP 800-53 defines a family of security controls and identifies the level at which these
controls should be developed for high, moderate, and low potential impact systems. DHS
uses the FIPS 199 designation of the availability security objective (rather than the high water
mark) to define the impact level applicable to contingency planning controls.
3.5.2.2
Contingency Plan Development
Contingency planning is designed to achieve the following objectives:
•
Ensure the continuous availability of the critical information systems
•
Protect assets and vital records needed to support mission needs
•
Reduce or mitigate disruptions to operations
•
Reduce loss of life
•
Minimize damage and losses
•
Achieve a timely and orderly recovery from an emergency and the resumption of full service
to customers
3.5.2.3
Contingency Plan Format and Content
Contingency plans should be concise. Specific control requirements and levels of effort are
determined based on the system’s security categorization. The level of resources is based on the
security categorization for the availability security objective.
Contingency plans must address the following elements for the potential level of impact on the
system’s availability security objective:
•
Disruption impacts and allowable outage times
•
Preventive controls and recovery strategies
•
Vital records
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
47
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
•
Responsible personnel
•
Alternate operating facilities
•
Devolution of control (delegations of authority and orders of succession)
•
Reconstitution (return to normal operations)
3.5.2.4
Contingency Plan Test and Exercise
Testing the contingency plan identifies planning gaps. Tests and exercises serve to validate
specific aspects of plans, policies, procedures, systems, and facilities to be used during an
emergency. Both activities improve plan effectiveness and overall Department preparedness.
3.5.2.5
Contingency Plan Training
Training prepares recovery personnel for plan activation and improves plan effectiveness for
overall Department preparedness. Appropriate personnel shall be trained in their contingency
plan responsibilities according to the system’s potential impact level of the availability security
objective.
•
High impact for availability – All personnel involved in contingency planning shall be
identified and trained in the procedures and logistics of contingency planning and
implementation, as well as in their roles and responsibilities in relation to contingencies.
This training shall incorporate simulated events. Annual refresher training shall be provided.
•
Moderate impact for availability – All system personnel involved in contingency planning
shall be trained in the procedures and logistics of contingency planning and implementation,
as well as in their roles and responsibilities in relation to contingencies. Annual refresher
training shall be provided.
•
Low impact for availability – Training is not required.
3.6
System Engineering Life Cycle
SELC methodology provides a structured approach to managing information systems projects. It
also allows introduction of information security planning, including budgeting, review, and
oversight. The SELC process begins when the Program Authorization decision of the CPIC
process occurs.
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
48
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Figure 2 shows the eight distinct phases in the SELC process.
•Establish plan
for developing
system
•Retire system
•Archive data
Disposition
Phase
•Define requirements
•Establish functional baseline
Planning
Phase
Requirements
Definition
Phase
O&M
Phase
•Migrate system to
production
environment
•Carry out system
enhancements
SELC
SDLC
Process
Implementation
Phase
•Establish product
baseline
•Deploy system
Design
Phase
Development
Phase
Test
Phase
•Design system
•Establish allocated
baseline
•Build system
•Test system build
•Conduct independent testing and
evaluation
Figure 1 – The SELC process
Policy
ID
DHS Policy Statements
Relevant
Controls
3.6.a
Components shall ensure that system security is integrated into all phases of
SELC.
SA-3
3.6.b
Components shall ensure that security requirements for sensitive information
systems are incorporated into life-cycle documentation.
SA-3
3.6.c
The Program Manager shall review, approve, and sign all custom-developed
code prior to deployment into production environments. The Program
Manager may delegate this authority in writing to another DHS employee.
The authority shall not be delegated to contractor personnel.
RA-5
SELC responsibilities are provided in the following table.
SELC Responsibilities
DHS CIO
Defines and promulgates the SELC process
Ensures that information security life cycle planning is integrated into capital planning and investment
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
49
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
SELC Responsibilities
control processes
DHS CISO
Ensures that information security requirements are included in the SELC
Oversees proper implementation of security controls in system development
Component CISOs/ISSMs
Establishes procedures for reviewing compliance with SELC documentation requirements
Participates in capital planning and investment management meetings involving SELC considerations
for systems and networks
Ensures that required information security documentation is produced and reviewed in accordance
with SELC milestones
Approves information security documentation produced as part of the SELC process (except the
Security Authorization Process package)
ISSOs
Participates in planning and executing the SELC process
Provides information security expertise to system development teams
Reviews and comments on all SELC security documents
System Owners/Project Managers
Ensure required security documents and reviews are included in the SELC
Ensure that adequate funding is available for implementation of security requirements
Prepare required security documents
3.6.1
Planning
The Planning Phase defines the system concept from the user’s perspective and establishes a
comprehensive plan for developing the system. Information security activities include the
following:
•
Preparation of the initial Risk Assessment and Security Plan
•
Ensuring that adequate budgetary resources for information security requirements are
available
3.6.2
Requirements Definition
During the Requirements Definition Phase, users and technical staff define detailed requirements
to ensure that the system will meet user requirements. This results in the establishment of a
Functional Baseline. Information security activities include:
•
Updating the Risk Assessment and Security Plan
•
Reviewing Baseline Security Requirements
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
50
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
•
Developing an initial Plan of Action and Milestones
•
Developing an initial Security Test and Evaluation Plan
•
Reviewing information security budget requirements
•
Preparing the initial security inputs to the Training Plan
•
Preparing the initial Contingency Plan
3.6.3
Design
The system development then moves to the Design Phase, during which the requirements are
transformed into detailed design specifications. During the Design Phase, an Allocated Baseline
is established and documented in the System Design Document. Information security activities
include the following:
•
Updating the Risk Assessment and Security Plan
•
Reviewing budget requirements
•
Developing Interconnection Security Agreements
•
Updating the security information in the Training Plan
•
Updating the Contingency Plan
•
Preparing the initial Security Authorization Process package
3.6.4
Development
After formal approval of the design, the project enters the Development Phase. During this
phase, the development team builds the system according to the design specified during the
Design Phase and conducts development testing. The Development Phase represents an iterative
process during which the development team builds the system, tests the system build, modifies
the system based on any problems identified during Development Testing, and then tests the
modified system build. Information security activities include the following:
•
Conducting the initial Developmental Security Control Assessment
•
Updating the Risk Assessment and Security Plan
•
Developing the initial Operational Security Control Assessment
•
Reviewing budget requirements
•
Updating the Security Authorization Process package
3.6.5
Test
When the developed system is fully functional and has successfully passed Development Testing,
the system development project moves into the Test Phase. During this phase, independent
testing and evaluation is conducted to ensure that the developed system functions properly,
satisfies the requirements (including security requirements) developed in the Requirements
Definition Phase, and performs adequately in the host environment. Information security
activities include:
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
51
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
•
Conducting formal Developmental Security Control Assessment
•
Reviewing budget requirements
•
Updating the Risk Assessment and Security Plan
•
Updating the Security Authorization Process package
3.6.6
Implementation
The system development project enters the Implementation Phase after the system has
successfully passed testing and is ready for deployment. The output of this phase is the Product
Baseline, which consists of the production system, databases, an updated data dictionary,
associated infrastructure, and supporting documentation. During this phase the system is
deployed to designated production sites. Information security activities include the following:
•
Conducting the Operational Security Control Assessment on upgraded or new systems
•
Reviewing adequacy of budget requirements
•
Finalizing the security inputs in the Training Plans
•
Updating the Risk Assessment and Security Plan
•
Finalizing the Security Authorization package
3.6.7
Operations and Maintenance
After the system has been successfully deployed, it enters the Operations and Maintenance (O&M)
Phase. During this phase, the system becomes operational and any necessary system modifications
are identified and documented as “System Change Requests.” These changes must be formally
approved before they can be implemented. Information security activities include the following:
•
Reviewing Security Authorization Process status and maintaining documentation currency
•
Conducting annual user security awareness training and role-based training (e.g., training for
ISSOs, AOs, network and system administrators, and managers)
•
Maintaining adequate budgetary resources
3.6.8
Disposition
Finally, the system is retired from the operational environment during the Disposition Phase.
Activities during this phase involve:
•
Terminating system operations
•
Removing the system from the production environment
•
Archiving the system elements, data, and documentation
•
Disposing of equipment and media in accordance with security requirements
3.7
Configuration Management
Configuration Management (CM) includes management of all hardware and software elements of
information systems and networks. CM within DHS consists of a multi-layered structure – policy,
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
52
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
procedures, processes, and compliance monitoring. Each Component shall use an appropriate level
of configuration management.
CM applies to all systems, subsystems, and components of the DHS infrastructure, and ensures
implementation and continuing life-cycle maintenance. CM begins with baselining of
requirements documentation and ends with decommissioning of items no longer used for
production or support.
The CM discipline applies to hardware, including power systems, software, firmware,
documentation, test and support equipment, and spares. A Change Management Process ensures
that documentation associated with an approved change to a DHS system is updated to reflect the
appropriate baseline, including an analysis of any potential security implications. The initial
configuration must be documented in detail and all subsequent changes must be controlled
through a complete and robust CM process.
Configuration management has security implications in three areas:
•
Ensuring that the configuration of subordinate information system elements is consistent with
the Security Authorization Process requirements of the parent system
•
Ensuring that any subsequent changes (including an analysis of any potential security
implications) are approved
•
Ensuring that all recommended and approved security patches are properly installed
As new systems and newly modified systems proceed through the SELC, changes must be
documented and tested prior to placing the systems into an operational environment. The
objective is to ensure that new vulnerabilities are not introduced during the change process. The
same requirements apply to operational systems as they undergo periodic modifications.
In today’s climate, new vulnerabilities quickly present themselves and often the risk of not
implementing vendor-supplied patches exceeds the risk of installing an untested patch.
Components must have provisions for reacting quickly as these critical patches are identified and
released by the DHS Security Operations Center (SOC). Configuration management policies
must include provisions for quickly testing and approving time-sensitive changes that result from
newly released vulnerability information.
Policy
ID
DHS Policy Statements
Relevant
Controls
3.7.a
Components shall develop and maintain a configuration management plan
(CMP) for each information system as part of its SP. All DHS systems shall
be under the oversight of the officer responsible for Configuration
Management.
CM-1,
CM-9
3.7.b
Components shall establish, implement, and enforce configuration
management controls on all information systems and networks and address
significant deficiencies as part of a POA&M.
CA-5,
CM-3,
PM-4
3.7.c
Information security patches shall be installed in accordance with
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
53
SI-2
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Policy
ID
DHS Policy Statements
Relevant
Controls
configuration management plans and within the timeframe or direction stated
in the Information Security Vulnerability Management (ISVM) message
published by the DHS Enterprise Operations Center (SOC).
3.7.d
System Owners shall document initial system configuration in detail and shall
control all subsequent changes in accordance with the configuration
management process.
CM-2,
CM-3,
CM-9
3.7.e
Workstations shall be configured in accordance with DHS guidance on the
U.S Government Configuration Baseline (USGCB) (formerly known as the
Federal Desktop Core Configuration [FDCC]). Configuration shall include
installation of the DHS Common Policy Object Identifier (OID), Common
Policy Framework Root CA certificate, and the DHS Principal CA certificate.
CM-2,
CM-6,
CM-9
3.7.f
Components shall monitor USGCB (or DHS-approved USGCB variant)
compliance using a (NIST)-validated Security Content Automation Protocol
(SCAP) tool.
3.7.g
The System Owner shall request an exception for information systems that use
operating systems or applications that are not hardened or do not follow
configuration guidance identified in Enclosure 1 of DHS Sensitive Systems
Handbook DHS Secure Baseline Configuration Guides. Requests shall
include a proposed alternative secure configuration.
CM-2,
CM-6
3.7.h
Components shall ensure that CM processes under their purview include and
consider the results of a security impact analysis when considering proposed
changes.
CM-4
---
Configuration management responsibilities are provided in the following table.
Configuration Management Responsibilities
Component CISOs/ISSMs
Ensure that security issues are being addressed in configuration reviews and by Change Control
Boards
Security Control Assessors
Re-assess the system if significant configuration changes have been made
AOs
Re-authorize systems if significant configuration changes have been made
Ensure that Project Managers and Development/O&M Support Teams implement an effective CM
process in accordance with SELC requirements
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
54
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Configuration Management Responsibilities
Project Managers/ISSOs
Ensure that CM procedures are documented and implemented for all proposed configuration changes
to information systems
Ensure that all proposed configuration changes to operating systems and applications are analyzed
prior to implementation to determine if the proposed change has security implications
Maintain a capability to quickly approve and implement time-sensitive security patches in reaction to
late-breaking security vulnerabilities identified by the DHS SOC
Ensure that all proposed configuration changes to operating systems, operating system security
features, applications, critical system files, and system devices are formally approved, tested, and
documented prior to the change being implemented
Ensure that all approved changes to the configuration baseline are documented, reviewed for accuracy,
and that records are maintained for each system for both the current and all previous configurations
Ensure that formal system configuration reviews are performed
Ensure that accurate system documentation and configuration logs are maintained to reflect current
and prior configuration baselines
Prepare and distribute a CM plan for each system under their authority
Implement and enforce CM controls
Project Team
Understand and comply with the system CM plan
Comply with CM controls and procedures
Component CISOs/ISSMs, in cooperation with network operations leadership, shall determine
when and how quickly late-breaking patches must be expedited through the CM process and
installed on DHS systems.
The ISSO and Project Manager work with the appropriate development team (for new
development systems) or the O&M Support Team (for fielded systems) to ensure that all
proposed changes to the configuration baseline are analyzed and tested to determine their security
implications. As new vulnerabilities are identified during the testing process, appropriate
security software patches must be developed and installed prior to implementation of the
proposed change. Any changes that impact the security posture of the system must be brought to
the attention of the Security Control Assessor and the AO
Proposed configuration changes to operating systems, operating system security features,
applications, critical system files, and system devices must be approved through the CM process
and documented prior to the change being implemented. If the change is deemed to be
significant, the Security Authorization Process documentation must be updated.
The CM process continues throughout the system life cycle.
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
55
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
3.8
Risk Management
Risk management is a process that allows System Owners to balance the operational and
economic costs of protective measures to achieve gains in mission capability by protecting the
information systems and data that support their organization’s missions.
An effective risk management process is a vital element of a successful Information Security
Program. An organization’s risk management process is designed to protect the organization and
its ability to perform its mission, not just its information system assets. The process identifies
risks and assesses their impacts so that appropriate steps can be taken to reduce them to an
acceptable level.
Effective risk management enables an organization to accomplish its mission(s) by:
•
Better securing the information systems
•
Enabling management to make well-informed risk management decisions
•
Assisting management in authorizing information systems
Policy
ID
DHS Policy Statements
Relevant
Controls
3.8.a
Components shall establish a risk management program in accordance with
NIST Special Publication (SP) 800-30, Risk Management Guide for
Information Technology Systems and with other applicable Federal guidelines.
RA-1
3.8.b
Component CISOs/ISSMs shall ensure that a risk assessment is conducted
whenever high impact weaknesses are identified, or every three (3) years or
whenever modifications are made to sensitive information systems, or to their
physical environments, interfaces, or user community. The risk assessment
shall consider the effects of the modifications on the operational risk profile of
the information system. SPs shall be updated and re-certification conducted if
warranted by the results of the risk assessment.
RA-3
3.8.c
Each Component CISO/ISSM shall establish an independent Component-wide
Security Authorization program to ensure a consistent approach to testing the
effectiveness of controls.
RA-1
3.8.d
Risk Executives shall review recommendations for risk determinations and
risk acceptability and may recommend changes to the AO and appropriate
CIO.
RA-3
3.8.e
Component Security Operations Centers (SOC) shall deploy a Componentwide network scanning program.
RA-5
3.8.f
Special rules apply to CFO-Designated Systems. See Section 3.15 for
additional information.
---
Risk management responsibilities are provided in the following table.
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
56
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Risk Management Responsibilities
DHS CISO
Establishes and enforces policy relating to the risk management process
Security Control Assessor
Evaluates the risk assessment document as part of the assessment process
Ensures that the risk assessment document contains information required for the Security
Authorization Process
Informs the AO of the possible mitigation actions for residual risks
AOs
Determine the overall degree of acceptable risk based on the Component’s mission requirements
Determine whether residual risks are within tolerable limits
Make a risk-based decision to grant a system Authority to Operate (ATO)or Interim Authority to
Operate (IATO); or to deny system authorization because the risks are beyond an acceptable level
System Owners
Assist in determining the degree of acceptable residual risk based on the Department’s mission
requirements
Review the assessment package and ensure resources are provided to implement risk mitigation
measures
Project Managers/ISSOs
Conduct the initial risk assessment
Ensure that the SP and risk assessment contain information required by assessment activities and
address all appropriate management, operational, and technical controls
Initiate follow-on risk assessments if any significant changes to the system configuration or to the
operational or threat environment have occurred, or every three (3) years, whichever comes first
Risk management is an integral part of the Security Authorization Process and contains three
essential elements:
•
Risk assessment
•
Risk mitigation
•
Evaluation and assessment
3.8.1
Risk Assessment
Risk assessments are used throughout a system’s lifecycle to determine the extent of potential
threats and risks. The results are used to identify appropriate security controls to reduce risks to
an acceptable level.
There are nine major areas to consider when developing a risk assessment:
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
57
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
•
System characterization
•
Threat identification
•
Vulnerability identification control analysis
•
Likelihood determination
•
Impact analysis
•
Risk determination
•
Control recommendations
•
Results documentation
3.8.2
Risk Mitigation
Risk mitigation occurs after the risk assessment phase and encompasses the prioritization,
evaluation, and implementation of appropriate security controls.
There are seven (7) major activities to be conducted as part of the risk mitigation phase:
•
Prioritize actions
•
Evaluate recommended control options
•
Conduct a cost-benefit analysis
•
Select appropriate controls
•
Assign implementation responsibility
•
Develop an implementation plan
•
Implement selected controls
3.8.3
Evaluation and Assessment
Risk management is an ongoing process that will evolve as systems are updated and replaced.
New risks can surface and risks previously mitigated can re-surface.
Components must conduct risk assessments whenever significant changes to the system
configuration or to the operational or threat environment occur, or every three (3) years,
whichever comes first. The risk assessment is a key element of the Security Authorization
Process.
3.9
Security Authorization and Security Assessments
DHS periodically assesses the selection of security controls to determine their continued
effectiveness in providing an appropriate level of protection.
It is recommended that Components pursue type Security Authorization Process for information
resources that are under the same direct management control; have the same function or mission
objective, operating characteristics, security needs, and that reside in the same general operating
environment, or in the case of a distributed system, reside in various locations with similar
operating environments.
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
58
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Type Security Authorization Process shall consist of a master Security Authorization Process
package describing the common controls implemented across sites and site-specific controls and
unique requirements that have been implemented at the individual sites.
The DHS “Security Authorization Process Guide” describes detailed processes governing
Security Authorization Process and system risk assessment.
Detailed information for creating and managing POA&Ms is published in this Handbook’s
Attachment H, “Plan of Action and Milestones (POA&M) Process Guide.”
The Federal Information Security Management Act (FISMA) directs that all Federal agencies
develop and implement an agency-wide information system security program designed to
safeguard information systems, assets, and data. The Department’s Security Authorization
Process policy is based on the recommendations set forth in NIST SP 800-37, and OMB Circular
A-130.
Security Control Assessment is the comprehensive testing and evaluation of the management,
operational, and technical security features of an information system. It addresses software and
hardware security safeguards; considers procedural, physical, and personnel security measures;
and establishes the extent to which a particular design and implementation meets a specified set
of security requirements. It also considers procedural, physical, and personnel security measures
employed to enforce information security policy.
Authorization is the official management decision that permits the operation of a system. It
includes explicitly accepting the risk to Department operations, assets, or individuals, based on
the implementation of an agreed-upon set of security controls. The AO accepts security
responsibility for the operation of an assessed system and officially grants Authority to Operate
(ATO). AOs shall be identified in TrustedAgent FISMA (TAF). The Component CIO shall
serve as the AO for any system where an AO has not been appointed or where a vacancy exists.
A common controls approach (type authorization) may be used for authorizing systems.
Attachment D to this Handbook, Type Authorization, provides specific guidance. The AO must
approve the use of any common controls-based Security Authorization Process.
Components shall categorize systems in accordance with FIPS 199, “Standards for Security
Categorization of Federal Information and Information Systems” and shall apply the appropriate
NIST SP 800-53 controls. The Risk Management System (RMS) automated tool shall be used to
produce Security Authorization Process packages. Artifacts generated during the Authorization
process shall be uploaded into TAF). TAF supports the POA&M process and generates quarterly
reports and annual self-assessments.
NIST SP 800-37 describes the six Security Authorization Process steps which are listed below:
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
59
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
•
Step 1 – Categorize Information System
•
Step 2 – Select Security Controls
•
Step 3 – Implement Security Controls
•
Step 4 – Assess Security Controls
•
Step 5 – Authorize Information System
•
Step 6 – Monitor Security Controls
The DHS “Security Authorization Process Guidance for SBU Systems: Users Manual” provides
detailed instructions for creating authorization artifacts, using authorization tools for authorizing
systems, and the timeline for creating authorization artifacts, tracking remediation activities, and
performing the required self-assessments and generating the required reports.
All Security Authorization Processes shall be completed in accordance with “DHS 4300A
Sensitive Systems Policy Directive” for unclassified systems and “DHS 4300B National Security
Systems Policy Directive” for collateral systems. Sensitive Compartmented Information (SCI)
Systems shall be authorized by the DHS Office of Intelligence and Analysis (DHS I&A).
The DHS Security Authorization Process is governed by the following NIST publications:
•
NIST Special Publication 800-37, “Guide for Applying the Risk Management Framework to
Federal Information Systems”
•
NIST Special Publication 800-53, “Recommended Security Controls for Federal Information
Systems and Organizations”
•
NIST Special Publication 800-53A, “Guide for Assessing the Security Controls in Federal
Information Systems”
•
NIST Special Publication 800-59, “Guideline for Identifying an Information System as a
National Security System”
•
NIST Special Publication 800-60, Volume I: “Guide for Mapping Types of Information and
Information Systems to Security Categories,” and Volume II: “Appendixes to Guide for
Mapping Types of Information and Information Systems to Security Categories”
•
Federal Information Processing Standards Publication (FIPS Pub) 199, “Standards for
Security Categorization of Federal Information and Information Systems”
•
FIPS Pub 200, “Minimum Security Requirements for Federal Information and Information
Systems
Policy
ID
3.9.a
DHS Policy Statements
Components shall assign an impact level (high, moderate, low) to each
security objective (confidentiality, integrity, and availability) for each DHS
information system. Components shall apply NIST SP 800-53 controls as
tailored specifically to the security objective at the determined impact level in
the Attachment M to DHS 4300A, Sensitive Systems Handbook, “Tailoring the
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
60
Relevant
Controls
PM-10,
RA-2
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Policy
ID
DHS Policy Statements
Relevant
Controls
NIST 800-53 Security Controls.”
3.9.b
Components shall implement NIST SP 800-53 security controls, using the
FIPS Pub 200, Minimum Security Requirements for Federal Information and
Information Systems methodology, based on the FIPS 199 impact level
established for each separate security objective (confidentiality, integrity,
availability).
---
3.9.c
It is recommended that Components pursue Type Security Authorization
Process for information resources that are under the same direct management
control; have the same function or mission objective, operating characteristics,
security needs, and that reside in the same general operating environment, or
in the case of a distributed system, reside in various locations with similar
operating environments. Type Security Authorization Process shall consist of
a master Security Authorization Process package describing the common
controls implemented across sites and site-specific controls and unique
requirements that have been implemented at the individual sites.
---
3.9.d
The AO for a system shall be identified in Trusted Agent FISMA (TAF). The
Component CIO shall serve as the AO whenever the System Owner or an
appropriate program official has not been named as the AO.
---
3.9.e
Component CISOs shall ensure that all information systems are formally
assessed through a comprehensive evaluation of their management,
operational, and technical security controls.
CA-2,
PM-10
3.9.f
As part of the authorization process, a supporting assessment shall determine
the extent to which a particular design and implementation plan meets the
DHS required set of security controls.
PM-10
3.9.g
Component CISOs/ISSMs shall ensure that a risk assessment is conducted
whenever modifications are made to sensitive information systems, networks,
or their physical environments, interfaces, or user community. SPs shall be
updated and re-authorized if warranted.
PM-9,
RA-3
3.9.h
Components shall authorize systems at Initial Operating Capability (IOC) and
every three (3) years thereafter, or whenever a major change occurs, whichever
occurs first. An Authority to Operate (ATO) of six (6) months or less shall
receive an ATO authorization period waiver from the DHS CISO before
submission to the AO for a final authorization decision.
CA-6,
PM-10
3.9.i
AOs may grant an Interim Authorization to Operate (IATO) for systems that
are undergoing development testing or are in a prototype phase of
development. A system shall be assessed and authorized in an ATO letter
prior to passing the Acquisition Decision Event 2C milestone in the SELC.
IATOs shall not be used for operational systems. The AO may grant an IATO
PL-1,
PM-10
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
61
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Policy
ID
DHS Policy Statements
Relevant
Controls
for a maximum period of 6 (six) months and may grant 1 (one) 6 (six) month
extension. Systems under an IATO shall not process sensitive information but
may attach to system networks for testing.
3.9.j
If the system is not fully authorized and has not received a full ATO by the
end of the second and final IATO, the system shall not be deployed as an
operational system.
3.9.k
Components shall request concurrence from the DHS CISO for all
authorizations for 6 (six) months or less.
3.9.l
The DHS CISO shall specify tools, techniques, and methodologies used to
assess and authorize DHS information systems, report and manage FISMA
data, and document and maintain POA&Ms.
CA-1,
PM-4
3.9.m
Currently, all DHS systems shall be authorized using the automated tools, TAF
and Risk Management System (RMS), which have been approved by the DHS
CISO.
CA-1,
CA-2,
PM-10
3.9.n
The DHS CISO shall maintain a repository for all Security Authorization
Process documentation and modifications.
CA-1
3.9.o
Component CISOs shall establish processes to ensure that the Security
Authorization Process is used consistently for all Component systems.
CA-1,
PM-10
3.9.p
System Owners shall use the POA&M process to manage vulnerabilities,
correct deficiencies in security controls, and remediate weaknesses in SPs.
CA-5,
PM-4
3.9.q
The AO shall formally assume responsibility for operating an information
system at an acceptable level of risk. System operation with sensitive
information is prohibited without an ATO.
CA-6,
PM-10
3.9.r
ATOs shall only be provided for systems that fully comply with policy or have
been granted appropriate exceptions or waivers.
CA-6,
PM-10
3.9.s
Artifacts in support of new ATOs shall not be older than 13 months. Older
artifacts remain valid during the life of a current ATO.
3.9.t
The DHS CIO may revoke the ATO of any DHS information system.
CA-6
3.9.u
The Component CIO may revoke the ATO of any Component-level
information system.
CA-6
3.9.v
Components shall assign a common control provider to share controls between
systems (e.g., at hosting centers). The authorization package of those common
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
62
PL-1,
PM-10
---
---
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Policy
ID
DHS Policy Statements
Relevant
Controls
controls must be shared with those operating under the controls.
3.9.w
DHS enterprise services shall be required to provide a catalog of common
controls that have been assessed and authorized by the AO of that service.
---
3.9.x
An Enterprise System Security Agreement (ESSA) shall be developed for all
enterprise services.
---
Assessment and Authorization responsibilities are provided in the following table.
Assessment and Authorization Responsibilities
DHS CISO
Establishes and enforces policy relating to the Security Authorization Process
Security Control Assessor
Ensures that the SP, Security Control Assessment, Contingency Plan, and Risk Assessment contain the
information required for Security Authorization Process
Prepares the assessor’s statement, which reflects the state of the security controls, based on the results
of the Security Control Assessment
Recommends to the AO the possible implementation of additional risk mitigation actions that would
mitigate the residual risks identified by the Security Control Assessment
Assembles the assessment package that includes the assessment findings, and transmit to the AO
Maintains files of assessment packages for each system
AOs
Determine degree of acceptable residual risk based on Department’s mission requirements
Review the state of the security controls for the system and the Department’s mission requirements
Assess the correctness and effectiveness of security controls and identify the level of residual risk for
the system
Determine whether the residual risk is within tolerable limits
Make a risk-based decision to (1) grant system authorization, (2) grant an IATO for a designated
period of time (no longer than 6 months - systems in development testing or prototypes only), or (3)
deny system authorization.
System Owners
Assessment Responsibilities:
Ensure that adequate resources are budgeted for and allocated to the Security Authorization Process.
Review the results of the Initiation and Security Assessment phases and ensure that resources are
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
63
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Assessment and Authorization Responsibilities
provided to identify and implement risk mitigation measures.
Authorization Responsibilities:
Assist in determining degree of acceptable residual risk based on Department’s mission requirements
Review the Assessment Package and ensure that resources are provided to implement risk mitigation
measures
Project Managers/ISSOs
Ensure that the RMS automated tool is used to develop Security Authorization Process packages
Assessment Responsibilities:
Ensure that the Security Plan and Risk Assessment contain information required by assessment
activities
Develop the Security Control Assessment plan, conduct the Security Control Assessment, and prepare
the Security Control Assessment Report (the Security Assessment Report (SAR)).
Authorization Responsibilities:
Complete the final Risk Assessment, update the Security Plan, prepare the assessment findings, and
prepare a Draft Assessment Statement.
Complete the Assessment Package and forward to the Security Control Assessor.
Maintain files of the Assessment Package.
Initiate re-authorization activities if any significant changes to the system configuration or to the
operational/threat environment that might affect system security have occurred, or every three (3)
years, whichever comes first.
3.9.1
FIPS 199 Categorization and the NIST SP 800-53 Controls
Within DHS, the high water mark requirement is amplified to reflect the actual security
requirements that controls must meet. The high water mark is the concept whereby the highest
impact level of any of the security objectives (confidentially, integrity, and availability) must be
used for the system as a whole.
The controls required to support the security objective for an information system shall be
implemented. There is no requirement to implement extra controls beyond this minimum
standard, but any program may implement additional or more stringent controls. This policy
amplification is a Department-level risk-based decision that is consistent with the FISMA
requirement to “cost-effectively reduce information security risks to an acceptable level.” The
tailoring of controls and use of compensating controls is also consistent with providing the
safeguards necessary to reduce the risks in a specific operational environment.
This policy amplification is also consistent with the NIST information security guidance which
promulgates the “concept of risk based decisions.” The due diligence required by FIPS 199,
“Standards for Security Categorization of Federal Information and Information Systems” of
determining the exact impact level each type of information on the system, and each of the
security objectives, will lead to well defined impact levels for confidentiality, integrity, and
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
64
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
availability of the system as a whole. It is important, when using a risk-based decision to
minimize the security controls, that all of the information and the risks to that information be
clearly defined and documented so that the AO can make an informed decision on the level of
risk that is acceptable for the system and its information in the specific operational environment.
The “DHS FIPS 199 Workbook” stipulates impact levels (high, moderate, low) to be assigned to
each security objective. Under these categories, a system with low risk availability, high risk
integrity, and low risk confidentiality is not required to implement all high controls across the
board, rather the controls that fall out of the analysis shall be implemented (i.e., high levels for
integrity controls, low for the confidentiality and availability controls).
For systems involving Personally Identifiable Information (PII), the confidentiality security
objective shall be assigned a minimum impact level of “moderate.” If warranted by a risk-based
assessment the confidentiality security objective shall be elevated to “high.”
All CFO Designated Systems shall be assigned a minimum impact level of “moderate” for
confidentiality, integrity, and availability. If warranted by a risk based assessment, the integrity
objective shall be elevated to “high.”
Attachment M to this Handbook, “Tailoring the NIST SP 800-53 Security Controls,” lists the
NIST SP 800-53 controls by impact level and by security objective, and provides information on
the possible tailoring of these controls and the use of compensating controls.
3.9.2
Privacy Impact Assessment
Information systems involving PII are required to have a Privacy Impact Assessment (PIA). 6 A
Privacy Threshold Analysis (PTA) is first performed to determine whether potential privacy or
PII data is being processed or stored. Systems that are determined to have privacy concerns
require a formal PIA. See Section 3.14, Privacy and Data Security for additional information.
3.9.3
E-Authentication
E-Authentication security requirements must be applied to information systems that allow online
transactions. For systems where e-authentication security requirements apply, two additional
steps are required:
•
Determine the potential impact of authentication errors
•
Determine the required assurance level for authentication
The E-Authentication Workbook and instructions are available on the DHS CISO Web page.
The DHS Compliance Help Desk (202) 357-6100 can also provide assistance in obtaining these
documents.
3.9.4
Risk Assessment
Risk Assessment is the process of identifying the risks to system security and determining the
probability of occurrence, the resulting impact, and additional safeguards that would mitigate this
6 Section 208 of the E-Government Act
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
65
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
impact. An initial risk assessment is used to understand the unique system risks and to determine
if any controls are required to address specific threats or weaknesses. The initial assessment
incorporates system characterization information, security categorization, PTA and PIA, and eAuthentication assessment. The results will be used to directly address the controls that will be
documented in the Security plan and implemented in the system.
An initial Risk Assessment document is genesrated within RMS whenever a Security
Authorization Process package is initiated.
The initial assessment is updated and revised after the controls are implemented and tested, and
corrective actions are implemented. The amount of residual risk is identified throughout the
process.
DHS follows the overall risk process as described in NIST Special Publication 800-30, “{Risk
Management Guide for IT Systems.”
The DHS Security Authorization Process Guidance for SBU Systems: Users Manual provides
detailed information on developing Risk Assessments within RMS.
3.9.5
Security Plan
The SP provides a complete description of an information system, including purposes, functions,
system boundaries, architecture, user groups, interconnections, hardware, software, encryption
techniques, transmissions, and network configuration. It also provides an overview of the
system’s security requirements, describes the controls in place or planned, and delineates the
responsibilities and expected behavior of all individuals who access the system. The SP,
typically written in conjunction with the Risk Assessment, is refined throughout the authorization
process.
An SP template is provided in RMS. The template and the RMS Requirements Traceability
Matrix (RTM) provide a basic structure to ensure consistency and completeness within the
document. The DHS Security Authorization Process Guidance for SBU Systems: Users Manual
provides detailed information on completing the SP within RMS.
3.9.6
Contingency Plan
A Contingency Plan documents the management policies and procedures designed to maintain or
restore business operations in the event of emergencies, system failures, or disaster. Specific
control requirements and level of effort are determined based on the system’s security
categorization. The level of resources for the Contingency Plan is based on the security
categorization for the availability security objective:
•
For systems with a low impact for availability, the System Owner may determine the
Contingency Plan format and content that is appropriate for the system and its environment.
The Contingency Plan generated in RMS may also be used.
•
For systems with a moderate impact level for availability, the default Contingency Plan
template in RMS should be used.
•
Systems with a high impact level for availability should develop a rigorous Contingency
Plan. The DHS-developed high impact version of a contingency plan, “IT Contingency and
Disaster Recovery Plan,” should be used. This template is found in the Additional
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
66
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Documents section of RMS. The high impact plan can be received in RMS when creating a
package, by answering “Yes” to additional documents in the questionnaire. This template is
also available in this Handbook’s Attachment K, “IT Contingency Plan Template.”
The DHS “Security Authorization Process Guidance for SBU Systems: Users Manual” provides
detailed information on developing the Contingency Plan within RMS.
3.9.7
Security Control Assessment Plan
The Security Control Assessment Plan outlines the methodology for testing and verifying that the
management, operational, and technical controls are in place and operating as expected. The
Security Control Assessment Plan template within RMS provides starting point for developing
the plan.
The RTM is generated by RMS whenever a Security Authorization Process package is initiated;
it is populated with sample test procedures. The procedures will need to be tailored to the
particular SP, risks, and system environment, and they will need to be supplemented with
detailed technical methods and procedures.
The complete Security Control Assessment Plan includes the primary document and any
supporting material. Typically, supporting material includes the documented test procedures
contained in the RMS RTM.
The DHS Security Authorization Process Guidance for SBU Systems: Users Manual provides
detailed information on using RMS to develop the Security Control Assessment Plan. Once the
Risk Assessment, SP, and Security Control Assessment Plan are completed and approved by the
System Owner and agreed to with the Security Control Assessor, Security Control Assessment
testing can be conducted as part of the assessment process. Results of the testing are documented
in the Security Assessment Report.
3.9.8
Contingency Plan Testing
Contingency Plan testing is the process of simulating an information security event and the
subsequent activities undertaken to restore and recover the system.
Contingency Plan testing is required only for systems with a moderate or high impact for the
availability security objective; it is optional for systems with a low impact for availability.
Testing requirements for systems with high, moderate, and low impact for availability are
provided in the following sections.
3.9.8.1
Systems with High Impact Availability — Testing Required
Components shall ensure that an established alternate site is available for systems with high
impact availability. Resources for establishing an alternate site shall be identified and made
available for systems assessed as high impact for availability.
For systems with high impact availability, a full-scale test of the Contingency Plan is preferred.
In a full-scale test, the triggering incident shall be simulated, but the detection, containment, and
recovery steps shall be executed in accordance with the plan. This test shall include coordination
with the alternate site. The following objectives shall be achieved:
1. The test demonstrates that the system can be brought to an operational condition at the
designated alternate site by following the procedures and instructions described in the plan.
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
67
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
2. It is important that the plan draw only on resources that are normally located away from the
site where the incident occurs.
3. The test verifies that the organizational units responsible for the Contingency Plan fully
understand their responsibilities and are able to carry them out in a timely manner.
4. The test verifies that the system is brought to an operational condition within the allotted
recovery time.
5. The test verifies that system information is restored to the expected state, so that operations
can resume in a synchronized manner.
6. The test verifies that access to system information by authorized business area personnel has
been reestablished.
In circumstances that preclude a full-scale test, a rigorous tabletop exercise with a planned
follow-on for a full test shall provide an acceptable alternative. The tabletop exercise is
described below in the section on moderate impact systems.
3.9.8.2
Systems with Moderate Impact for Availability — Testing Required
For systems with moderate impact availability, a full-scale test of the Contingency Plan shall be
encouraged, but is not required. A tabletop exercise shall be acceptable for most moderate
impact systems. The most important elements are that the actual individuals involved in the
recovery process are involved in the exercise and that the exercise formally addresses all of the
steps in the plan. The following objectives shall be achieved.
1. The exercise walks through the procedures and instructions described in the Contingency
Plan.
2. Results for each step are simulated as rigorously as possible.
3. The exercise makes reference only to personnel and other resources that will be located away
from the site where the incident occurs.
4. The exercise requires each organizational unit to explain how they would carry out their
responsibilities.
5. A timeline with reasonable times for events is used to illustrate that the system could be
brought to an operational condition within the allotted system recovery time.
6. The exercise illustrates how access to system information by authorized business area
personnel would be reestablished.
7. The entire exercise is used as a tool to train the teams involved on their responsibilities
during an emergency.
In a tabletop exercise, the triggering incident, detection, containment, and recovery are simulated.
The Contingency Plan shall be used to walk though a prepared scenario in order to demonstrate
how system recovery would be achieved. This exercise shall include personnel from the site(s)
where the system would be recovered.
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
68
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
3.9.8.3
Systems with Low Impact for Availability — Testing Optional
For systems whose availability is categorized as low impact, Contingency Plan testing is
optional. At a minimum, the plan shall be reviewed and evaluated for feasibility every two years
or whenever significant changes are made to the system. A memo shall be developed that
indicates that “the system is a FIPS 199 low impact system; therefore, the system's Contingency
Plan is not required to be tested.”
The DHS Security Authorization Process Guidance for SBU Systems: Users Manual provides
detailed information on developing the Security Control Assessment Plan within RMS.
3.9.9
Security Assessment Report
The Security Assessment Report (SAR) summarizes the results of the Security Control
Assessment and the system’s compliance with the defined security controls in the SP. The
findings should state whether or not the system is fully compliant with the SP and Risk
Assessment. If the testing finds that the system is compliant, but residual risk remains, the SAR
must document these risks. Security Control Assessment results are attached to support the
findings in the SAR.
A SAR template is available in RMS. The DHS Security Authorization Process) Guidance for
SBU Systems: Users Manual provides detailed information on developing the SAR within RMS.
3.9.10 Plan of Action and Milestones
The POA&M is part of the authorization package. The POA&M documents the weaknesses that
will be mitigated and the corrective actions that must be taken. It details the resources required,
milestones, and scheduled completion dates. Detailed guidance on the POA&M process is found
in Attachment H to this Handbook, Plan of Action and Milestones (POA&M) Process Guide.
When reviewing the authorization package, the AO may stipulate that certain POA&M activities
be completed within a specific timeframe, or that additional compensating controls be
implemented as a condition for authorization.
3.9.11 Authorization to Operate Letter
ATO or Denial to Operate letters are generated based on the appropriate AO’s decision after
reviewing the authorization package. The package must include the following documents:
•
Updated Security Plan (SP)
•
Security Assessment Report (SAR)
•
Plan of Action and Milestones (POA&M)
•
Security Control Assessor Transmittal Letter (documents the Security Control Assessor’s
recommendation (i.e., Authorization to Operate or Denial to Operate)
•
Any supplemental information requested by the AO or Security Control Assessor (e.g.,
Contingency Plan, final Risk Assessment, Configuration Management Plan, Standard
Operating Procedures, Concept of Operations)
For operational systems, the AO makes a risk-based decision either to grant full ATO or deny
authorization to operate. Authorizations to operate systems may be granted for a maximum of
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
69
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
three (3) years. Should Components require a system to operate in a production environment for
six (6) months or less an ATO authorization period waiver from the DHS CISO is required.
The AO may grant an IATO for development, testing, or prototype systems. An IATO provides a
limited authorization to operate the system under specified terms and conditions and
acknowledges greater risk to the organization’s operations and assets. A system undergoing
development testing or a prototype system is not considered authorized during the IATO period.
The AO must sign a formal ATO letter subsequent to Key Decision Point 3 of the life cycle
development. The DHS Security Authorization Process Guidance for SBU Systems: Users
Manual provides detailed information on the authorization phase and on the ATO letter.
Decision
Criteria
Authorization to Operate
(ATO)
The AO accepts the residual risk to the Department’s operations or
assets after assessing the results of the security assessment. A full
ATO is issued and the system is authorized without any significant
restrictions or limitations on its operation.
Interim Authorization to
Operate (IATO) (for systems
in development testing and
prototype systems only)
The AO may issue an interim authorization to operate (IATO) for
systems in development testing or for prototype systems after
assessing the results of the security assessment. The IATO authorizes
the system to operate for up to six (6) months. During this period, the
effectiveness of security controls must be closely monitored. If the
AO has not officially authorized the system by the end of the IATO,
he or she may grant a second and final IATO for a period of up to six
(6) additional months. The information system must receive a full
ATO prior to becoming operational.
Denial of Authorization to
Operate
Whenever the AO finds that the residual risk to the Department’s
operations or assets is unacceptable, the authorization to operate the
system is denied. The system is not authorized and shall not be placed
into operation. For a system currently in operation, all activity shall
be halted.
3.9.12 Annual Self-Assessments
Annual assessments are performed during the Continuous Monitoring Phase of the authorization.
They provide ongoing oversight and monitoring of the system’s security controls and serve to
inform the authorizing official whenever changes occur that may impact the security of the
system. During this phase, the system’s status is monitored to ensure that residual risk is kept
within the acceptable level, and that any significant changes to the system configuration or
operational or threat environment are identified. Components must re-authorize their systems
every three (3) years or whenever a major change occurs.
The automated reporting tool, TAF addresses the annual self-assessments.
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
70
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
3.10
Information Security Review and Assistance
FISMA requires a thorough annual review of the DHS Information Security Program. This
review must include a report on the degree to which security requirements have been
implemented, significant deficiencies discovered, remedial actions that have been taken or are in
progress to correct deficiencies, and level of compliance with NIST standards. This Handbook’s
Attachment E, “FISMA Reporting,” provides detailed information on FISMA reporting,
including use of the automated reporting tool, TAF.
Policy
ID
DHS Policy Statements
Relevant
Controls
3.10.a
Components shall submit their information security policies to the DHS CISO
for review.
PL-1
3.10.b
Each Component shall establish an information system security review and
assistance program within its respective security organization in order to
provide System Owners with expert review of programs; to assist in
identifying deficiencies; and to provide recommendations for bringing systems
into compliance.
CA-7,
PL-1,
PM-10
3.10.c
Components shall conduct their reviews in accordance with both FIPS 200 and
NIST SP 800-53, for specification of security controls. NIST SP 800-53A
shall be used for assessing the effectiveness of security controls and for
quarterly and annual FISMA reporting.
CA-7,
PL-1
3.10.d
The DHS CISO shall conduct information security review and assistance visits
across the Department in order to monitor the effectiveness of Component
security programs.
CA-2
Information security review and assistance responsibilities are provided in the following table.
Information Security Review and Assistance Responsibilities
DHS CIO
Designates a full-time CISO
Prepares the annual Congressional information security compliance report as required by FISMA
DHS CISO
Coordinates and prepares for the annual DHS Inspector General review of the Information Security
Program
Reviews and approves all DHS information security policies
Establishes and implements an Information Security Review and Assistance Program
Prepares and distributes a review and assistance handbook based on applicable NIST guidance
DHS Compliance and Oversight Program Director
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
71
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Information Security Review and Assistance Responsibilities
Develops and implements a compliance review and assistance program
Component CISOs/ISSMs
Implement an Information Security Review and Assistance Program at the Component level
Schedule information security review and assistance visits and ensure that these visits are completed
Provide trained personnel to participate in review and assistance visits
Coordinate with ISSOs and provide guidance and oversight in identifying and documenting
deficiencies and prioritizing them based on missions, risk, and funding
Review and monitor POA&Ms
Ensure that POA&M updates to the TAF database are timely (i.e., by March 10, June 10, September
15, and December 10 annually)
Coordinate issues with the Compliance and Oversight Program Director
Generate candidate information security policies, as the need arises, for CISO review and approval
Review NIST and other directives for applicability to the DHS Information Security Program
ISSOs
Prepare security self-assessment documentation as directed by the Component CISO/ISSM
Identify personnel qualified to participate in review and assistance visits
System Owners
Ensure that ISSOs have access to resources adequate for conducting self-assessments and review and
assistance visits
Implement corrective actions for deficiencies found during self-assessments
Site Managers
Ensure that adequate personnel resources are available to participate in site assistance visits
3.10.1 Review and Assistance Management and Oversight
Senior management participation is necessary for the successful implementation and
management of the Information Security Program. The scope and complexity of the
requirements requires active participation and oversight by a senior DHS official with a staff of
qualified security professionals. The DHS CISO serves as the senior security manager who
reviews and approves policy, oversees the information security assistance program, and prepares
the annual assessment report.
3.10.2 Information Security Assistance
Components shall provide on-site assistance to their organizations to the maximum extent
practicable, in accordance with the Information Security Review and Assistance Program.
Component CISOs/ISSMs shall coordinate with ISSOs and provide guidance and oversight in
identifying deficiencies and prioritizing them based on missions, risk, and funding. The size and
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
72
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
geographic dispersion of DHS offices and organizations require close coordination and
collaborative planning between the DHS CISO, Component CISOs/ISSMs, and ISSOs. Active
support by site personnel and system development teams is imperative for the success of the
assistance program.
3.10.3 Information Security Reviews
FIPS 200/NIST SP 800-53 shall be used for specification of security controls, and NIST SP 80053A shall be used for assessment of security control effectiveness and for annual FISMA
reporting. System and site ISSOs have primary responsibility for completing the annual review
and reporting results to senior management in accordance with the procedures established by the
Component CISO/ISSM. The Component CISO/ISSM monitors ISSO performance, provides
updates to the TAF database, and interacts with the DHS Compliance and Oversight Program
Director.
3.11
Security Working Groups and Forums
Working groups and other forums representing various functional areas convene on a regular
basis.
3.11.1 CISO Council
The CISO Council is the management team responsible for developing and implementing the
DHS Information Security Program. The Council is responsible for implementing a security
program that meets DHS mission requirements, and also for reviewing specific topic areas
assigned by the DHS CIO or the DHS CISO.
The CISO Council is also responsible for establishing and implementing significant security
responsibilities; promoting communications between security programs; implementing
information systems security acquisition requirements; and developing security best practices in
all enterprise and Component information security programs.
Policy
ID
DHS Policy Statements
Relevant
Controls
3.11.1.a
Component CISOs shall actively participate in the CISO Council.
PL-1,
PM-11
3.11.1.b
Members of the CISO Council shall ensure that the DHS CISO is kept
apprised of all matters pertinent to the security of information systems.
PL-1,
PM-11
3.11.1.c
Members of the CISO Council shall ensure that security-related decisions and
information, including updates to the 4300 series of security publications, are
distributed to the ISSOs and other appropriate persons.
PL-1,
PM-11
Note: Periodically, the CISO Council shall be convened to include Component ISSMs.
3.11.2 DHS Information Security Training Working Group
The DHS Information Security Training Working Group is established to promote collaboration
on information security training efforts throughout the Department and to share information on
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
73
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Component-developed training activities, methods, and tools, thereby reducing costs and
avoiding duplication of effort. The Information Security Training Working Group is chaired by
the DHS Program Director for Information Security Training.
Policy
ID
DHS Policy Statements
Relevant
Controls
3.11.2.a
Each Component shall appoint a representative to the DHS Information
Security Training Working Group.
---
3.11.2.b
Component representatives shall actively participate in the DHS Information
Security Training Working Group.
---
3.11.2.c
Components shall abide by the security training requirements listed in the
Information Security Awareness, Training, and Education section of this
Handbook.
---
3.11.3 DHS Security Policy Working Group
The DHS Information Security Policy Director shall chair or appoint the chair for the Security
Policy Working Group. The DHS Security Policy Working Group is established to promote
collaboration involving all Components in the maintenance of DHS information security policy.
Policy
ID
DHS Policy Statements
Relevant
Controls
3.11.3.a
Each Component CISO shall appoint a representative to the DHS Security
Policy Working Group.
---
3.11.3.b
The DHS Security Policy Working Group chair shall ensure that a report on
representative attendance is made available to Component and Department
CISOs.
---
3.12
Information Security Policy Violation and Disciplinary Action
Individual accountability is a cornerstone of an effective security policy. Component Heads are
responsible for taking corrective actions whenever security incidents or violations occur and for
holding personnel accountable for intentional violations. Each Component must determine how
to best address each individual case.
Information security violations may result in disclosure of sensitive information to unauthorized
individuals; unauthorized modification or destruction of data; loss of processing capability; or
loss or theft of system resources. Violations also include failure to adhere to DHS policy
regarding appropriate use of Departmental computer resources. The DHS SOC initiates
necessary investigations and notifies appropriate law enforcement authorities, who pursue the
investigation and recommend disciplinary action, if required.
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
74
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Policy
ID
DHS Policy Statements
Relevant
Controls
3.12.a
Violations related to information security are addressed in Standards of
Ethical Conduct for Employees of the Executive Branch; DHS employees may
be subject to disciplinary action for failure to comply with DHS security
policy whether or not the failure results in criminal prosecution.
PS-8
3.12.b
Non-DHS Federal employees, contractors, or others working on behalf of
DHS who fail to comply with Department security policies are subject to
termination of their access to DHS systems and facilities whether or not the
failure results in criminal prosecution.
PS-8
3.12.c
Any person who improperly discloses sensitive information is subject to
criminal and civil penalties and sanctions.
PS-8
Information security policy violation and disciplinary action responsibilities are provided in the
following table.
Information Security Policy Violation and Disciplinary Action Responsibilities
Users
Be aware of information security policies described in this Handbook and in other references provided
by DHS security officials
Be aware of and understand the disciplinary actions associated with violations of information security
policy
3.13
Required Reporting
FISMA requires that the status of the DHS Information Security Program be reported to the
OMB on a recurring basis.
The DHS CISO submits quarterly reports and an annual summary report to OMB. Components
update status information on a continual basis using the TAF reporting tool. The status
information is collected and compiled for FISMA and other status reports. For additional
information, see this Handbook’s Attachment E, “FISMA Reporting,” and Attachment H, “Plan
of Action and Milestones (POA&M) Process Guide.”
Components shall use TAF when reporting Information Security Program status.
Policy
ID
DHS Policy Statements
Relevant
Controls
3.13.a
Components shall collect and submit quarterly and annual information
security program status data as required by FISMA.
CA-2
3.13.b
Components shall use the automated tool approved by the DHS CISO for
CA-2
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
75
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Policy
ID
DHS Policy Statements
Relevant
Controls
report generation.
FISMA reporting responsibilities are provided in the following table.
FISMA Reporting Responsibilities
Component CISO/ISSM/ISSO
Ensure that the TAF automated tool is used for required reporting
Ensure that Security Authorization Process artifacts (e.g., Privacy Impact Assessment, Security Plan,
Security Test & Evaluation Report, Contingency Plan Test Results, Risk Assessment, ATO letter) are
uploaded into TAF
3.14
Privacy and Data Security
The DHS Privacy Office is responsible for privacy compliance across the Department, including
assuring that technologies used by the Department sustain and do not erode privacy protections
relating to the use of personal and Departmental information. The DHS Chief Privacy Officer
has exclusive jurisdiction over the development of policy relating to Personally Identifiable
Information (PII). Questions concerning privacy-related policy should be directed to the
Component Privacy Office or Privacy Point of Contact (PPOC). If the Component does not have
a Privacy Office or PPOC, then please contact the DHS Privacy Office ([email protected]; 703235-0780) or refer to the DHS Chief Privacy Officer Web page for additional information.
3.14.1 Personally Identifiable Information
Various regulations place restrictions on the Government’s collection, use, maintenance, and
release of information about individuals. Regulations require agencies to protect PII, which is
any information that permits the identity of an individual to be directly or indirectly inferred,
including any information which is linked or linkable to that individual regardless of whether or
not the individual is a U.S. citizen, lawful permanent resident, visitor to the U.S., or Department
employee or contractor.
Sensitive PII is PII which if lost, compromised, or disclosed without authorization, could result in
substantial harm, embarrassment, inconvenience, or unfairness to an individual. Examples of
Sensitive PII include Social Security numbers, Alien Registration Numbers (A-number), medical
information, and criminal history. The sensitivity of this data requires that stricter handling
guidelines be applied. For more information on handling Sensitive PII see: Handbook for
Safeguarding Sensitive Personally Identifiable Information at the Department of Homeland
Security.
Additional PII and Sensitive PII-related policies are included in the following sections of the
DHS 4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook.
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
76
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
•
Section 3.9, Security Authorization Process, and Security Control Assessments – For Privacy
Sensitive Systems, the confidentiality security objective shall be assigned an impact level of
at least moderate.
•
Section 4.8.2, Laptop Computers and Other Mobile Computing Devices – All information
stored on any laptop computer or other mobile computing device is to be encrypted using
mechanisms that comply with Section 5.5, Encryption, of this policy.
•
Section 5.2.2, Automatic Session Termination – Sessions on workstations and on laptop
computers and other mobile computing devices are to be terminated after twenty (20) minutes
of inactivity.
•
Section 5.3, Auditing – DHS defines computer-readable data extracts as “any Federal record
or collection of records containing sensitive PII that is retrieved from a DHS-owned database,
through a query, reporting tool, extract generation tool, or other means that is then saved into
removable media and/or a separate computer-readable device or application such as another
database, a spreadsheet, or a text file." (Attachment S1, DHS 4300A Sensitive Systems
Handbook).
•
Section 5.4.1, Remote Access and Dial-in – Remote access of PII must be approved by the
AO. Strong authentication via virtual private network (VPN) or equivalent encryption (e.g.,
https) and two-factor authentication is required. DHS has an immediate goal that remote
access should only be allowed with two-factor authentication where one of the factors is
provided by a device separate from the computer gaining access. Restrictions are placed on
the downloading and remote storage of PII accessed remotely, as noted below in this
document.
•
Attachment S, “Compliance Framework for Privacy Systems.
The DHS Privacy Office works with Component Privacy Officers, PPOCs, Program Managers,
System Owners, and information systems security personnel to ensure that sound privacy
practices and controls are integrated into the Department’s operations. The DHS Privacy Office
implements three types of documents for managing privacy practices and controls for
information systems:
•
A PTA provides a high level description of an information system including the information
it contains and how it is used. The PTA is used to determine and document whether or not a
PIA and/or SORN are required.
•
A Privacy Impact Assessment (PIA) is a publicly released assessment of the privacy impact
of an information system and includes an analysis of the PII that is collected, stored, and
shared.
•
A System of Records Notice (SORN) describes the categories of records within a system of
records and describes the routine uses of the data and how individuals can gain access to
records and correct errors.
To promote privacy compliance within the Department, the Office has published official
Department guidance regarding the requirements and content for PTAs, PIAs, and SORNs.
Privacy Compliance Guidance can be found on the DHS Privacy Office website at
www.dhs.gov/privacy.
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
77
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
3.14.2 Privacy Threshold Analyses
The PTA provides a high-level description of the system, including the information it contains
and how it is used. PTAs are required whenever a new information system is being developed or
an existing system is significantly modified. System Owners and Program Managers are
responsible for writing the PTA as part of the SELC process. The Component Privacy Officer or
PPOC reviews the PTA and forwards it to the DHS Privacy Office, who determines whether a
PIA and/or SORN are required. PTA artifacts expire after three (3) years. DHS MD 0470.2
defines the PTA requirements.
Policy
ID
DHS Policy Statements
Relevant
Controls
3.14.2.a
A PTA shall be conducted as part of new information system development or
whenever an existing system is significantly modified. PTA artifacts expire
after three (3) years and a new PTA must be submitted.
PL-5
3.14.2.b
A PTA shall be conducted whenever an information system undergoes
security authorization.
3.14.2.c
The DHS Chief Privacy Officer shall evaluate the PTA and determine if it is a
Privacy Sensitive System and if the system requires a PIA and SORN.
PL-5
3.14.2.d
Information systems shall not be designated operational until the DHS Privacy
Office approves the PTA.
PL-5
3.14.2.e
For Privacy Sensitive Systems, the confidentiality security objective shall be
assigned an impact level of moderate or higher.
RA-2
---
PTA responsibilities are provided in the following table.
Privacy Threshold Analyses Responsibilities
DHS Chief Privacy Officer
Reviews and approves the PTA
Determines whether a system is a Privacy Sensitive System
Determines whether a PIA and/or SORN are required
Uploads validated PTAs to TAF
System Owner
Submits the PTA to the Component Privacy Officer or PPOC and provide any additional information
required by the DHS Chief Privacy Officer to assist in the PTA process
Component Privacy Officer or PPOC
Reviews and submits the PTA for approval and provide any additional information required by the
DHS Chief Privacy Officer to assist in the PTA process.
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
78
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
3.14.3 Privacy Impact Assessments
A PIA is a publicly released assessment of the privacy impact of an information system and
includes an analysis of the PII that is collected, stored, and shared. PIAs are required (as
determined by the PTA) whenever a new information system is being developed or an existing
system is significantly modified. PIAs are the responsibility of the System Owner and the
Program Manager as part of the SELC process. OMB Memorandum M-03-22, DHS MD 0470.1,
and the Official DHS Privacy Impact Assessment Guidance discuss the requirements for
conducting PIAs at DHS.
Policy
ID
DHS Policy Statements
Relevant
Controls
3.14.3.a
PIAs are required (as determined by the PTA) as part of new information
system development or whenever an existing system is significantly modified.
PL-5
3.14.3.b
Information systems for which the DHS Privacy Office requires a PIA (as
determined by the PTA) shall not be designated operational until the DHS
Privacy Office approves the PIA for that system.
PL-5
PIA responsibilities are provided in the following table.
Privacy Impact Assessment Responsibilities
DHS Chief Privacy Officer
Reviews information systems for privacy concerns. Identifies mitigation strategies for privacy risks
and document risks and mitigations in the approved PIA
Approves all PIAs
Uploads validated PIAs to TAF
System Owner
Drafts accurate and complete PIA using the DHS approved template
Identifies, as part of the PIA, privacy risks and mitigation strategies
Submits the draft PIA to the Component Privacy Officer or PPOC for review and comment
Component Privacy Officer or PPOC
Reviews draft PIAs for possible privacy risks and mitigation strategies and works with System Owners
to address any privacy considerations associated with the system
Submits the complete and accurate PIA for DHS Chief Privacy Officer review and approval
Includes element counsel in review of PIAs to ensure legal compliance
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
79
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
3.14.4 System of Record Notices
The Privacy Act of 1974 requires a SORN when PII is maintained by a Federal agency in a
system of records and the PII is retrieved by a personal identifier. A system of records is “a
group of any records under the control of any agency from which information is retrieved by the
name of the individual or by some identifying number, symbol, or other identifying particular
assigned to the individual” 7. The SORN describes the categories of records and individuals in
the system of record; the routine uses of the data; how individuals can gain access to records
pertaining to them and correct errors. The term “system of records” is not synonymous with
“information system” and can include paper as well as electronic records. SORNs can be written
to cover the records in a single group of records or a single information system or they can be
written to cover multiple groups of records or multiple information systems.
Information systems that are considered a system of record may not be designated operational
until a SORN has been published in the Federal Register for thirty days. OMB has issued the
benchmark references for development of SORNs: Privacy Act Implementation, Guidelines and
Responsibilities, July 9, 1975; Circular A-130, including Appendix I; DHS MD 0470.2,
“Privacy Act Compliance;” October 6, 2005; and Official DHS Guidance on System of Records
and System of Records Notices.
OMB requires each SORN to be reviewed every two (2) years to ensure that it accurately
describes the system of records. This process is called the Biennial SORN Review Process. The
DHS Privacy Office works with Components to ensure that SORN reviews are conducted every
two (2) years following publication in the Federal Register.
Policy
ID
DHS Policy Statements
Relevant
Controls
3.14.4.a
A SORN is required when PII is maintained by a Federal agency in a system
of records where information about an individual is retrieved by a unique
personal identifier.
---
3.14.4.b
Information systems containing PII shall not be designated operational until a
SORN has been published in the Federal Register for thirty (30) days.
CA-6
3.14.4.c
Components shall review and republish SORNs every two (2) years as
required by OMB A-130.
3.14.5 Protecting Privacy Sensitive Systems
OMB M-06-16, Protection of Sensitive Agency Information requires that agencies protect PII that
is physically removed from Department locations or is accessed remotely. Physical removal
includes both removable media and media in mobile devices (e.g., laptop hard drives). Please
7 5 U.S.C. §552a(a)(5) Italics added.
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
80
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
refer to the following documents for additional information and policies on protecting PII and
Sensitive PII at DHS:
•
“Handbook for Safeguarding Sensitive Personally Identifiable Information at the
Department of Homeland Security”:
•
This Handbook’s Attachment S, “Compliance Framework for Privacy Sensitive Systems”
•
This Handbook’s Attachment S1: “Policy and Procedures for Managing ComputerReadable Extracts Containing Sensitive PII.”
In addition, see Section 5.3 for PII auditing requirements and Section 5.4.1 for remote access
requirements.
Policy
ID
3.14.5.a
DHS Policy Statements
PII and Sensitive PII removed from a DHS facility on removable media or
equipment, such as CDs, DVDs, laptops, PDAs, shall be encrypted unless the
information is being sent to an individual as part of a Privacy Act or Freedom
of Information Act (FOIA) request.
Relevant
Controls
MP-5
SC-13
3.14.5.b
If PII and Sensitive PII can be physically removed from an information
system (e.g., printouts, CDs), the Security Plan (SP) shall document the
specific procedures, training, and accountability measures in place to ensure
that remote use of the data does not bypass the protections provided by the
encryption.
MP-5
3.14.5.c
Systems that as part of routine business remove Sensitive PII in the form of a
Computer-Readable Extract (CRE), for example routine system-to-system
transmissions of data (routine CREs) shall address associated risks in the
system SP.
MP-5
3.14.5.d
Sensitive PII contained within a non-routine or ad hoc CRE (e.g., CREs not
included within the boundaries of a source system’s security plan) shall not
be removed, physically or otherwise, from a DHS facility without written
authorization from the Data Owner responsible for ensuring that disclosure of
the CRE data is lawful and in compliance with this Policy Directive and with
applicable DHS privacy and security policies.
---
3.14.5.e
All ad hoc CREs must be documented, tracked, and validated every ninety
(90) days after their creation to ensure that their continued authorized use is
still required or that they have been appropriately destroyed or erased.
---
3.14.5.f
Ad hoc CREs shall be destroyed or erased within ninety (90) days unless the
information included in the extracts is required beyond that period.
Permanent erasure of the extracts or the need for continued use of the data
shall be documented by the Data Owner and audited periodically by the
---
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
81
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Policy
ID
DHS Policy Statements
Relevant
Controls
Component Privacy Officer or PPOC.
3.14.6 Privacy Incident Reporting
•
The DHS Privacy Office is responsible for implementing the Department’s privacy
incident response program based on requirements outlined OMB Memorandum M-07-16,
“Safeguarding Against and Responding to the Breach of Personally Identifiable
Information,” May 22, 2007. Through close collaboration, the DHS Chief Privacy
Officer, the DHS CIO, the DHS CISO, the DHS SOC, and Components must ensure that
all DHS privacy and computer security incidents are identified, reported, and
appropriately responded to, in order to mitigate harm to DHS-maintained assets,
information, and personnel. Incidents involving (or that may involve) PII are subject to
strict reporting standards and timelines.
Policy
ID
DHS Policy Statements
Relevant
Controls
3.14.6.a
Any Component discovering a suspected or confirmed privacy incident shall
coordinate with the Component Privacy Officer or PPOC and Component
CISO/ISSM to evaluate and subsequently report the incident to the DHS SOC
immediately upon discovery. The DHS SOC will then transmit the report to
the United States Computer Emergency Readiness Team (US-CERT) within
one (1) hour.
IR-4
3.14.6.b
The Component Privacy Officer or PPOC, in cooperation with the Component
CISO/ISSM, shall jointly evaluate the incident, but the Component
CISO/ISSM is responsible for reporting the incident to the Component SOC,
or directly to the DHS SOC if the Component does not have its own SOC.
IR-4
3.14.6.c
For Components without Privacy Officers or PPOCs, the Component
CISO/ISSM shall report all types of privacy incidents, whether or not they
involve information resources. This unitary reporting process shall remain in
effect until each Component has a Privacy Officer or PPOC who can fulfill the
reporting duties.
IR-6
3.14.6.d
DHS personnel shall also report suspected or confirmed privacy incidents to
their Program Manager immediately upon discovery/detection, regardless of
the manner in which it might have occurred.
IR-6
3.14.6.e
Components shall follow the DHS Privacy Incident Handling Guidance
---
Incident reporting responsibilities are provided in the following table.
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
82
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Privacy Incident Reporting Responsibilities
DHS Personnel
Provides notification of incident to Program Manager (PM)
Attend annual Privacy Awareness Training and Education.
Recognize Privacy Incidents.
Inform the PM of the detection or discovery of suspected or confirmed incidents involving PII; or if
PM is unavailable, contact the Help Desk for the Component.
Program Manager
Prepares preliminary privacy incident report and passes report to the Component CISO/ISSM or
Component SOC
Ensure compliance with federal laws and Departmental privacy policy concerning the operation and
maintenance of information systems and programs.
Recognize Privacy Incidents.
Understand the Component’s Privacy Incident reporting process and procedures Receive initial reports
from DHS personnel regarding the detection of possible Privacy Incidents.
Consult with the Component Privacy Officer/PPOC for guidance concerning Privacy Incident handling
and other privacy issues affecting information systems.
Determine whether a suspected or confirmed incident involving PII has occurred.
Provide a brief preliminary written report to the Component IT security entity (ISSM or Component
SOC, or if the Component IT security entity is not available, contact the DHS SOC directly.
Assist the Component Privacy Officer/PPOC and the Component IT Security Entity with the
development of facts for the Privacy Incident Report.
Provide advice, expertise, and assistance to the Privacy Incident Response Team (PIRT) as needed.
Assist with the investigation and mitigation of a Privacy Incident.
Component CISO/ISSM/Component SOC
Evaluates Privacy Incident; Prepares and Submits Incident Report in SOC Online Incident Handling
System
DHS SOC
Notifies Chief Privacy Officer, DHS Deputy Secretary, DHS CPO, DHS CIO, DHS Deputy CIO, DHS
OGC-GLD CISO, CIO and Dep. CIO; Processes and Transmits Privacy Incident Report to US-CERT
3.14.7 E-Authentication
Identity verification or authentication (e-authentication) is needed to ensure that online
Government services are secure and that individual privacy is protected. Each DHS system must
be evaluated to determine whether e-authentication requirements apply. Only federated identity
providers approved through the Federal CIO Council’s Identity, Credentialing, and Access
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
83
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Management’s (ICAM) Trust Framework Provider Adoption Process (TFPAP) should be used.
Components should see www.IDmanagement.gov for details regarding the Federal Identity,
Credentialing, and Access Management (FICAM) initiative.
E-authentication guidance is provided in the following:
•
OMB M-0404, “E-Authentication Guidance for Federal Agencies”
•
NIST SP 800-63, “Electronic Authentication Guideline”
Policy
ID
DHS Policy Statements
Relevant
Controls
3.14.7.a
For systems that allow online transactions, Components shall determine
whether e-authentication requirements apply.
IA-2
3.14.7.b
Components shall determine the appropriate assurance level for eauthentication by following the steps described in OMB Memorandum M-0404, “E-Authentication Guidance for Federal Agencies.”
IA-2
3.14.7.c
Components shall implement the technical requirements described in NIST SP
800-63, Rev 1, Draft 3“Electronic Authentication Guideline,” at the
appropriate assurance level for those systems with e-authentication
requirements.
IA-2
3.14.7.d
Components shall ensure that each SP reflects the e-authentication status of
the respective system.
IA-2,
PL-2
3.14.7.e
Programs considering the use of e-authentication are required to consult their
privacy officer to determine whether a change is significant enough to warrant
a new or updated PTA, thus initiating the review of privacy risks and how they
will be mitigated.
PL-5
3.14.7.f
Existing physical and logical access control systems shall be upgraded to use
PIV credentials, in accordance with NIST and DHS guidelines.
3.14.7.g
All new systems under development shall be enabled to use PIV credentials, in
accordance with NIST and DHS guidelines, prior to being made operational.
3.14.7.h
All new DHS information systems or those undergoing major upgrades shall
use or support DHS PIV credentials.
3.15
---
DHS CFO Designated Systems
DHS CFO Designated Systems are systems that require additional management accountability to
ensure effective internal control exists over financial reporting. The DHS CFO publishes the
approved list of CFO Designated Systems annually. This section provides additional
requirements for these systems based on Appendix A to OMB Circular A-123, “Management’s
Responsibility for Internal Control.” The requirements contained in OMB Circular A-123 have
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
84
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
been mapped to the NIST SP 800-53 controls and documented in Attachment R to this
Handbook, “Compliance Framework for CFO-Designated Financial Systems.” These
requirements are in addition to both the other security requirements established in this Policy
Directive and other CFO-developed financial system Line of Business requirements.
Wherever there is a conflict between this section and other sections of this Policy Directive
regarding requirements for CFO Designated Systems, this section shall take precedence.
These additional requirements provide a strengthened assessment process and form the basis for
management’s assurance of internal control over financial reporting. The strengthened process
requires management to document the design and test the operating effectiveness of controls for
CFO Designated Systems. The system owner is responsible for ensuring that all requirements,
including security requirements, are implemented on DHS systems. Component CISOs/ISSMs
must coordinate with their CFO organization to ensure that these requirements are implemented.
Policy
ID
DHS Policy Statements
Relevant
Controls
3.15.a
System owners are responsible for ensuring that security control assessments
of key security controls (i.e., Security Control Assessment and Security
Assessment Report [SAR]) for CFO Designated Systems are completed
annually in TAF. This includes updating the security control assessment &
SAR annually.
CA-2,
CA-7
3.15.b
The DHS CFO shall designate the systems that must comply with additional
internal controls and the Office of the CFO shall review and publish this list
annually.
CA-2
3.15.c
Component CISOs/ISSMs shall ensure that vulnerability assessments and
verification of critical patch installations are conducted on all CFO Designated
Systems. Vulnerability assessment shall be performed at least annually.
RA-5
3.15.d
All CFO Designated Systems shall be assigned a minimum impact level of
“moderate” for confidentiality, integrity, and availability. If warranted by a
risk based assessment, the integrity objective shall be elevated to “high.”
RA-2
3.15.e
All Component security authorizations for CFO Designated Systems shall be
approved and signed by the Component CFO.
CA-6
3.15.f
System Owners shall ensure that Contingency plans are created for all CFO
Designated Systems requiring moderate availability and Disaster Recovery
plans are created for all CFO Designated Systems requiring high availability
and that each plan is tested annually.
CP-2,
CP-4
3.15.g
Component CISOs/ISSMs shall ensure that weekly incident response tracking
is performed for all of their respective CFO Designated Systems.
IR-5
3.15.h
Component CISOs/ISSMs shall ensure that incidents related to their respective
CFO Designated Systems are reported to the Component CFO.
IR-4,
IR-6
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
85
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Policy
ID
Relevant
Controls
DHS Policy Statements
3.15.i
The SP shall be updated for CFO Designated Systems at least annually. Key
controls prescribed in Attachment R, Compliance Framework for CFO
Designated Systems shall be identified in the SP.
PL-2
3.15.j
Component CISOs/ISSMs must request a waiver or exception from the DHS
CISO if a key control weakness is identified for a CFO Designated System and
not remediated within twelve (12) months.
CA-5,
CA-7
3.15.k
Component CFOs shall ensure that a fulltime dedicated ISSO is assigned to
each CFO Designated System. CFO Designated System ISSOs may be
assigned to more than one CFO Designated System.
3.15.l
CFO Designated System ATOs shall be rescinded if Components fail to
comply with testing and reporting requirements established within this policy.
CA-1,
CA-6
3.15.m
Component CFOs shall work with their Component CISOs/ISSMs to approve
any major system changes to CFO Designated Systems identified in the DHS
inventory.
CA-1,
CM-8
---
OMB A-123, Appendix A, “Implementation Plans,” defines two types of system controls:
Information Technology General Controls (ITGC) and Application Controls. This Handbook
accounts for the ITGCs, which address structure, policies, and procedures related to an ‘entity's’
overall computer operations. ITGCs are not tied to any one business process, but may be related
to a number of applications, associated technical infrastructure elements, and information
systems management organizations that support Line of Business processes.
The Federal Information System Controls Audit Manual (FISCAM), which provides guidance on
how to incorporate robust and secure financial auditing controls, is used to assess ITGCs.
Application controls as defined by OMB Circular A-123 provide controls over input, processing,
and output of data associated with individual applications, and are not addressed in this
Handbook.
A key control is defined as a control, or a set of controls that address the relevant assertions for a
material activity or significant risk. Key controls must be identified in SPs and must be tested as
part of every annual Security Control Assessment. System Owners may perform rolling
compliance tests that test other (non-key) controls annually and controls that were not tested in
previous years.
Documentation and testing artifacts for CFO-Designated Systems shall be tracked and captured
through the DHS Information Assurance (IA) compliance systems. These artifacts must be
delivered within specified timeframes as shown in Table 1 below. Failure to do so will result in
suspension of systems ATOs.
Artifact
Required
Action
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
Frequency
86
Completion
Deadline
Reporting
Requirements
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Artifact
Required
Action
Frequency
Completion
Deadline
Reporting
Requirements
Risk Assessment (RA)
A complete RA
shall be
conducted
Annual
As determined
by the
Component
CISO/ISSM
Report no later than
(NLT) Sep 30 of each
year
Security Plan (SP)
The SP shall be
evaluated and
updated
Annual
During first
quarter of each
FY
Report NLT Sep 30
of each year
Key Security Controls
Security Assessment
Results
Key security
controls shall be
evaluated and
updated
Annual
During first
quarter of each
FY
Report completion
NLT Dec 31 of each
year
Disaster Recovery (DR)
Plan Results
The DR plan
shall be
exercised
Annual
First quarter of
each FY
Report completion
NLT Dec 31 of each
year
Vulnerability
Assessment (VA)
A complete VA
shall be
conducted
Semi-Annual
One assessment
completed
during the first
quarter of each
FY; Second
assessment
completed
during the third
quarter.
Report completion of
one assessment NLT
Dec 31; report
completion of second
assessment NLT Jun
30
Critical Patch
Installation
Installation of
critical patches
shall be verified
Semi-Annual
As determined
by the
Component
CISO/ISSM
Report NLT Sep 30
of each year
Table 1 – Documentation and Testing Artifacts
3.16
Social Media
Social Media hosts are public content sharing websites that allow individual users to upload,
view, and share content such as video clips, press releases, opinions and other information. The
DHS Office of Public Affairs (OPA) will publish Terms of Service (TOS) and guidelines for
posting to these sites. In some cases the Department will develop its own TOS, and in other
cases it will endorse those of other Federal agencies such as the General Services Administration
(GSA) or Office of Personnel Management (OPM). Due to the high threat of malware, Social
Media host sites have been blocked at the Trusted Internet Connection (TIC).
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
87
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Policy
ID
DHS Policy Statements
Relevant
Controls
3.16.a
Only OPA-designated content managers (Department level and Component
level) may post content, and only those individuals designated by OPA for this
purpose shall be granted access on a continuing basis.
SA-6
3.16.b
Posted content shall be in keeping with the Department’s Terms of Service
(TOS) and guidelines for a given social media host (e.g., YouTube, Twitter).
This condition is also met if the Department endorses another appropriate
Federal agency’s guidance or TOS (e.g., GSA, OPM). Under no
circumstances shall sensitive information be posted to social media sites.
---
3.16.c
Content shall not be posted to any social media site for which the Department
has not approved and published both final posting guidelines and TOS.
SA-6
3.16.d
Content managers shall review and understand the appropriate Departmentlevel TOS for the appropriate social media host.
---
3.16.e
Content managers shall make a risk decision prior to posting any information
and shall recognize that social medial hosts are not DHS information systems
and therefore subject only to the DHS TOS and not to DHS policy. Once
released, information is no longer under DHS control.
---
There are a number of security technologies that are especially important to consider when
dealing with social media issues. These include:
•
Trusted Internet Connections (TIC) – Section 5.4.4
•
Host Configuration and Hardening – Section 4.8.4
•
Security Operations Center (SOC) and Network Operations Center (NOC) – Section 4.9
•
Two-Factor Authentication – Section 5.4.1
•
Domain Name System Security Extensions (DNSSEC) Capabilities – Section 5.4.3
•
Trust Zones – Section 5.4.3
•
Signed Code – Section 5.4.5
•
Patching and Anti-Virus – Section 5.6
3.17
Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act
The Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (HIPAA) 8 addresses the privacy
of individuals’ health information by establishing a Federal privacy standard for health
information and how it can be used and disclosed.
8 Public Law 104-191
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
88
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
HIPAA prohibits the use or disclosure without the authorization of the individual or as part of an
exception contained in HIPAA of Protected Health Information (PHI), electronic or otherwise,
for any purpose other than treatment, payment, or health care operations for that individual.
Because of the diverse mission of DHS, it may be necessary for some Components to collect PHI
as part of a larger mission requirement. (for example detainee processing, disaster relief, etc.).
This section applies to all Components and personnel who collect, process, or store PHI (refer to
NIST SP 800-66 for further information).
Policy
ID
3.17.a
DHS Policy Statements
Relevant
Controls
Components whose systems collect, process, or store Protected Health
Information (PHI) shall ensure that the stored information is appropriately
protected in compliance with HIPAA and that access or disclosure is limited
to the minimum required.
---
3.17.b
Affected Components shall work with the DHS Privacy Office, Component
Privacy Office, or PPOC to ensure that privacy and disclosure policies comply
with HIPAA requirements.
---
3.17.c
Affected Components shall ensure that employees with access to DHS systems
that collect, process, or store PHI are trained in HIPAA requirements.
---
3.17.d
Affected Components shall establish administrative processes for responding
---
to complaints; requesting corrections to health information; and tracking of
PHI disclosures.
3.17.e
3.18
When collecting PHI, Components shall issue a privacy notice to individuals
concerning the use and disclosure of their PHI.
---
Cloud Services
Cloud computing offers a unique opportunity for DHS to take advantage of proven new information
technologies to dramatically reduce procurement and operating costs and greatly increase the efficiency
and effectiveness of services provided to its employees. Consistent with the President’s International
Strategy for Cyberspace and with the Cloud First policy, the adoption and use by DHS of information
systems operated by cloud service providers (cloud services) depends on security, interoperability,
portability, reliability, and resiliency.
In accordance with the OMB Memorandum Security Authorization of Information Systems in Cloud
Computing Environments, the Federal Risk and Authorization Management Program (FedRAMP) will
provide a cost-effective, risk-based approach for the adoption and use of cloud services by making
available to Executive departments and agencies:
•
Standardized security requirements for the authorization and ongoing cybersecurity of cloud
services for selected information system impact levels
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
89
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
•
A conformity assessment program capable of producing consistent independent, third-party
assessments of security controls implemented by CSPs
•
Authorization packages of cloud services reviewed by a Joint Authorization Board (JAB)
consisting of security experts from the DHS, DOD, and GSA
•
Standardized contract language to help Executive departments and agencies integrate FedRAMP
requirements and best practices into acquisition
A repository of authorization packages for cloud services that can be leveraged government-wide
FedRAMP will reduce duplication of effort, inconsistencies, and cost inefficiencies associated with the
current security authorization process. FedRAMP establishes a public-private partnership to promote
innovation and the advancement of more secure information technologies. By using an agile and flexible
framework, FedRAMP will enable the Government to accelerate the adoption of cloud computing by
creating transparent standards and processes for security authorizations and by allowing agencies to
benefit from the leverage of Government-wide security authorizations.
Policy
ID
DHS Policy Statements
Relevant
Controls
3.18.a
Components shall use FedRAMP when conducting risk assessments and
security authorizations and granting ATOs for use of cloud services.
---
3.18.b
All DHS cloud services shall be assessed by a Third Party Assessment
Organization (3PAO) that has been accredited using a process that
follows the conformity assessment approach outlined in ISO/IEC 17020,
General Criteria for the operation of various types of bodies performing
inspection (1998).
---
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
90
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
4.0
OPERATIONAL CONTROLS
4.1
Personnel
Department of Homeland Security (DHS) systems face threats from a myriad of sources. The
intentional and unintentional actions of system users can potentially harm or disrupt DHS
systems and facilities and could result in destruction or modification of the data being processed,
denial of service, and unauthorized disclosure of data. It is thus highly important that stringent
safeguards be in place to reduce the risk associated with these types of threats.
4.1.1
Personnel Screening and Position Categorization
Personnel accessing DHS systems shall have an appropriate security clearance; a favorably
adjudicated background investigation commensurate with the defined sensitivity level of the
positions they hold; and a valid need to know. The appropriate position sensitivity level is based
on such factors as the type and degree of harm the individual can cause through misuse of the
system (e.g., disclosure of sensitive information, interruption of critical processing, computer
fraud).
Another prudent safeguard is to ensure that individuals who support DHS systems are highly
qualified technically and are adequately trained for the position they occupy. This reduces the
risk of unintentional actions. While unintentional acts and accidents cannot be eliminated,
effective training can help to mitigate the possibility or frequency of such errors.
Sensitivity levels for all Government positions involving the use, development, operation, or
maintenance of information systems shall be designated, and risk levels for each contractor
position shall be determined.
Policy
ID
DHS Policy Statements
Relevant
Controls
4.1.1.a
Components shall designate the position sensitivity level for all Government
and contractor positions that use, develop, operate, or maintain information
systems and shall determine risk levels for each contractor position. Position
sensitivity levels shall be reviewed annually and revised as appropriate.
PS-2,
PS-3,
PS-7
4.1.1.b
Components shall ensure that the incumbents of these positions have
favorably adjudicated background investigations commensurate with the
defined position sensitivity levels.
PS-2,
PS-3,
PS-7
4.1.1.c
Components shall ensure that no Federal employee is granted access to any
DHS system without having a favorably adjudicated Moderate Risk
Background Investigation (MBI) as defined in DHS Instruction 121-01-007,
Personnel Suitability and Security Program, Chapter 2, Federal
Employee/Applicant Suitability Requirements. In cases where non-DHS
Federal employees have been investigated by another Federal agency, DHS
Component personnel security organizations may, whenever practicable, use
these investigations to reduce investigation requests, associated costs, and
unnecessary delays (Chapter 2, paragraph G). Active duty United States Coast
Guard (USCG) and other personnel subject to the Uniform Code of Military
PS-3
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
91
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Policy
ID
DHS Policy Statements
Relevant
Controls
Justice (UCMJ)shall be exempt from this requirement.
4.1.1.d
Components shall ensure that no contractor personnel are granted access to
DHS systems without having a favorably adjudicated Background
Investigation (BI) as defined in Department of Homeland Security Acquisition
Regulation (HSAR) and the DHS Instruction 121-01-007, Personnel
Suitability and Security Program, Chapter 3, Excepted Service Federal
Employee and Contractor Employee Fitness Requirements. In cases where
contractor personnel have been investigated by another Federal agency, DHS
Component personnel security organizations may, whenever practicable, use
these investigations to reduce investigation requests, associated costs, and
unnecessary delays (Chapter 3, paragraph G).
PS-3
4.1.1.e
Components shall ensure that only U.S. Citizens are granted access to DHS
systems and networks. Exceptions to the U.S. Citizenship requirement may
be granted by the Component Head or designee with the concurrence of the
Office of Security and the DHS Chief Information Officer (CIO), in
accordance with Section 1.5.4, of this policy, “Requests for Exception to U.S.
Citizenship Requirement.”
PS-3
Responsibilities related to personnel issues are provided in the following table.
Position Categorization and Personnel Screening Responsibilities
Component Head
Requests exceptions to the DHS requirement for U.S. citizenship for non-U.S. citizens who require
access to DHS systems processing sensitive information
System Owners
Designate the position sensitivity level for all in-house or contractor positions that use, develop, or
operate information systems
Security Managers
Ensure all personnel who use, develop, or operate DHS information systems have a favorably
adjudicated background investigation commensurate with the defined sensitivity level associated with
their position
4.1.1.1
Background Investigations for Government Employees
DHS employees shall undergo the appropriate security investigations to obtain the required
clearances. The following is a summary, from least to most comprehensive, of the types of
security investigations per DHS Instruction 121-01-007, Personnel Suitability and Security
Program.
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
92
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
National Agency Check (NAC) and Inquiries and Credit (NACIC): Consists of a NAC,
employment/self-employment/unemployment coverage (five-year inquiry), education (five-year
highest degree inquiry), residence (three-year inquiry), reference contacts (inquiry), law
enforcement checks (five-year inquiry), and credit check.
NAC with Law and Credit (NACLC): Consists of a NAC, law enforcement checks (five year—
inquiry or record), and credit search of national credit bureaus (seven years). This investigation
will be used in conducting initial investigations for some contractor employees and for
reinvestigating Federal and contract employees who need a security clearance at the
CONFIDENTIAL or SECRET level.
Access National Agency Check and Inquiry: Consists of an NAC, employment/selfemployment/unemployment coverage (five-year inquiry), education (five-year highest degree,
inquiry), residence (three-year inquiry), reference contacts inquiry, law enforcement checks
and/or record (five-year inquiry).
Limited Background Investigation (LBI): Consists of a NACIC; personal subject interview; and
personal interviews by an investigator of subject’s background during the most recent three (3)
years.
Minimum Background Investigation (MBI): Consists of an NAC, personal interview with the
individual, employment/self-employment/unemployment coverage (five-year inquiry), education
(five-year highest degree, inquiry), residence (three-year inquiry), reference contacts (inquiry),
law enforcement checks (five-year inquiry), and credit check (seven-year inquiry). Other than the
personal interview, there are no source interviews conducted during this investigation. An MBI
is the DHS minimum standard of investigation.
BI: Consists of an NAC, personal interviews with the individual and other sources, credit checks,
law enforcement agency checks, residences, and employment, covering the most recent five (5)
years of the individual’s life or since his or her 18th birthday, whichever is shorter, provided that
at least two (2) years are covered. No investigation shall be conducted prior to an individual’s
16th birthday.
Single Scope Background Investigation (SSBI): Consists of an NAC; a spouse or cohabitant
NAC; personal subject interview; and citizenship, education, employment, residence, law
enforcement, and record searches covering the most recent ten years of the individual’s life, or
since his or her 18th birthday, whichever is shorter. No investigation shall be conducted for the
period prior to the individual’s 16th birthday.
SSBI-Periodic Reinvestigation: Consists of an NAC, personal subject interview, employment
check (five years), education check (five years), residence check (current and/or most recent sixmonth duration), reference check, law enforcement checks (five years), former spouse (five years
or since date of last investigation), and Financial Crimes Enforcement Network check.
4.1.1.2
Background Investigations for Contractor Personnel
The level of background investigation required for contractor personnel is dependent on the level
of risk associated with each contractor position: high, moderate, or low. The following table
depicts the type of investigation required for each risk level.
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
93
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
RISK
LEVEL
SECURITY
FORMS
REQUIRED
TYPE OF
INVESTIGATION
REQUIRED
ITComputer
Positions
Non-IT
Computer
Positions
SF 85P
HIGH
FD 258
BI
LBI
Credit
Release
Form
MODERAT
E
NonDisclosure
Statement
MBI
NACIC
SF-85P
N/A
FD-258
IT Positions
(waiver NTE 100
days)
Non-IT Positions
Favorable review of
forms
Favorable review
of forms
Favorable NAC
Favorable NAC
Scheduling of the
BI**
Submission of the
LBI
Favorable review of
forms
Favorable review
of forms
Favorable NAC
Favorable NAC +
credit check
Scheduling of the
MBI
SF 85P-S*
LOW
PRELIMINARY CHECKS
REQUIREDFOR EOD / WAIVER
DETERMINATION
Favorable
review of
forms
N/A
FP and
name check
* Only weapons-carrying contract guards must complete the SF 85P-S in addition to SF 85P
** Eligible for access only to the moderate risk level
The waiver only allows the contractor employee to commence work before the required background
investigation is completed; it does not substitute for the required investigation.
4.1.2
Rules of Behavior
Rules of Behavior (ROB) for access to DHS systems and information resources are a vital part of
the DHS Information Security Program. ROB inform users of their responsibilities and let them
know that they shall be held accountable for their actions while accessing and using DHS
systems and resources capable of accessing, storing, receiving, or transmitting sensitive
information. The DHS ROB applies to DHS employees, contractors, and others working on
behalf of DHS.
ROB must be developed for each system, and form the basis for security awareness and training.
They must clearly delineate responsibilities and the expected behavior of all individuals. Rules
must be in writing; must be made available to each user to read and sign before being granted
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
94
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
access to any system; and must state the consequences of inconsistent behavior or
noncompliance.
ROB for individual systems may be inherited from organizational rules or site Rules of Behavior
(e.g. an individual local area network (LAN) GSS Rules of Behavior may be automatically
included as part of an organization-wide GSS ROB to which all employees and staff are held
accountable).
This Handbook’s Attachment G, Rules of Behavior, provides guidance for developing systemspecific ROB and guidance for developing general ROB that apply to all DHS systems and
devices capable of accessing, storing, receiving, or transmitting sensitive information.
Any person who does not comply with the appropriate set(s) of ROB is subject to penalties and
sanctions, including verbal or written warning, removal of system access for a specific period of
time, reassignment to other duties, criminal or civil prosecution, or termination, depending on the
severity of the violation.
Rules of Behavior that are understood and followed help ensure the security of systems and the
confidentiality, integrity, and availability of sensitive information.
Policy
ID
DHS Policy Statements
Relevant
Controls
4.1.2.a
Components shall ensure that rules of behavior contain acknowledgement that
the user has no expectation of privacy (a “Consent to Monitor” provision) and
that disciplinary actions may result from violations.
PL-4
4.1.2.b
Components shall ensure that DHS users are trained regarding rules of
behavior and that each user signs a copy prior to being granted user accounts
or access to information systems or data.
AT-1,
AT-2,
PL-4
Rules of Behavior responsibilities are provided in the following table.
Rules of Behavior Responsibilities
System Owners
Develop and enforce Rules of Behavior for systems under their authority
ISSOs
Advise System Owners concerning the establishment and implementation of Rules of Behavior DHS
systems
Ensure that Rules of Behavior for GSS and MA are included or referenced in the Security Plan (SP)
Ensure users read and sign general Rules of Behavior for use of DHS systems and resources
Ensure that users read and sign specific Rules of Behavior for systems to which they will be given
access
Users
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
95
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Rules of Behavior Responsibilities
Adhere to all Rules of Behavior for the systems to which they have been granted access
4.1.3
Access to Sensitive Information
To protect sensitive information and limit the damage that can result from accident, error, or
unauthorized use, the principle of least privilege must be applied.
The principle of least privilege requires that users be granted the most restrictive set of privileges
(or lowest clearance) needed for performance of authorized tasks. Users should be able to access
only the system resources needed to fulfill their job responsibilities. Application of this principle
ensures that access to sensitive information is granted only to those users with a valid need to
know.
Policy
ID
4.1.3.a
DHS Policy Statements
System Owners shall ensure that users of the information systems supporting
their programs have a valid requirement to access these systems.
Relevant
Controls
AC-2
Access to sensitive information responsibilities are provided in the following table.
Access to Sensitive Information Responsibilities
System Owners
Ensure that prior to being granted access to information contained in DHS systems, users have a valid
need to know
Ensure that prior to being granted access to sensitive information resources, users have the appropriate
level of clearance
ISSOs/System Administrators
Ensure that prior to being granted access to DHS systems, users have a valid requirement
Ensure that prior to being granted access to sensitive information resources, users have the appropriate
level of clearance
4.1.4
Separation of Duties
Separation of duties is intended to prevent a single individual from being able to disrupt or
corrupt a critical security process.
Separation of duties is necessary for adequate internal control of sensitive systems, because it
ensures that no single individual has total control of a system’s security mechanisms, and
prevents a single individual from acting alone to subverta critical process or otherwise
compromise the system.
Assignment and segregation of system responsibilities must be clearly defined and documented
for all DHS systems. Segregation of responsibilities, in addition to appropriate access controls, is
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
96
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
intended to ensure that no individual has all necessary authority or information access needed to
engage in fraudulent activity without collusion. It is essential that thorough and specific job
descriptions be documented for every individual working with DHS systems and sensitive
information.
An example of separation of duties is the separation of security duties on a network system. One
individual would be responsible for backing up the system; another responsible for the physical
access controls; and another responsible for the access privileges.
Whenever practical, the positions of security administrator and system administrator should be
assigned to different individuals. The same principle should be applied to Information Systems
Security Officer (ISSO) and system administrator positions. When it is not possible to have
separate system and security administrators, the system administrator shall be responsible for
maintaining the system security configuration, but shall be subject to periodic audit/configuration
review by the ISSO.
If a Component does not have sufficient manpower resources necessary to meet strict separation
of duties requirements, the appropriate Authorizing Official (AO) may authorize exceptions,
provided that a shortage of personnel is formally identified as a residual risk and compensating
controls have been established.
Policy
ID
DHS Policy Statements
Relevant
Controls
4.1.4.a
Components shall divide and separate duties and responsibilities of critical
information system functions among different individuals to minimize the
possibility that any one individual would have the necessary authority or
system access to be able to engage in fraudulent or criminal activity.
AC-2,
AC-5
4.1.4.b
All individuals requiring administrator privileges shall be reviewed and
approved by the appropriate AO. The AO may delegate this duty to the
appropriate system owner or Program Manager.
AC-2
4.1.4.c
Individuals requiring administrator privileges shall be assigned administrator
accounts separate from their normal user accounts.
AC-6
4.1.4.d
Administrator accounts shall be used only for performing required
administrator duties. Individuals shall use their regular user accounts to
perform all other functions not directly tied to administrator duties (checking
email, accessing the Internet).
AC-6
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
97
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Responsibilities related to separation of duties are provided in the following table.
Separation of Duties Responsibilities
System Owners
Ensure that personnel work assignments comply with DHS policy regarding separation of duties for
sensitive systems
ISSOs
Ensure that controls that enforce separation of duties are in place
Ensure that compensating controls are in place for situations in which strict separation of duties cannot
be fully implemented
4.1.5
Information Security Awareness, Training, and Education
A key objective of an effective Information Security Program is to ensure that each employee
understands his or her role and responsibilities and is adequately trained to perform them. DHS
cannot protect the confidentiality, integrity, and availability of its systems and the information
they contain without the knowledge and active participation of its employees in the
implementation of sound security principles.
All users of Federal information systems are required by 5 CFR part 930, subpart C, as revised,
to be exposed to security awareness materials annually or whenever system security changes
occur, or when the user’s responsibilities change. Training for new system users must occur
before they are allowed access to systems. OMB Circular A-130 Appendix III, “Security of
Federal Automated Information Resources,” requires that persons be trained in their
responsibilities and in the Rules of Behavior for using GSS and major applications (MA).
Information security training must be addressed in the Security Plan for each system.
Additionally, Component CISOs/ISSMs 9 shall prepare and submit an annual training plan for
information security awareness, training, and education to the DHS Information Systems Security
Training Program Director. Plans shall follow the guidance in the DHS Information Technology
Security Awareness, Training and Education Plan template, issued by the DHS Information
Systems Security Training Office.
OPM requires Federal agencies to provide training to the following groups within 60 days of
their appointment: 10
•
Executives
•
Program and functional managers
•
Information resources management
9 CISO: Chief Information Security Office; ISSM; Information Systems Security Manager
10 In 5 CFR Part 930,
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
98
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
•
Security audit personnel
•
Information system managers and operations personnel
National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) SP 800-16, “Information Technology
Security Training Requirements: A Role and Performance-Based Model,” provides detailed
guidelines for developing a robust training program.
4.1.5.1
Initial Awareness
New employees shall complete an initial information security awareness course and sign
appropriate Rules of Behavior as part of their orientation process. Components must also
provide an initial awareness course to newly hired contractor staff or ensure that the contractors
provide an equivalent course.
Completion of the appropriate awareness course is mandatory before access is granted to any
DHS system or information resources. Records of the training must be maintained to verify
compliance. Records must include name and position, the type of training received, and the date
and cost of training.
Appropriate media for providing this initial awareness include seminars, presentations,
awareness videos, and computer-based training.
4.1.5.2
Refresher Awareness
Components must provide an annual information security awareness refresher course to all users
or ensure that contractors provide an equivalent refresher course for their staff. Completion of
the refresher course is mandatory. Unless the respective Component CISO issues a waiver, user
accounts and access privileges, including access to email, will be disabled for those who have not
received annual refresher training. Records of training must be maintained to verify compliance.
Records must include name, position, the type of training received, and the date and cost of
training.
Appropriate media for providing this initial awareness include seminars, presentations,
awareness videos, and computer-based training.
Additional awareness sessions must be conducted whenever there is a significant change in the
information security environment or procedures or when an employee enters a new position
involving the handling of sensitive information.
4.1.5.3
Ongoing Awareness Activities
Components must reinforce the awareness message throughout the year through the use of
posters, newsletters, email messages, trinkets with a security message, and other appropriate
communication media.
4.1.5.4
Role-Based Training
DHS personnel, contractors, and others working on behalf of DHS that have significant security
responsibilities (e.g., ISSOs, network administrators, system administrators, and AOs) must
receive annual specialized training specific to their security responsibilities. Specialized
security-related training must also be provided to senior managers, System Owners, and Project
Managers.
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
99
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
The level of training shall be commensurate with the individual’s duties and responsibilities.
Components must track, by name and position, the type of the training received, and the dates
and cost of the training.
Policy
ID
DHS Policy Statements
Relevant
Controls
4.1.5.a
Components shall establish an information security training program for users
of DHS information systems.
AT-1
4.1.5.b
DHS personnel, contractors, or others working on behalf of DHS (i.e.
employees, detailees, military) accessing DHS systems shall receive initial
training and annual refresher training in security awareness and accepted
security practices. Personnel shall complete security awareness training
within twenty-four (24) hours of being granted a user account. If a user fails
to meet this training requirement, user access shall be suspended.
AT-1,
AT-4
4.1.5.c
DHS personnel, contractors, or others working on behalf of DHS (i.e.
employees, detailees, military) with significant security responsibilities (e.g.,
Information Systems Security Officers (ISSO), system administrators) shall
receive initial specialized training and thereafter annual refresher training
specific to their security responsibilities.
AT-3
4.1.5.d
Components shall maintain awareness training records to include: Component
name, name of trainee, training course title, type of training received, and
completion date of training.
AT-4
4.1.5.e
Components shall maintain role-based training records to include Component
name, name of trainee, security role of trainee, training course title, type of
training received, completion date of training and cost of training.
AT-1
4.1.5.f
User accounts and access privileges, including access to email, shall be
disabled for those DHS employees who have not received annual refresher
training unless a waiver is granted by the Component Chief Information
Security Officer (CISO) or Information Systems Security Manager (ISSM).
AT-1
4.1.5.g
Components shall prepare and submit an annual security awareness and rolebased training plan, as specified by the DHS Information Security Training
Program Office.
AT-1
4.1.5.h
Components shall prepare and submit information security awareness reports
with content, frequency, format, and distribution at the request of the DHS
CISO.
AT-1
4.1.5.i
Components shall provide evidence of training by submitting copies of
training schedules, training rosters, and training reports, upon request of the
DHS Information Security Training Program Office.
AT-4
4.1.5.j
The DHS CISO shall review Component information security awareness and
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
100
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Policy
ID
DHS Policy Statements
Relevant
Controls
role-based training programs annually.
4.1.5.k
Components shall submit a roster the during the first month and during the
seventh month of each fiscal year identifying all significant information
security personnel, including full name, security role, employment status
(federal employee, military, contractor), and work location (state). At a
minimum, the roster will include all standard information security roles: Chief
Information Officer, Chief Information Security Officer, Authorizing Official,
Program Manager, System Owner, Information System Security Officer,
Security Operations Center Manager, System Administrator (Windows-based),
and Contracting Officer/Contracting Officer Representative.
AT-1
Information security awareness, training, and education responsibilities are provided in the
following table.
Information Security Awareness, Training, and Education Responsibilities
Component CISOs/ISSMs
Establish overall policy for information security awareness, training, and education
Provide guidance on preparing and attending security awareness and training sessions
Submit a training plan outlining plans for Information Security Awareness, Training, and Education
for the year to the DHS Information Security Training Program Director
Analyze security awareness and training statistics submitted by the ISSOs and COTRs and submit a
summary of these statistics to the DHS Information Security Training Program Director on a quarterly
basis
ISSOs
Ensure that all new employees, including contractors, complete an initial security awareness course as
part of their orientation
Unless a Component CISO/ISSM waiver is issued, disable all accounts and access privileges,
including access to email, of those DHS users who failed to complete the annual security refresher
course
Ensure that all users read and sign the appropriate Rules of Behavior prior to being granted access to
systems and applications
Implement annual awareness refresher training for employees and support contractors involved in the
management, use, or operation of DHS systems
Maintain a record of security awareness and training that includes the name and position of the person
trained, the type of training, the date of the training, and the cost of the training
Submit statistics on initial and refresher security awareness and training to the Component
CISO/ISSM, on a quarterly basis
Implement additional training for personnel when there is a significant change in the system security
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
101
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Information Security Awareness, Training, and Education Responsibilities
environment or in procedures, or when an employee enters a new position involving the handling of
sensitive information
COTRs
Ensure that contractors have their personnel complete an initial security awareness course as part of
their orientation
Ensure that contractors have their personnel complete an annual refresher security awareness course
Ensure that contractors have their personnel sign the appropriate Rules of Behavior for use of systems
and applications prior to receiving access
Ensure that contractors provide additional security awareness training to their personnel whenever
there is a significant change in the system security environment or in procedures, or when contractor
personnel enter a new position
Ensure that contractors maintain a training record for their personnel who have completed initial and
refresher security awareness training; the record shall include the name of the person trained, the type
and date of the training, and training cost
Ensure that contractor security awareness and training statistics are provided to the Component
CISO/ISSM on a quarterly basis
4.1.6
Separation from Duty
This section addresses the procedures to be followed when an employee, contractor, or other
individual working on behalf of DHS terminates employment or transfers to another
organization.
In most circumstances, an individual’s departure is amicable; allowing him or her to complete his
or her duties and obligations through the last day. When the employee or contractor
demonstrates resentment, the site security office should assist in creating a prudent plan of
action.
In all cases, Components shall adhere to the following:
•
Revoke all authorizations
•
Retrieve hard and soft copy sensitive information
•
Retrieve all keys, badges, and other access devices
•
Change locks
•
Retrieve Government-owned equipment (laptops, cell phones, portable electronic devices
(PED), secure ID tokens, etc.)
•
Conduct exit interview
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
102
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Policy
ID
DHS Policy Statements
Relevant
Controls
4.1.6.a
Components shall implement procedures to ensure that system access is
revoked for DHS employees, contractors, or others working on behalf of DHS
who leave the Component, are reassigned to other duties, or no longer require
access.
AC-2
4.1.6.b
Components shall establish procedures to ensure that all DHS property and
assets related to information systems are recovered from the departing
individual and that sensitive information stored on any media is transferred to
an authorized individual.
PS-4
4.1.6.c
Accounts for personnel on extended absences shall be temporarily suspended.
AC-2
4.1.6.d
System Owners shall review information system accounts supporting their
programs at least annually.
AC-2
Responsibilities related to separation from duty are provided in the following table.
Separation from Duty Responsibilities
System Owners/Senior Site Managers
Implement procedures to ensure appropriate system access privileges are revoked for employees or
contractors who either leave the Component or are reassigned to other duties
Supervisors
Notify system administrators in writing when employees or contractors no longer require access to
DHS systems
Retrieve all sensitive data from departing employees and contractors
Network/System Administrators
Disable or delete user accounts when notified that an individual’s access to DHS systems is reassigned
or terminated
Site Security Officers
Change combinations to all locks and safes whenever an employee or contractor with access has been
reassigned or terminated
Collect all keys, badges, and other devices used to gain access to premises, information, or equipment
from employees and contractors who have been terminated or reassigned
Employees, Contractors, or Others Working on Behalf of DHS
Turn in laptops, cell phones, PEDs, secure ID tokens, and other Government-owned devices to the
local property administrator in accordance with local procedures when reassigned or terminated
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
103
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
4.2
Physical Security
Information systems must be physically and environmentally protected to prevent unauthorized
disclosure, denial of service, destruction, or modification. Physical security represents the first
line of defense against intruders attempting to gain physical access to systems and must be
addressed during each step of the risk management cycle. Cost-effective controls are
documented in the Security Plan and are evaluated during the Security Control Assessment.
Residual risks are documented in the Security Authorization Process package and reviewed
annually.
4.2.1
General Physical Access
General physical access controls restrict the entry and exit of personnel from an area, such as an
office building, data center, or room where sensitive information is accessed, stored or processed.
Such controls protect against threats associated with the physical environment. Components
should review the effectiveness of general physical access controls during business hours and at
other times. Control effectiveness depends on the characteristics of the controls, their
implementation, and their operation.
Policy
ID
DHS Policy Statements
Relevant
Controls
4.2.1.a
Access to DHS buildings, rooms, work areas, spaces, and structures housing
information systems, equipment, and data shall be limited to authorized
personnel.
PE-2
4.2.1.b
Controls for deterring, detecting, restricting, and regulating access to sensitive
areas shall be in place and shall be sufficient to safeguard against possible
loss, theft, destruction, damage, hazardous conditions, fire, malicious actions,
and natural disasters.
PE-3
4.2.1.c
Controls shall be based on the level of classification and risk, determined in
accordance with Departmental security policy as reflected in this and other
relevant documents.
PE-1,
PM-9
4.2.1.d
Visitors shall sign in upon entering DHS facilities that house information
systems, equipment, and data. They shall be escorted during their stay and
sign out upon leaving. Access by non-DHS contractors or vendors shall be
limited to those work areas requiring their presence. Visitor logs shall be
maintained and available for review for one (1) year.
PE-7
4.2.1.e
These requirements shall extend to DHS assets located at non-DHS facilities
or non-DHS assets and equipment that host DHS data.
---
General physical access responsibilities are provided in the following table.
General Physical Access Responsibilities
Facility Managers
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
104
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
General Physical Access Responsibilities
Ensure that physical controls are in place
Ensure that environmental controls are in place
Ensure that physical and environmental controls are in working order at all times
Ensure that access control logs are maintained and reviewed for the facility and all computer rooms
Site Security Officers/ISSOs
Provide specific security briefings to DHS employees and contractors
Assess the adequacy of physical security controls as part of the risk management cycle
Change combinations to locks on security containers housing sensitive information, funds, and other
valuables that must be safeguarded
Conduct periodic inspections of offices and areas under their jurisdiction, during or after working
hours, to ensure that sensitive and proprietary materials are being adequately safeguarded
Ensure that security violations are appropriately reported and investigated, in accordance with DHS
requirements
Provide oversight of the issuing and return of service badges, credentials, and identification
documents, and ensure proper reporting of their loss or theft
Apply security disciplines to the contractor environment
Ensure that Government-owned and controlled property, funds, and valuables are properly safeguarded
and accounted for
Ensure the physical security of information systems within their jurisdiction
Ensure that physical and environmental security controls are addressed in the Security Plan
Address physical security as an integral part of the risk management process
Ensure that physical security risks are reviewed and evaluated throughout the Systems Engineering
Life Cycle (SELC)
Users
Adhere to established security policies
Display building passes or other ID when required
Challenge individuals who are not in compliance with established requirements
Ensure that uncleared visitors are escorted at all times
4.2.1.1
Physical Controls
Physical controls include barriers, badges, guard or security forces, supporting infrastructure,
contingency and emergency support, lighting, facility intrusion detection systems, and
surveillance systems. Standards for physical security must be based on an analysis of mission
criticality, severity of impact levels, local criminal and intelligence threats, and the value of the
equipment and data contained within the facility being protected.
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
105
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Security personnel must ensure that physical security controls are considered throughout a
system’s life cycle and reviewed in conjunction with the annual self-assessments. The following
controls should be considered and included in the appropriate Security Plan:
•
Controlled access to building (i.e., physical building access, guards)
•
Controlled access to computer room(s)
•
Locks
•
Key control procedures
•
Keypads and cipher locks
•
ID badges (worn above the waist area)
•
Visitor logs
•
Biometric devices
•
Access control logs (to the building)
•
Access control logs (to the computer rooms and facility)
•
Motion detectors
•
Intrusion detection devices
•
Property passes
•
Additional controls
Not all of these features will be necessary for every facility. ISSOs and site security officers must
determine which security features are warranted.
4.2.1.2
Building Passes
Building passes must be issued and displayed by all individuals at all facilities that store or
process sensitive information. Passes should be displayed above the waist and below the neck
with the photo side facing out. Each visitor must be issued a temporary building pass which
must be turned in upon leaving the facility.
Persons not displaying proper credentials should be challenged. If there is any doubt as to their
authorization, they should be escorted from the area and local security personnel should be
notified.
Security personnel and supervisors at all management levels must ensure that all staff,
contractors, and others working on behalf of DHS are aware of this requirement and shall
periodically reinforce it during staff meetings through email, and by other means. Where
practical, challenge procedures should be posted.
4.2.1.3
Property Removal
Removal of items from DHS facilities must be controlled and documented.
4.2.1.4
Loss or Theft of Property
Any missing property, whether lost or stolen, must be reported.
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
106
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
4.2.1.5
Environmental Controls
In addition to the physical security controls discussed above, facility managers and security
administrators must also ensure that environmental controls are established, documented, and
implemented to provide needed protection in the following areas:
•
Fire protection, detection, and suppression
•
Water damage risk reduction, detection, and corrective measures, and devices for water
hazard prevention
•
Electronic power supply protection, to include uninterruptible power supplies for multi-use
systems and surge protectors for stand-alone systems
•
Temperature and humidity recording, monitoring, and alert systems
•
Housekeeping protection from dirt and dust
•
Combustible cleaning supplies protection (not to be kept in computer areas)
•
Appropriate personnel safety features (evacuation routes specified)
•
Emergency exit provisions, such as equipping emergency and exit-only doors with hardware
that permits immediate egress in the event of an emergency
4.2.1.6
Fire Protection
Fire protection systems should be serviced by professionals on a recurring basis to ensure that the
systems stay in proper working order. The following should be considered when developing a
fire protection strategy:
•
When a centralized fire suppression system is not available, fire extinguishers should be
readily available:
− Facilities should make available/provide Class C fire extinguishers (which are designed
for use with electrical fire and other types of fire).
− Fire extinguishers should be located in such a way that a user would not need to travel
more than 50 feet to retrieve one.
•
Fire drills must be conducted annually to ensure that all personnel are familiar with their
responsibilities.
4.2.1.7
Electronic Power Supply Protection
Electrical power must be filtered through an uninterruptible power supply (UPS) system for all
servers and critical workstations and surge suppressing power strips used to protect all other
computer equipment from power surges.
4.2.1.8
Temperature and Humidity Control
The following should be considered when developing a strategy for temperature and humidity
control:
•
Temperatures in computer storage areas should be held between 60 and 70 degrees
Fahrenheit. Most systems will continue to function when temperatures go beyond this range,
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
107
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
but the associated risk to data is increased. (Check individual system documentation for the
proper levels.)
•
Humidity should be at a level between 35 percent and 65 percent. Most systems will continue
to function when humidity goes beyond this range, but the associated risk to data is increased.
(Check individual system documentation for the proper levels.)
•
Low humidity can result in static, and high temperature can damage sensitive elements of
computer systems. (Check individual system documentation for the proper levels.)
Security personnel should obtain a device that will sound an alarm and send out an automatic
notification (via email or pager) when the operating environment exceeds recommended
boundaries.
4.2.1.9
Housekeeping Considerations
Housekeeping is another important area to monitor.
•
Subfloors (where installed) should be cleaned annually.
•
If the computer room has carpet it should be of the antistatic variety. This also applies to
areas that house workstations.
•
Dusting of hardware and vacuuming of work areas should be performed weekly with trash
removal performed daily. Dust accumulation inside of monitors and computers is a hazard
that can damage computer hardware.
•
Cleaning supplies should not be stored inside the computer room.
4.2.1.10 Personnel Safety Features
The facility manager should brief all personnel on emergency procedures including:
•
Evacuation procedures
•
Location of emergency exits
•
Location of emergency equipment such as fire extinguishers and first-aid kits
4.2.1.11 Emergency Exits
Emergency exits should be clearly marked and all personnel should be familiar with established
evacuation routes.
4.2.2
Sensitive Facility
Additional environmental and physical controls, based on a risk analysis, should be considered
for facilities supporting large-scale operations, such as enterprise servers and telecommunication
facilities.
Policy
ID
4.2.2.a
DHS Policy Statements
Facilities processing, transmitting, or storing sensitive information shall
incorporate physical protection measures based on the level of risk. The risk
shall be determined in accordance with Departmental security policy as
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
108
Relevant
Controls
PE-1,
PM-9
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Policy
ID
DHS Policy Statements
Relevant
Controls
reflected in this and other relevant documents.
4.3
Media Controls
Storage media that contain sensitive information must be controlled so that the information is
protected. Storage media include but are not limited to the following:
•
Magnetic storage media – Including reel and cassette format magnetic tapes; magnetic disks,
including hard disk drives, floppy disks and diskettes, and disk packs; magnetic cards; and
magnetic memory devices, including core memory and magnetic bubble memory
•
Optical storage media – Including optical cartridges, laser disks, compact disks (CD), digital
video disks (DVD), Magneto-Optical (MO) disks, holographic devices, and optical tapes
•
Solid-state storage media – Including Random Access Memory (RAM), Read Only Memory
(ROM), Field Programmable Gate Array (FPGA) devices, Personal Computer Memory Card
International Association (PCMCIA) cards, Flash cards, Smart Cards, and Universal Serial
Bus (USB) drives (also called flash drives, jump drives, and thumb drives)
•
Hard-copy storage media – Including paper and microforms (e.g., microfilm and microfiche)
4.3.1
Media Protection
Additional security risks are associated with the portability of removable storage media. Loss,
theft, or physical damage to disks and other removable media can compromise the
confidentiality, integrity, or availability of the data. Proper storage enhances protection against
unauthorized disclosure.
All media containing sensitive information must be labeled and kept in a secure location.
Backup and archive media must be sent to an off-site location as identified in the appropriate
business continuity and contingency plans.
Policy
ID
DHS Policy Statements
Relevant
Controls
4.3.1.a
Components shall ensure that all media containing sensitive information,
including hard copy media, backup media, and removable media such as USB
drives, are stored when not in use in a secure location (e.g., a locked office,
room, desk, bookcase, file cabinet, locked tape device, or in other storage that
prohibits access by unauthorized persons).
MP-2,
MP-4,
PE-1
4.3.1.b
Components shall ensure that all offsite backup media are protected as per
guidance in this section.
CP-6
4.3.1.c
DHS personnel, contractors, and others working on behalf of DHS are
prohibited from using any non-Government-issued removable media (USB
drives, in particular) and from connecting them to DHS equipment or
MP-2
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
109
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Policy
ID
DHS Policy Statements
Relevant
Controls
networks or using them to store DHS sensitive information.
4.3.1.d
Systems requiring encryption shall comply with Section 5.5.1, Encryption, of
this Policy Directive. DHS-owned USB drives shall use encryption.
IA-7, SC13
4.3.1.e
DHS-owned removable media shall not be connected to any non-DHS
information system unless the AO has determined that the risk is acceptable
based on compensating controls and published acceptable use guidance that
has been approved by the respective CISO or Information Systems Security
Manager (ISSM). (The respective CISO is the CISO with that system in his or
her inventory.)
AC-20,
MP-2,
PM-9
4.3.1.f
Components shall follow established procedures to ensure that paper and
electronic outputs from systems containing sensitive information are
protected.
MP-1
4.3.1.g
Users shall ensure proper protection of printed output. Printing of sensitive
documents shall occur only when a trusted person is attending the printer.
SI-12
4.3.1.h
Components shall follow the procedures established by DHS MD 11042.1,
“Safeguarding Sensitive But Unclassified (For Official Use Only)
Information,” for the transportation or mailing of sensitive media.
MP-5
Media protection responsibilities are provided in the following table.
Media Protection Responsibilities
DHS CISO
Establishes and enforces DHS policy relating to labeling, storage, media reuse, and disposal of DHS
equipment
System Owners
Ensure that any special storage requirements are communicated to the Project Manager and system
administrators
System/Network Administrators
Ensure that sensitive information is stored in a locked container or in an area with adequate access
controls to prevent unauthorized access, disclosure, damage, modification, or destruction
Ensure that recipients of sensitive information have a valid “need to know” and proper authorization
Ensure that copies of backups are stored at secure offsite locations
Facility Managers
Ensure that sensitive information is stored in a locked container or in an area with adequate access
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
110
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Media Protection Responsibilities
controls so as to prevent unauthorized access, disclosure, damage, modification, or destruction
Establish both onsite and offsite storage locations
Establish and maintain an inventory accounting system for all media entering or leaving a media
storage area.
Ensure that inventory is verified at least semiannually
Ensure that backup storage facilities meet the minimum requirements enumerated in Section 4.11,
Information and Data Backup
ISSOs
Ensure that media are stored in accordance with the requirements enumerated in this handbook
Ensure that storage requirements are addressed in the Security Plan and Rules of Behavior
4.3.2
Media Marking and Transport
DHS processes, stores, and transmits many types of sensitive information. Appropriately
labeling the media helps ensure that all recipients of the material are aware that the information
requires protection.
Note: If information with different levels of sensitivity is combined, the total package must
carry the sensitivity level of the information that has the greatest sensitivity.
The following definitions apply within this section:
•
Hardcopy Material – Printed material, including reports, emails, briefings, manuals,
guidance, letters, and memoranda
•
Label – A piece of information that indicates the sensitivity level of an object and the
information it contains. A label may be internal or external as follows:
−
Internal Label – A marking that reflects the sensitivity of the information within the
confines of the medium
−
External Label – Has a visible marking on the outside of the medium, or a cover that
reflects the sensitivity of the information contained
•
Storage Media – Includes but is not limited to magnetic storage media such as hard disk
drives and diskettes; optical storage media such as CDs and DVDs; solid-state storage media,
including USB drives; and hardcopy materials, including reports, emails, briefings, manuals,
guidance, letters, and memoranda.
Terminals, desktop and laptop computers, and other mobile computing devices not authorized to
process classified information should be appropriately labeled, especially in environments where
both sensitive information and classified information are processed. ”This Medium is
Unclassified” labels are available through GSA (standard form 710).
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
111
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Policy
ID
DHS Policy Statements
Relevant
Controls
4.3.2.a
Media determined by the information owner to contain sensitive information
shall be appropriately marked in accordance with DHS MD 11042.1,
Safeguarding Sensitive But Unclassified (For Official Use Only) Information.
MP-3
4.3.2.b
Components shall control the transport of information system media
containing sensitive data, outside of controlled areas and restrict the pickup,
receipt, transfer, and delivery to authorized personnel.
MP-5
Media marking responsibilities are provided in the following table.
Media Marking Responsibilities
DHS CISO
Establishes and enforces policy relating to labeling, storage, reuse, and disposal of media containing
sensitive information
System Owners
Ensure that mission security needs are communicated to Project Managers and system administrators
Project Managers
Implement electronic marking requirements and warning banners for automated systems
System Administrators
Implement electronic marking requirements and warning banners on their systems
ISSOs
Ensure that sensitive systems and information are appropriately identified and that sensitivity and
criticality levels are established for each system
Ensure that marking requirements are addressed in the SP and that areas of noncompliance are
identified
Ensure that automated system and site personnel understand and are adequately trained in the
identification and marking of sensitive information
Ensure that marking procedures and warning banners are reviewed with all personnel periodically,
such as during annual Computer Security Awareness sessions
Ensure that all users are aware of the value and sensitivity of information
Ensure that users understand their responsibilities for safeguarding sensitive DHS information and
know how to fulfill their responsibilities
Ensure that procedures are in place to ensure that all personnel follow guidelines and procedures for
marking media containing sensitive information
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
112
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
4.3.3
Media Sanitization and Disposal
Media containing sensitive information must be sanitized prior to reuse or disposition (i.e.,
disposal or recycling; return of leased media to the owner; return of defective or inoperable
media for repair or replacement) in order to protect sensitive information from unauthorized
disclosure.
Policy
ID
DHS Policy Statements
Relevant
Controls
4.3.3.a
Components shall ensure that any information systems storage medium
containing sensitive information is sanitized using approved sanitization
methods before it is disposed of, reused, recycled, or returned to the owner or
manufacturer.
MP-6
4.3.3.b
Components shall maintain records of the sanitization and disposition of
information systems storage media.
MP-6
4.3.3.c
Components shall test degaussing equipment to verify that the equipment is
functioning properly, at least once every 3 years or whenever an question as to
the efficacy of the equipment exists.
MP-6
Media sanitization responsibilities are provided in the following table.
Media Sanitization Responsibilities
Site Managers
Allocate resources to meet media sanitization requirements
Enforce media sanitization requirements
Component CISOs/ISSMs
Develop and implement media sanitization procedures for storage media that are to be disposed of,
recycled, reused, returned to the owner, or returned for repair or replacement
ISSOs
Ensure that media sanitization requirements are addressed in the SP and Security Operating Procedures
Maintain records of the sanitization and disposition of sensitive storage media
System/Network Administrators
Ensure that storage media for disposal, recycling, or reuse are properly sanitized
Ensure that leased storage media are properly sanitized before they are returned to the owner
Ensure that defective or inoperable storage media are properly sanitized before they are returned to the
vendor or manufacturer for repair or replacement
Ensure that defective or inoperable storage media that cannot be sanitized are physically destroyed and
disposed of
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
113
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Media Sanitization Responsibilities
Periodically test degaussing equipment to ensure proper operation
Users
Ensure the safekeeping of sensitive storage media
Notify ISSO or Site Security Manager when media containing sensitive information are no longer
required
NIST SP 800-88, Guidelines for Media Sanitization, provides guidelines for the sanitization of
numerous types of information storage media, including:
•
Magnetic disks (floppy disks; hard drives; USB removable media and drives, flash drives,
and memory sticks with hard drives; etc.)
•
Magnetic tapes (reel and cassette format magnetic tapes)
•
Magnetic cards
•
Optical disks (CDs, DVDs)
•
Memory
•
Hard copy (paper and microforms)
•
Networking devices such as routers
•
Handheld devices such as cell phones and personal digital assistants (PDA)
•
Equipment (copy machines, fax machines)
This Handbook provides information on the sanitization requirements for media containing
classified information.
NIST SP 800-88, “Guidelines for Media Sanitization” identifies sanitization options for various
storage media. Sanitization options depend on the type of storage medium (e.g., hard drive, CD
or DVD, hard copy), intended disposition of the medium (e.g., reuse, disposal), and FIPS 199
categorization for the confidentiality security objective (see Section 3.9.1, FIPS 199).
NIST SP 800-88 defines sanitization as the removal of data from storage media such that there is
reasonable assurance the data cannot be easily retrieved and reconstructed. Sanitization methods
include clearing, purging, and destruction:
•
Clearing is removal of information stored on media in such a way that the information is
irretrievable through means such as robust keyboard attacks or the use of data, disk, or file
recovery techniques. For magnetic media such as hard drives and diskettes, simple deletion
of files is not sufficient for clearing, as the deleted data can be retrieved by various recovery
utilities. Overwriting the information with random data, however, will clear the media of
information and will help ensure that the information is irretrievable except perhaps by
advanced laboratory techniques. Overwriting cannot be used for magnetic media that are
damaged or not writeable. In such cases, the media must be physically destroyed.
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
114
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
•
Purging is removal of information stored on media in such a way that the information is
irretrievable through any means, including advanced laboratory techniques. Executing the
firmware Secure Erase command and degaussing are examples of acceptable methods for
purging. Degaussers expose the medium to a strong magnetic field, which effectively erases
the information (a degausser designed and approved for the type of medium being purged is
required). Be aware that degaussing also destroys hard drives, as the firmware that manages
the drive is also purged during the degaussing process. Degaussing is effective only on
magnetic media such as hard drives, diskettes, and magnetic tapes. It is not effective on
optical media such as CDs and DVDs.
•
Destruction of media is the ultimate form of sanitization. Physical destruction can be
accomplished through disintegration, incineration, pulverizing, shredding, and melting.
Destruction of media should be conducted only by trained and authorized personnel. Safety,
hazmat, and special disposition needs should be identified and addressed prior to conducting
any media destruction.
Sanitization also requires the removal of all labels, markings, and activity logs.
Steps for sanitizing of media are as follows:
•
Determine the categorization (i.e., low, moderate, or high impact) for the confidentiality
security objective
•
Determine whether the media will be disposed of or reused (either within or outside of the
organization)
•
Use Figure 3 to determine the appropriate method of sanitization
•
Refer to NIST SP 800-88, Appendix A and Table A-1, for sanitization options for the type of
medium to be sanitized
•
Validate and document the sanitization of the medium. NIST SP 800-88, Appendix F,
provides a sample sanitization validation form
•
Sensitive media can be shipped to facilities for clearing, sanitization, or disposal (The
National Security Agency (NSA) may accept sensitive media for destruction. For more
information and for requirements, contact NSA Classified Material Conversion Customer
Service at (301) 688-6672.
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
115
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Figure 2 – Flowchart depicting the process for selecting media sanitization method, by
categorization of impact for the confidentiality security objective.
(Adapted from NIST SP 800-88)
4.3.4
Production, Input/Output Controls
Sensitive information should be sent through means that limit the potential for unauthorized
disclosure regardless of the method of transmission. Since information transmitted over
unencrypted electronic links such as telephone lines may be intercepted, custodians of sensitive
information should decide whether specific information warrants a higher level of protection,
such as that afforded by a secure fax, secure phone, or other encrypted means.
Sensitive information may be sent via the U.S. Postal Service, Army Post Office (APO),
commercial messenger, or unclassified registered pouch, provided it is packaged in a way that
does not disclose its contents (e.g., double-enveloped).
In data center environments, procedures should be implemented to account for the receipt of
input and output media (paper, magnetic, optical, etc.). Rosters of persons authorized to submit
or receive input or output should be maintained. Logs documenting transfer of sensitive data via
third party services such as mail and courier shall be maintained.
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
116
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Policy
ID
DHS Policy Statements
Relevant
Controls
4.3.4.a
Components shall follow established procedures to ensure that sensitive
information cannot be accessed or stolen by unauthorized individuals.
SI-12
4.3.4.b
These procedures shall address not only the paper and electronic outputs from
systems but also the transportation or mailing of sensitive media.
SI-12
Responsibilities related to production, input/output controls are provided in the following table.
Production, Input/Output Control Responsibilities
Component CISOs/ISSMs
Develop and enforce policy relating to input and output of sensitive information
Facility Managers
Ensure that sensitive information is transmitted and received in accordance with DHS policy
ISSOs
Ensure that the Security Plan addresses transmission of sensitive material
Ensure that users have authority to access only information for which they have a valid “need to know”
Ensure that sensitive information is transmitted in a secure manner
4.4
Voice Communications Security
This section addresses vulnerabilities inherent in voice communications and the operational
controls needed to mitigate the associated risks. Voice communication security includes Private
Branch Exchange (PBX) systems, telephone usage, and voice mail. If Components choose to
encrypt their voice communications, Advanced Encryption Standard (AES) encryption per FIPS
140-2 must be used.
4.4.1
Private Branch Exchange
A PBX is a computer-based switch that acts as a small, in-house telephone exchange for the
organization that operates it. Failure to secure a PBX system can result in toll fraud as well as
theft of proprietary, personal, and confidential information. Moreover, an attacker could use the
call tracking features of an unsecured PBX for traffic analysis to determine possible patterns of
response to a planned intrusion. PBX protection is a high priority.
Potential threats to a PBX include:
•
Unauthorized access
•
Traffic analysis
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
117
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
•
Theft of service
•
Disclosure of information
•
Data modification
•
Denial of service
PBXs are sophisticated computer systems that are vulnerable to many of the same threats
associated with general purpose operating systems. There are two important ways in which PBX
security differs from conventional operating system security:
•
External access/control – PBXs typically require remote maintenance by vendors. Local
administrators often have the manufacturer remotely install updates, which requires remote
maintenance ports and access to the switch by a potentially large pool of outside parties.
•
Feature richness – The wide variety of features available on PBXs, particularly
administrative features and conference functions, allow for the possibility of unexpected
attacks. An attacker may eavesdrop by using features in a manner not intended by its
designers. Features may also interact in unpredictable ways, leading to system compromise
even if each element of the system conforms to its security requirements and the system
operation and administration are correct.
Policy
ID
4.4.1.a
DHS Policy Statements
Components shall provide adequate physical and information security for all
DHS-owned Private Branch Exchanges (PBX). (Refer to NIST Special
Publication (SP) 800-24, PBX Vulnerability Analysis, for guidance on
detecting and fixing vulnerabilities in PBX systems.)
Relevant
Controls
CM-2
PBX security responsibilities are provided in the following table.
PBX Security Responsibilities
Component CISOs/ISSMs
Provide guidance concerning appropriate PBX-related security training to include:
−
Types of information personnel should not release to callers
−
Security requirements for new PBX systems (e.g., disable test accounts, passwords, and
shortcut keys) and for maintenance activities for distribution to vendors
Site Managers
Ensure that employees and others with access to the facilities have agreed to and signed a PBX policy
statement
Ensure that PBX contracts and maintenance agreements include information on disputes, how they are
settled, and the appeals process. Obtain approval from legal team before implementing
Explicitly include the requirements for integrity, availability, and confidentiality protection in the
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
118
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
PBX Security Responsibilities
PBX, and directly address liability in PBX contractual agreements
Develop specific guidelines on acceptable and unacceptable use of telecommunications within the
organization, and specify how the PBX policy deals with actions not explicitly covered by the general
information security policy
ISSOs
Address PBX issues in annual awareness sessions for all employees
Identify, in the policy statement, the personnel or position(s) responsible for telephone usage
Ensure that agreements with the local exchange carrier (LEC), the inter-exchange carrier (IXC), and
the equipment vendors allow only authorized personnel to request service level changes, and to report
errors
Verify all toll calls billed against PBX traffic reports
Ensure that internal PBX audits include verification that all records are in electronic form
Ensure that internal information systems auditors complete an audit of each PBX system at least once a
quarter
Ensure that all personnel with access to the PBX or connected equipment have signed employee
agreements including PBX-related material
Test audit mechanisms at least quarterly
Test audit computers periodically
Ensure external auditors do blind external testing
PBX Administrators
Identify the personnel or position(s) responsible for telephone usage in the PBX policy statement
Ensure that agreements with the LEC, the IXC, and the equipment vendors allow only authorized
personnel to request service level changes, and to report errors
Verify all toll calls billed against PBX traffic reports
Ensure that internal PBX audits include verification that all records are in electronic form
Ensure that internal information systems auditors complete an audit of each PBX system at least once a
quarter
Ensure that all personnel with access to the PBX or connected equipment have signed employee
agreements including PBX-related material
Test audit mechanisms at least quarterly
Test audit computers periodically
Ensure that external auditors perform blind external testing
Site Telephone Technical Support
Clearly marks circuit numbers on channel banks, communications service units (CSUs), data service
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
119
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
PBX Security Responsibilities
units (DSUs), and modems
Clearly labels main distribution frames (MDF)s and intermediate distribution frames (IDF)s
Fully documents procedures for making PBX software and hardware changes, using signed checklists
to record all changes as they occur
Identifies third party calls on phone bills and flag them on automated analysis
Generates and keeps full call audit records in paper and electronic forms
Follows procedures to ensure the periodic dump of all PBX parameters and automatic comparison to
the previous dump; report differences to management
Follows procedures to determine the frequency of the periodic dump and comparison as a normal part
of risk management
Stores PBX backups off-site; verifies the media by reading back in; and periodically tests the media on
backup equipment to assure that they work properly
Ensures that a complete dump of internal parameters is reconciled with previous dumps after
completion of remote maintenance
Records all transactions in an external computer system
Ensures that systems cannot redirect incoming calls from outside lines to make outside calls
Records and prints all call details
Stores records on a write once read many (WORM) disk for additional assurance
4.4.1.1
Maintenance Vulnerabilities
PBX manufacturers may include features useful on occasions when on-site maintenance
personnel cannot resolve problems. For example, the manufacturer could instruct maintenance
personnel to configure and connect a modem to the maintenance port, allowing remote access to
certain special features in order to resolve problems without sending a representative to the PBX
site. Use of such remote connections must be controlled and they must only be made available as
needed in response to a particular problem. Use must also be logged, and supervised. These
types of features must not be accessible via accounts held privately by the manufacturer. Proper
password procedures must be enforced. It is only by exception that passwords may expire in a
shorter period (e.g., thirty days) or be single use (e.g., a secure remote access device). All such
access and changes to the PBX data and configuration must be logged.
Examples of these special features include:
•
Database upload/download utility – Allows the manufacturer to download the database
from a system that is malfunctioning and examine it at their location to try to determine the
cause of the malfunction
•
Database examine/modify utility – Allows the manufacturer to remotely examine and
modify a system’s database to repair damage caused by incorrect configuration, design bugs,
or tampering
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
120
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
•
Software debugger/update utility – Permits the manufacturer to remotely debug a
malfunctioning system. It also allows the manufacturer to remotely update systems with bug
fixes and software upgrades.
These features are subject to intrusion, and could provide dangerous access to the PBX if
misused. To mitigate the associated risks, ISSOs and site managers must:
•
Ensure that remote maintenance access is not operational. Whenever possible, some
involvement of local personnel in opening remote maintenance ports is required.
•
Install two-factor (i.e., two different mechanisms) strong authentication on remote
maintenance ports. Smart Card based systems or one-time password tokens, used in addition
to conventional login/password functions, make it much more difficult for attackers to breach
the system’s security.
•
Keep maintenance terminals in a locked restricted area
•
Locate the PBX equipment in a locked restricted location that does not indicate what it
contains (e.g., do not post a sign saying “PBX room”)
•
Turn off maintenance features when not needed
•
Verify that non-U.S. Citizens do not perform maintenance
4.4.1.2
Software Loading and Update Tampering
A PBX is particularly vulnerable to software tampering when software is initially loaded and
whenever software updates/patches are being applied. The PBX is particularly vulnerable to
software tampering. An adversary could intercept a software update sent to a PBX administrator.
To mitigate the risks associated with these vulnerabilities, ISSOs and site managers must:
•
Make passwords resistant to cracking by automated tools
•
Understand that conventional error detection codes such as checksums or cyclic redundancy
checks (CRC) are not sufficient to ensure tamper detection. Strong error detection based on
cryptography provides better protection.
•
Ensure that PBX boot disks, utilities, logs and records receive more protection than that for
typical office software. Strong physical security should be provided, and these items must be
appropriately labeled (see Sections 4.3.2 and 4.11 this Handbook).
•
Shred printouts and sanitize media before discarding
4.4.1.3
User Features
The many features that make PBXs easy to configure and use have led to an expansion of
vulnerabilities. These features include:
•
Attendant console/override/forwarding/conferencing
•
Automatic call distribution (ACD)
•
Override (intrude)
•
Diagnostics
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
121
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
•
Feature interaction
To mitigate the risks associated with these vulnerabilities, ISSOs and site managers must:
•
Connect the attendant console to the PBX with a different physical connection than that of
the telephone instruments
•
Use a line configuration feature if the attendant console connects to the PBX in the same
manner as the telephone instruments. Such a feature could require specific line configuration
for use with an attendant console. This would prevent the replacement of a telephone
instrument with an attendant console to gain access to administrative features.
•
Ensure that only essential features are activated
•
Log any changes to the configuration (software, database or physical) of the device
•
Activate and periodically check any logging facilities provided by the device
•
Perform periodic reviews of security facilities, confirming proper configuration and proper
correlation of manual logs, device logs and other records
4.4.2
Telephone Communications
Unsecured telephones shall not be used to discuss classified security information. Moreover,
care must be exercised in discussing sensitive information. Adequate protection of sensitive
information requires awareness of the various risks related to telephone equipment and
conversations. Components shall ensure that users are cognizant of social engineering
techniques used to obtain information over the telephone, including passwords and access codes.
Policy
ID
4.4.2.a
DHS Policy Statements
Components shall develop guidance for discussing sensitive information over
the telephone. Guidance shall be approved by a senior Component official and
is subject to review and approval by the DHS CISO. Under no circumstances
shall classified national security information be discussed over unsecured
telephones.
Relevant
Controls
PL-4
Telephone communications responsibilities are provided in the following table.
Telephone Communications Responsibilities
DHS CISO
Establishes and enforces policy relating to telephone communications
ISSOs
Ensure that users are aware of the telephone communications policy
Users
Adhere to the telephone communications policy that requires them not to discuss classified
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
122
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Telephone Communications Responsibilities
information over the telephone and to exercise care when discussing sensitive information
The following vulnerabilities of unsecured telephone systems can result in unintentional
transmission of classified or sensitive information. Commonly accepted best practices dictate
that users be made aware of these vulnerabilities and exercise extreme caution when discussing
sensitive information on unsecured phones. Unsecured phones shall not be used to discuss
classified information.
•
Telephones that are “on-hook” can intercept voice communications by design, by
modification, or by attachment of monitoring devices.
•
Cordless telephones generate signals that can be monitored.
•
Speakerphones can pick up nearby conversations containing sensitive material.
•
Telephone answering devices can be accessed to retrieve sensitive information.
•
Call forwarding options can be used to redirect sensitive messages.
•
Improperly configured or physically unsecured PBXs and computerized telephone systems
(CTS) can allow interception of sensitive voice communications.
The risks that these vulnerabilities present justify the policy restricting the use of telephones.
The basic telephony concepts behind these vulnerabilities are beyond the scope of this document.
Restricting the use of desktop equipment (e.g., cordless telephones, speakerphones, answering
devices, call forwarding options, etc.) in areas where sensitive information will be discussed
mitigates some of the risks associated with these vulnerabilities. Following the procedures and
guidance in NIST SP 800-24, “PBX Vulnerability Analysis: Finding Holes in Your PBX before
Someone Else Does,” will mitigate others. Finally, where telephones must be used to discuss
sensitive information, additional guidance can be obtained from the NSA and DOD regarding
telephone models that reduce or eliminate the vulnerabilities listed in this section.
4.4.3
Voice Mail
Sensitive information is not to be stored on voice mail systems. Since secure email is available,
voice mail should be authorized only by exception for personnel whose responsibilities require it.
Since it is possible to perform traffic analysis or denial of service attacks on telephone systems
by abusing voice mail, any user of voice mail should enable password protection for voice mail
access. Voice mail passwords should have no fewer than four (4) characters, and no
consecutively repeated characters. Passwords should be changed at least every ninety (90) days.
Policy
ID
DHS Policy Statements
Relevant
Controls
4.4.3.a
Sensitive information shall not be communicated over nor stored in voice mail.
PL-4
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
123
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Voice mail responsibilities are provided in the following table.
Voice Mail Responsibilities
ISSOs
Identify the personnel or position(s) responsible for telephone usage in the applicable voice
communications policy statement
PBX Administrators
Identify the personnel or position(s) responsible for telephone usage in the applicable voice
communications policy statement
Ensure that telephone systems are configured to enable enforcement of minimum password
requirements for voice mail
Telephone Users
Create secure passwords that adhere to at least the minimum voice mail password requirements
4.5
Data Communications
This section addresses vulnerabilities inherent in data communications and the operational controls
needed to mitigate the risks associated with those vulnerabilities. Data communications include
telecommunications, video teleconferencing, and voice over data network technology.
4.5.1
Telecommunications Protection Techniques
Extreme caution should be exercised when telecommunications protection techniques are being
considered as alternatives to the use of encryption. While such technologies may represent a
lower-cost approach, their ability to protect information may not provide an adequate level of
protection. During the procurement process, emphasis must be placed on the effectiveness of the
tool or approach selected.
Policy
ID
4.5.1.a
DHS Policy Statements
Components shall carefully select the telecommunications protection
techniques that meet their information security needs in the most cost-effective
manner, consistent with Departmental and Component information system
security policies. Approved protected network services (PNS) may be used as
cost-effective alternatives to the use of encryption for sensitive information
requiring telecommunications protection.
Relevant
Controls
CM-2
Telecommunications protection responsibilities are provided in the following table.
Telecommunications Protection Responsibilities
Component CISO/ISSMs
Advise DHS Project Managers on the selection of telecommunications protection techniques that
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
124
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Telecommunications Protection Responsibilities
could serve as an alternative to encryption for data transmission protection techniques
System Owners
Select the telecommunications protection techniques that meet their security needs and are consistent
with DHS security policies and most cost-effective.
Although sensitive data may be contained entirely within a protected network, there still exists
the possibility that a disgruntled, malicious, or subversive individual may be able to access
sensitive data by means of devices or software that capture data traveling across the network.
This is often accomplished by sniffing software, which uses low-level driver commands to put a
Network Interface Card (NIC) into promiscuous mode. Normally, network interface cards only
accept information directed to them and ignore information that does not have their address. A
promiscuous NIC collects all information from the network to which it is attached, regardless of
the intended address.
Tools for detecting NICs that are in a promiscuous mode are available. The scanning of systems
referred to in Section 5.4.8, “Testing and Vulnerability Management,” can detect software
programs that are capable of enabling this mode. Scanning tools can also detect software
operating in promiscuous mode when it is collecting data from a NIC.
A malicious individual can make information unavailable by rendering the network unusable.
This is commonly known as a denial of service (DoS) attack. An individual can initiate a DoS
attack by broadcasting large amounts of data, by physically compromising network elements, or
by taking advantage of some of the inherent weaknesses of the TCP/IP handshaking process.
Intrusion detection system tools exist that can detect most types of DoS attacks (see Section
5.4.4, “Firewalls”). Proper configuration of server systems can also mitigate these attacks by
altering the default TCP/IP software configuration settings.
Additional vulnerabilities exist with respect to the accuracy of the information transmitted.
There is a class of attacks known as “man in the middle.” In these attacks, an individual receives
information, alters it, and transmits the altered information to its originally intended recipient in
such a manner that the recipient believes that the information was sent directly from the original
destination. These attacks can be mitigated through the use of message digests. Message digests
calculate a fixed length value from any amount of text. This fixed length value is very difficult
to reproduce. Also, encryption and digital signing make the task of altering data difficult or
sufficiently time consuming that it is of little use.
NIST SP 800-13, Telecommunications Security Guidelines for Telecommunications Management
Network, outlines these and other security considerations involving telecommunications. NIST
contends that 65 percent of the compromises regarding availability, integrity and privacy/
confidentiality are committed by employees through errors, omissions, and malicious acts.
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
125
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
4.5.2
Facsimiles
Facsimile (fax) technology was developed for scanning and transmitting documents. Although fax
is traditionally a telephony-based application, the technology has evolved to address the
transmission of text or image files.
Fax inherently is not a secure means of communication, and faxes can easily be intercepted and
decoded. Fax protocols provide neither authentication nor non-repudiation services, which
allows fax traffic to be sent to or received by unintended recipients. The commonly used Group
III fax protocol implements support for proprietary and undocumented data exchange using a
feature called nonstandard facilities (NSF). Fax servers or fax modems attached to networks
provide a potential means for network intrusion and penetration.
Several proactive steps must be taken to ensure adherence to DHS fax policy. This policy is
designed to prevent unauthorized paths into the protected network, commonly referred to as
“backdoors.” For example, “fax polling” features must be disabled. Fax polling allows a remote
fax machine to access a fax machine and retrieve any data in memory waiting to be delivered.
Any fax machine used to transmit sensitive information should be placed in a locked room that
only trusted individuals are able to access. The fax machine should also be placed in such a
fashion that any documents being sent or retrieved are not visible to non-trusted individuals.
Anyone sending sensitive information should verify the recipient’s secure fax number
immediately before sending and should ascertain whether or not the intended recipient (or trusted
subordinate) will be present to receive the fax as soon as it is sent.
Sensitive information should never be sent to an unattended fax machine. Fax machines should
have the “memory” features turned off, so that the information cannot be accessed or
retransmitted (possibly to an unauthorized recipient) at a later time.
All documents being transmitted should be appropriately labeled (see Sections 4.3.2 and 4.11 of
this handbook). The reverse procedure should be used if the individual is receiving. All
documents transmitted or received should be immediately removed from the fax machine room
and appropriately stored.
Extremely sensitive or classified faxes require more stringent controls, such as transmission over
trusted links (as opposed to the Public Switched Telephone Network (PSTN)). If such a fax must
be sent via the PSTN, encryption devices shall be used.
Because a fax machine is operated in a similar manner to a copying machine, transmission of
extremely sensitive or classified data should be followed by using the machine in copier mode to
process several copies of a test pattern or some unclassified data to remove the image of the
sensitive data from the fax machine’s imaging apparatus.
Policy
ID
4.5.2.a
DHS Policy Statements
Components shall implement and enforce technical controls for fax technology
and systems (including fax machines, servers, gateways, software, and
protocols) that transmit and receive sensitive information.
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
126
Relevant
Controls
SC-1,
SC-7,
SC-8,
SC-9
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Policy
ID
4.5.2.b
DHS Policy Statements
Relevant
Controls
Components shall configure fax servers to ensure that incoming lines cannot
be used to access the network or any data on the fax server.
AC-4
Facsimile responsibilities are provided in the following table.
Facsimile Responsibilities
CISO
Establishes and enforces policy relating to the use of facsimile machines
System/Network Administrators
Ensure that facsimile machines connected to DHS resources are protected and configured to prevent
mishandling of sensitive information
Facility Managers
Ensure that appropriate physical security requirements are implemented for facsimile machines
ISSOs
Ensure that applicable information security requirements are applied as necessary to facsimile
machines
Ensure that the SP addresses facsimile machines connected to systems
4.5.3
Video Teleconferencing
Video teleconferencing permits DHS personnel to engage in live exchanges of information
without the lost time and high cost of traveling to attend a face-to-face meeting in a distant city.
Video teleconferencing offers many beneficial applications, including training and distance
learning, data collaboration, large and small meetings, and informational broadcasts.
Two basic mechanisms allow video teleconferencing to take place. The most basic uses
professional quality video equipment, which displays remotely on television monitors or similar
projection devices. The second uses inexpensive video devices, which are attached to computers
and display on computer screens using protocols such as H.323 over IP networks. The
transmission medium for both can be within a protected network, across the PSTN or across an
internal or external (Internet) network connection.
The first approach allows the equipment to be controlled, operated, and secured by trusted
individuals with specific responsibilities for the teleconferencing equipment. Operators can
assure that any recording of information is labeled and secured according to its sensitivity (see
Section 4.3.2), properly disposed of when no longer useful (see Section 4.3.3), and secured
during transmission by use of proper encryption (see Section 5.5.1) or tunneling. They can also
confirm that the broadcast information is being sent to the proper location. It is recommended
that, to the degree possible, such conferences occur in a point-to-point manner between two sites.
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
127
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
The second approach is not authorized. This technology introduces all of the vulnerabilities
associated with sensitive data transmission across an IP network (see Section 4.5.1 of this
handbook), as well as the vulnerabilities associated with other devices, which may unwittingly
make sensitive data available to unauthorized parties (see Sections 4.4.2 and 4.6.3). The ability
of an individual to easily eavesdrop on such communications or record them on media for
improper dissemination is an unnecessary risk.
The design of the video teleconferencing system and facility must be approved by the DHS CISO
before purchase and installation. Components shall develop standard operating procedures for
the operations and maintenance of this capability. These procedures must specify that:
•
All participants must have the appropriate clearance and need-to-know
•
Video conferencing must be disabled when not in use
•
Any videotapes created of the teleconference must be appropriately labeled with the highest
classification of the information contained on the videotape and secured in accordance with
established media controls
Policy
ID
DHS Policy Statements
Relevant
Controls
4.5.3.a
Components shall implement controls to ensure that only authorized
individuals are able to participate in each video conference.
AC-3,
PE-3
4.5.3.b
Components shall ensure that appropriate transmission protections,
commensurate with the highest sensitivity of information to be discussed, are
in place throughout any video teleconference.
SC-8,
SC-9
4.5.3.c
Video teleconferencing equipment and software shall be disabled when not in
use.
AC-3,
PE-3
Video teleconferencing responsibilities are provided in the following table.
Video Teleconferencing Responsibilities
AOs
Carefully weigh the risk associated with the use of video teleconferencing equipment connected to
DHS systems prior to authorizing
Component CISOs/ISSMs
Advise DHS personnel on the selection and secure use of video teleconferencing technologies
Supervisors
Establish procedures to ensure that only authorized attendees participate in teleconferencing sessions
Ensure that procedures are in place to disable video teleconferencing equipment when not in use
Ensure that procedures are in place to label and store videotapes recorded during the teleconferencing
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
128
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Video Teleconferencing Responsibilities
ISSOs/Teleconferencing Operators
Ensure that video teleconferencing is addressed in the SP if the equipment is connected to a DHS
system
Ensure that video teleconferencing equipment is disabled and secure when not in use
Ensure that appropriate transmission protections are in place commensurate with the highest sensitivity
of information to be discussed when conducting a video teleconferencing session
Users
Shall not discuss information during a teleconferencing session at a higher level of classification than
that established for the conference
4.5.4
Voice Over Data Networks
Voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP) and similar technologies move voice over digital networks.
These technologies use protocols originally designed for data networking. Such technologies
include Voice over Frame Relay, Voice over Asynchronous Transfer Mode, and Voice over
Digital Subscriber Line (refer to NIST SP 800-58 for further information).
Voice over data networking cannot yet be considered a mature technology. Although various
standards are currently being published, there is little assurance that systems that incorporate
these capabilities can be adequately protected. Moreover, there are hidden costs associated with
their use that make their implementation suspect on technical grounds other than security
considerations. These include interoperability issues. Although not prohibited, implementation
of these technologies is discouraged.
Prior to implementing voice over data network technology, Components must conduct rigorous
risk assessments and security testing and provide Department business justification for their use.
Furthermore, any systems that employ this technology must be authorized for use with residual
risks clearly identified.
Redundancy can be accomplished by establishing major (trunk) links in a load balancing fashion.
This concept involves having multiple pathways that appear to be a single pathway in terms of
addressing or routing. If one of the alternate pathways fails, the share of traffic that it was handling
is distributed to the other pathways. If there is only one other pathway, the situation is known as
fail over. Such a failure should show an indication on the network monitoring tools. Technicians
could then be dispatched to repair the failed element and return the link to full operation.
Information integrity is a significant security concern when using voice over data networks.
Services provided by commercial entities are not directly controlled by DHS staff. Encryption of
any data (including voice) that traverses these links is mandatory. The contractual arrangements
with these suppliers must specify that only U.S. Citizens shall be involved in the maintenance
and operation of these links.
Authentication controls and audit logging may be provided by the same technologies that provide
these capabilities for digital data traffic. VoIP standards also include specification of a Media
Gateway Control Protocol (MGCP) that also collects audit information.
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
129
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
As with many technologies, there are numerous vendor-specific protocols and numerous
standards in development. Many of the security issues related to VoIP are dependent upon
vendor selection and architecture design. Rigorous testing and clear business justification should
be completed before any AO approves the use of this technology.
Policy
ID
DHS Policy Statements
Relevant
Controls
4.5.4.a
Prior to implementing voice over data network technology, Components shall
conduct rigorous risk assessments and security testing and provide a business
justification for their use. Any systems that employ this technology shall be
authorized for this purpose with residual risks clearly identified.
SC-19,
PM-9
4.5.4.b
Voice over data network implementations shall have sufficient redundancy to
ensure network outages do not result in the loss of both voice and data
communications.
SC-19
4.5.4.c
Components shall ensure appropriate identification and authentication
controls, audit logging, and integrity controls are implemented on every
element of their voice over data networks.
SC-19
4.5.4.d
Components shall ensure that physical access to voice over data network
elements is restricted to authorized personnel.
SC-19
Responsibilities related to voice over data networks are provided in the following table.
Voice Over Data Networks Responsibilities
Project Managers
Ensure the design of voice over data network implementations have sufficient redundancy to ensure
network outages do not result in the loss of both voice and data communications
Ensure appropriate identification and authentication controls, audit logging, and integrity controls are
implemented on every element of their voice over data networks
ISSOs
Ensure that the inherent risks of voice over data network technology are clearly identified in the
Authorization Package to include the business justification for their use
Ensure that physical access to voice over data network elements is restricted to authorized personnel
Ensure that appropriate identification and authentication controls, audit logging, and integrity controls
are implemented on every element of their voice over data networks
Ensure that auditing is enabled and audit logs are reviewed on a regular basis
Ensure that systems that employ VoIP technology have been authorized for this purpose with residual
risks clearly identified and addressed in the Authorization Package
Network/System Administrators
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
130
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Voice Over Data Networks Responsibilities
Ensure that appropriate identification and authentication controls, audit logging, and integrity controls
are properly configured on every element of their voice over data networks
Facility Managers
Ensure that physical access to voice over data network elements is restricted to authorized personnel
4.6
Wireless Network Communications
Wireless network communications technologies include the following:
•
Wireless systems (e.g., wireless local area networks [WLAN], wireless wide area networks
[WWAN], wireless personal area networks [WPAN], peer-to-peer wireless networks,
information systems that leverage commercial wireless services). Wireless systems include
the transmission medium, stationary integrated devices, firmware, supporting services, and
protocols
•
Wireless PEDs capable of storing, processing, or transmitting sensitive information (e.g.,
PDAs, smart telephones, two-way pagers, handheld radios, cellular telephones, personal
communications services [PCS] devices, multifunctional wireless devices, portable
audio/video recording devices with wireless capability, scanning devices, messaging devices)
•
Wireless tactical systems, including mission-critical communication systems and devices
(e.g., include Land Mobile Radio [LMR] subscriber devices and infrastructure equipment,
remote sensors, technical investigative communications systems)
•
Radio Frequency Identification (RFID)
General guidelines pertaining to all wireless communications technologies are provided in this
section. Policies more specific to wireless systems, wireless PEDs, wireless tactical systems, and
RFID are provided in Sections 4.6.1, 4.6.2, 4.6.3, and 4.6.4, respectively.
Components employing encryption on wireless technologies must implement and enforce a key
management plan consistent with DHS Public Key Infrastructure (PKI) Policy Authority. The
key management plan shall clearly define the practices, procedures, and techniques used to
enforce the key management policy and functional requirements. Representative guidance may
be drawn from NIST SP 800-57, “Recommendation for Key Management – Part 2: Best
Practices for Key Management Organization”.
For wireless technologies classified as general support systems or major applications, the key
management plan must be addressed in the SP.
Policy
ID
4.6.a
DHS Policy Statements
Components are prohibited from introducing new wireless network
communications technologies into the enterprise unless the appropriate AO
specifically approves a technology and application.
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
131
Relevant
Controls
AC-18
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Policy
ID
4.6.b
DHS Policy Statements
Components using Public Key Infrastructure (PKI)-based encryption on
wireless systems, wireless PEDs, and wireless tactical systems shall
implement and maintain a key management plan approved by the DHS PKI
Policy Authority.
Relevant
Controls
IA-5, SC12
Wireless communications responsibilities are provided in the following table.
Wireless Communications Responsibilities
PKI Policy Authority
Establishes and enforces the security requirements detailed in the key management plan
AOs
Specifically approve or prohibit the use of wireless communications technologies within the
Department
Approve the implementation and use of the key management plan at acceptable risk levels
Ensure that appropriate and effective security measures are included in the key management plan
Approve migration plans for transitioning legacy wireless systems
Component CISOs/ISSMs
Advise System Owners and Project Managers concerning implementation of key management plans
Enforce DHS key management policy and procedures
ISSOs
Ensure that key management security controls and functional requirements are implemented
Ensure that security assessments are conducted to evaluate the effectiveness of security objectives and
controls supported by the key management plan
System/Network Administrators
Implement and enforce technical security mechanisms specified in key management plan
DHS Managers, Supervisors, and Employees
Adhere to DHS policy concerning the use of wireless communications technologies
Adhere to DHS policy concerning key management policy and procedures
DHS CISO
Review waivers and exceptions pertaining to wireless systems policy
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
132
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
4.6.1
Wireless Systems
Wireless system policy and procedures are described more completely in Attachment Q1
(Wireless Systems) to This Handbook.
Wireless systems allow mobile devices, wired devices, and other devices to process, store, or
transmit sensitive information using radio frequency (RF) or infrared (IR) capabilities. Wireless
systems are vulnerable to a number of traditional attacks and to attacks specific to wireless
technologies. These attacks fall into the following categories:
•
Unauthorized access
•
Denial-of-service/jamming/interference
•
Signal detection/eavesdropping
•
Spoofing/masquerading
•
Message modification
Use of appropriate countermeasures will help ensure that wireless systems comply with DHS
information security policy.
This Handbook’s Attachment Q1, Wireless Systems, provides implementation guidance for
developing and implementing security for wireless systems.
Policy
ID
DHS Policy Statements
Relevant
Controls
4.6.1.a
Annual information security assessments shall be conducted on all approved
wireless systems. Wireless information security assessments shall enumerate
vulnerabilities, risk statements, risk levels, and corrective actions.
CA-2,
PM-9
4.6.1.b
A Plan of Action and Milestones (POA&M) shall be developed to address
wireless information security vulnerabilities. Plans shall prioritize corrective
actions and implementation milestones in accordance with defined risk levels.
CA-5,
PM-4,
PM-9
4.6.1.c
Components shall identify countermeasures to denial-of-service attacks and
complete a risk based evaluation prior to approving the use of a wireless PED
AC-19,
PM-9,
SC-5
4.6.1.d
SPs shall adopt a defense-in-depth strategy that integrates firewalls, screening
routers, wireless intrusion detection systems, antivirus software, encryption,
strong authentication, and cryptographic key management to ensure that
information security solutions and secure connections to external interfaces
are consistently enforced.
SI-3
4.6.1.e
A migration plan shall be implemented for legacy wireless systems that are not
compliant with DHS information security policy. The migration plan shall
outline the provisions, procedures, and restrictions for transitioning the legacy
systems to DHS-compliant security architectures. Operation of these
noncompliant systems before and during the migration requires an approved
CA-5
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
133
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Policy
ID
DHS Policy Statements
Relevant
Controls
waiver or exception to policy from the DHS CISO.
4.6.1.f
Component CISOs shall review all system applications for wireless usage,
maintain an inventory of systems, and provide that inventory to the DHS CISO
annually.
AC-18,
PM-5
4.6.1.g
Component CISOs shall (i) establish usage restrictions and implementation
guidance for wireless technologies; and (ii) authorize, monitor, and control
wireless access to DHS information systems.
AC-18
Wireless system responsibilities are provided in the following table.
Wireless System Responsibilities
AOs
Approve the use of standards-based wireless system technologies
Approve the implementation and use of wireless systems at a specified risk level during the Security
Authorization Process
Ensure that appropriate and effective security measures are included in the SP
Component CISOs/ISSMs
Advise System Owners and Project Managers concerning the implementation of wireless technologies
Enforce DHS wireless systems policy
Enforce DHS policy concerning the reporting requirements for wireless security vulnerability
assessments
System Owners/Project Managers
Develop risk mitigation plans for prioritizing corrective actions and implementation milestones
Develop migration plans that outline provisions, procedures, and restrictions for transitioning legacy
wireless systems to DHS-compliant security architectures
ISSOs
Ensure that wireless systems security controls are properly implemented and configured and are
addressed in the SP
Ensure that routine security assessments of wireless systems identify unauthorized wireless devices,
backdoors, and other system vulnerabilities, and enumerate vulnerabilities, risk statements, risk levels,
and corrective actions
Implement risk mitigation plans for prioritizing corrective actions and achieving implementation
milestones
Implement migration plans that outline provisions, procedures, and restrictions for transitioning legacy
wireless systems to DHS-compliant security architectures
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
134
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Wireless System Responsibilities
System/Network Administrators
Ensure that wireless system security controls are properly implemented and configured in accordance
with the SP
Ensure that routine security assessments are accomplished on wireless systems to identify rogue access
points, backdoors, and other system vulnerabilities, and to enumerate vulnerabilities, risk statements,
risk levels, and corrective actions
DHS Managers, Supervisors, and Employees
Adhere to DHS policy concerning the use of wireless systems to process, store, or transmit sensitive
information
Adhere to DHS policy concerning the use of wireless systems in areas where sensitive information is
being discussed
4.6.2
Wireless Portable Electronic Devices
Wireless PEDs include PDAs, smart telephones, two-way pagers, handheld radios, cellular
telephones, PCS devices, multifunctional wireless devices, GPS devices, portable audio/video
recording devices with wireless capability, scanning devices, messaging devices, and any other
wireless clients capable of storing, processing, or transmitting sensitive information.
Wireless PED policy and procedures are described more completely in this Handbook’s
Attachment Q2, “Wireless Portable Electronic Devices.”
There is currently no DHS-approved encryption software for PEDs, although individual
Components may be using products that provide adequate protection. As DHS or NSA standards
are established, they will be discussed in this section of the Handbook.
Personally owned PEDs are not authorized to process, transmit, or store sensitive or classified
information. Personally owned PEDs may not be connected to sensitive or classified systems or
networks.
Government-owned PEDs can be used in conjunction with Department networks or systems (to
include any downloading of data from a user’s workstation to these devices) only if the current
Security Authorization Process documentation (available on the Compliance and Technology
page on DHS Connect) specifically addresses the inherent risks associated with their use and the
AO evaluates and accepts any residual risk. Re-authorization is required if these issues are not
addressed in the most current Security Authorization Process documentation.
System Owners and Project Managers must identify and implement as many countermeasures as
appropriate to strengthen the security of wireless PEDs. These countermeasures include the use
of passwords, personal firewalls, and antivirus software; the monitoring of malicious activities;
the use of modification detection software and of software that will allow the device to
dynamically identify and adapt to each wireless mode of operation; the tracking of data and
assets; and management protocols. Countermeasures should allow the system administrator to
maintain a user and community profile through unit identification and validation, which would in
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
135
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
turn allow administrators to remove data, update software, and log and track unauthorized
removal where appropriate.
Because of their portability and mobility, PEDs are also extremely susceptible to theft, physical
damage, and loss—all of which could lead to compromise of information.
Components shall develop and maintain a property inventory list of all PEDs authorized for use.
This list shall include serial numbers and/or seat numbers, user names, use, and location of all
PEDs for accountability purposes. Each DHS-owned PED shall have an asset tag, whose number
is included in the inventory list. Rules of Behavior for PEDs must be published and enforced.
This Handbook’s Attachment G, Rules of Behavior provides guidance on developing Rules of
Behavior, including rules for PEDs.
This Handbook’s Attachment Q2, Wireless Portable Electronic Devices provides guidance for
developing and implementing wireless PED security.
Policy
ID
DHS Policy Statements
Relevant
Controls
4.6.2.a
The use of wireless PEDs and accessory devices in areas where classified
information is discussed, maintained, or distributed is prohibited unless
specifically authorized in writing by the AO for the system used in the area
AC-19,
PL-4
4.6.2.b
Wireless PEDs shall not be tethered or otherwise physically or wirelessly
connected to the DHS-wired core network without written consent from the
AO.
AC-18,
AC-19
4.6.2.c
Wireless PEDs shall not be used to store, process, or transmit combinations,
personal identification numbers (PIN), or sensitive information in
unencrypted formats.
AC-19,
IA-5,
IA-7
4.6.2.d
Wireless PEDs such as BlackBerry devices and smart phones shall implement
strong authentication, data encryption, and transmission encryption
technologies. Portable electronic devices such as BlackBerry devices and
smart phones shall be password-protected, with a security timeout period
established. For BlackBerry devices, the security timeout shall be set to ten
(10) minutes.
AC-19,
IA-7,
SC-8,
SC-9,
SC-13
4.6.2.e
SPs shall promulgate the provisions, procedures, and restrictions for using
wireless PEDs to download mobile code in an approved manner.
SC-18
4.6.2.f
Wireless PEDs shall be operated only when current DHS TRM-approved
versions of antivirus software and software patches are installed.
SI-3
4.6.2.g
Cost-effective countermeasures to denial-of-service attacks shall be identified
and established prior to a wireless PED being approved for use.
SC-5
SC-7
4.6.2.h
Components shall maintain a current inventory of all approved wireless PEDs
in operation.
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
136
PM-5
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Policy
ID
DHS Policy Statements
Relevant
Controls
4.6.2.i
Wireless PEDs shall be sanitized of all information before being reused by
another individual, office, or Component within DHS or before they are
surplused; wireless PEDs that are being disposed of, recycled, or returned to
the owner or manufacturer shall first be sanitized using approved procedures.
MP-6
4.6.2.j
For legacy wireless PEDs that are not compliant with DHS information
security policy a migration plan shall be implemented that outlines the
provisions, procedures, and restrictions for transitioning these wireless PEDs
to DHS-compliant security architectures. Operation of these noncompliant
systems requires an approved waiver or exception from the DHS CISO.
CA-5
CA-6
4.6.2.k
Components shall ensure that personally-owned PEDs and Governmentowned PEDs not authorized to process classified information are not permitted
in conference rooms or secure facilities where classified information is
discussed.
AC-19,
PE-18
4.6.2.l
The AO shall approve the use of Government-owned PEDs to process, store,
or transmit sensitive information.
CA-6
4.6.2.m
The use of add-on devices, such as cameras and recorders, is not authorized
unless approved by the AO. Functions that can record or transmit sensitive
information via video, Infrared (IR), or Radio Frequency (RF) shall be
disabled in areas where sensitive information is discussed.
AC-19,
CM-7,
PE-18,
SC-7
Wireless portable electronic device responsibilities are provided in the following table.
Wireless Portable Electronic Device Responsibilities
AOs
Approve the use of Government-owned, DHS-approved wireless PEDs and accessory devices to
connect, process, store, or transmit sensitive information
Ensure that appropriate and effective security measures are included in the SP
Authorize the use of Government-owned wireless PEDS and accessory devices in areas where
sensitive information is discussed
Evaluate the risk associated with authorizing wireless PEDs to connect, process, store, transmit, or
access sensitive information and systems during the Security Authorization Process
Approve/disapprove the use of mobile code (e.g., ActiveX)
System Owners/Project Managers
Develop risk mitigation plans for prioritizing corrective actions and implementation milestones
Develop migration plans that outline provisions, procedures, and restrictions for transitioning legacy
wireless PEDs to DHS-compliant security architectures
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
137
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Wireless Portable Electronic Device Responsibilities
Maintain an inventory of all approved wireless PEDs in operation
Component CISOs/ISSMs
Enforce DHS policy on the use of wireless PEDs and accessory devices in areas where sensitive
information is discussed
Enforce DHS policy concerning the use of wireless PEDs and accessory devices to connect, store,
process, or transmit combinations, PINs, or sensitive information
Develop procedures for implementation of strong identification, authentication, data encryption, and
transmission encryption for wireless PEDs to protect sensitive information from compromise
Enforce DHS policy concerning the use of mobile code and antivirus software on wireless PEDs
Identify and establish cost-effective countermeasures to denial-of-service attacks for wireless PEDs
ISSOs
Ensure wireless PEDs are not permitted in areas where sensitive information is discussed unless
authorized in writing by the AO
Enforce DHS policy concerning the use of wireless PEDs to process, store, or transmit sensitive
information
Enforce DHS policy concerning the use of mobile code and antivirus software on wireless PEDs
Implement cost-effective countermeasures to denial-of-service attacks for wireless PEDs
Ensure that all information is cleared from wireless PEDs that are to be reused or surplused; ensure
that all information is sanitized from wireless PEDs that are being disposed of, recycled, or returned to
the owner or manufacturer (see Section 4.3.3 of this handbook for approved procedures)
Implement migration plans that outline provisions, procedures, and restrictions for transitioning legacy
wireless PEDs to DHS-compliant security architectures
Enforce prohibition of add-on devices such as cameras and recorders
System/Network Administrators
Ensure that wireless PED security controls are properly implemented and configured in accordance
with the SP
Ensure that routine security assessments are accomplished on wireless PEDs
DHS Managers, Supervisors, and Employees
Adhere to DHS policy concerning the use of wireless PEDs in areas where sensitive information is
being discussed
Adhere to DHS policy concerning the use of wireless PEDs to process, store, transmit, or access
combinations, PINs, or sensitive information
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
138
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
4.6.2.1
Cellular Phones
Cellular phones used in areas where sensitive information is discussed have the same inherent
vulnerabilities as cordless telephones and speakerphones as discussed in Section 4.4.2 of this
handbook. They potentially allow a discussion being held in the same area to be overheard by a
third party.
As with traditional telephones, cellular communications can be intercepted. While the
interception of conversations over telephones requires insertion of a monitoring device; the
interception of cellular communications does not, and information transmitted by cellular phones
can be intercepted at reasonably great distances. Cellular phone credentials can be cloned to
other phones, allowing the cloned phone to masquerade as the original phone and allow covert
monitoring of conversations.
Policy
ID
DHS Policy Statements
4.6.2.1.a
Components shall develop guidance for discussing sensitive information on
cellular phones. Guidance shall be approved by a senior Component official
and is subject to review by the DHS CISO. Under no circumstances shall
classified information be discussed on cellular phones.
Relevant
Controls
PL-4
Cellular phone responsibilities are provided in the following table.
Cellular Phone Responsibilities
Managers
Ensure that employees are aware of DHS policy prohibiting the discussion of sensitive information
while using a wireless telephone
Users
Ensure that sensitive information is not discussed while using a wireless telephone
4.6.2.2
Pagers
Text messages may be sent via text pagers, from a cellular service provider’s Web page, or from
other Web sites that allow users to send text messages. Pagers have the same inherent
vulnerabilities as cellular phones with respect to exposure of sensitive information to
unauthorized recipients (see Section 4.6.2.1).
Text messages rely on the service provider’s network and are not encrypted. There is thus no
assurance of the security of these services. Moreover, text-message devices can be spammed
until the user’s mailbox is full.
Pagers shall not be used to transmit sensitive or classified information that is explicitly labeled as
sensitive or classified, nor should they be used to transmit information on computer or network
problems or status. This information could be intercepted and used to identify the configuration
and possibly the location of information systems.
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
139
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
A preferred alternative to transmitting text messages is to page an individual with a phone
number and require the individual to call that number using a landline (not cellular or mobile)
telephone from a location where the conversation could not be overheard by non-trusted persons.
Policy
ID
DHS Policy Statements
4.6.2.2.a
Pagers shall not be used to transmit sensitive information.
Relevant
Controls
PL-4
Pager responsibilities are provided in the following table.
Pager Responsibilities
Managers
Ensure that employees are aware of DHS policy prohibiting the transmission of sensitive information
to pagers
Users
Ensure that sensitive information is not transmitted to pagers
4.6.2.3
Multifunctional Wireless Devices
Wireless devices have evolved to be multifunctional (cell phones, pagers, and radios can surf the
Internet, retrieve email, take and transmit pictures). Most of these functions do not have
sufficient security.
Where there is a strong business justification for their use, DHS-owned wireless devices can be
equipped to allow synchronization with approved Department owned computers. Data is
encrypted or decrypted, as needed, for synchronization with computer-based personal
information managers (PIMs) and other programs.
The risk assessment for multifunctional wireless devices shall include an assessment of the risks
associated with all functions, including infrared (IR), radio frequency (RF), and video. The AO
may allow the use of multifunctional wireless devices based on the sensitivity and classification
of the data and the associated risks.
Use of peripheral devices must be tightly controlled. Audio and video recording capabilities
should be prohibited unless specifically required for an individual’s duties. Unauthorized
recording of sensitive conversations or images of sensitive equipment could be used to
compromise the security of DHS systems.
Policy
ID
4.6.2.3.a
DHS Policy Statements
Functions that cannot be encrypted using approved cryptographic modules
shall not be used to process, store, or transmit sensitive information.
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
140
Relevant
Controls
AC-19,
SC-8,
SC-9,
SC-12
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Policy
ID
DHS Policy Statements
4.6.2.3.b
Functions that transmit or receive video, IR, or radio frequency (RF) signals
shall be disabled in areas where sensitive information is discussed.
4.6.2.3.c
Short Message Service (SMS) and Multimedia Messaging Service (MMS)
shall not be used to process, store, or transmit sensitive information, and shall
be disabled whenever possible.
Relevant
Controls
AC-19,
PE-18
---
Multifunctional wireless device responsibilities are in the following table.
Multifunctional Wireless Device Responsibilities
AOs
Approve the implementation of multifunctional wireless devices at an acceptable level of risk
Ensure prior to authorization that the SP adequately addresses the protection of sensitive material
accessed and stored on multifunctional wireless devices.
Project Managers/System Owners
Ensure that security requirements for multifunctional wireless devices are communicated to the Project
Manager and system administrators
System/ Network Administrators
Ensure that multifunctional wireless devices are configured properly with encryption enabled to
prevent unauthorized access, disclosure, damage, modification, or destruction of data
Ensure that multifunctional wireless devices are periodically scanned for rogue access points and other
vulnerabilities
ISSOs
Ensure that the SP addresses the protection of sensitive material accessed and stored on wireless
devices
Ensure that security requirements for multifunctional wireless devices are addressed in the SP and
Rules of Behavior
Ensure that routine security assessments are accomplished for multifunctional wireless devices to
identify rogue access points, backdoors, and other system vulnerabilities, and to enumerate
vulnerabilities, risk statements, risk levels, and corrective actions
4.6.3
Wireless Tactical Systems
Wireless tactical systems include Land Mobile Radio (LMR) subscriber devices, infrastructure
equipment, remote sensors, and technical investigative communications systems. Because they
are often deployed under circumstances in which officer safety and mission success are at stake,
wireless tactical systems require even greater security measures. To ensure secure tactical
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
141
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
communications, Components must implement strong identification, authentication, and
encryption protocols designed specifically for each wireless tactical system.
Wireless tactical system policy and procedures are described more completely in Attachment
Q3,Wireless Tactical Systems to this Handbook.
Wireless tactical communications systems are also subject to issues such as technology advances,
standards, and functional convergence. As the use of wireless tactical communications systems
evolves, Components must develop and implement plans for migration to the new technologies.
AOs must ensure that these migration plans are consistent with DHS policy and that appropriate
waivers or exceptions have been obtained.
LMR systems are the primary means of wireless communications for several Components.
Security and risk management principles must be included in every phase of the LMR system
development lifecycle. LMR network communications traffic should include encryption and
security controls such as those specified by FIPS 140-2, Security Requirements for
Cryptographic Modules, and FIPS 197, Advanced Encryption Standard (AES).
LMR subscriber units can periodically update and rekey encryption protocols manually by using
a handheld key variable loader (KVL) or automatically via over-the-air-rekeying (OTAR)
techniques. With OTAR technology, radios can be rekeyed within seconds over the air from a
remote location, allowing for easier and more regular rekeying, and resulting in improved
security. In addition, the OTAR channel can be used for digital voice transmissions in the
encrypted mode for emergency interoperability.
LMR security and policy guidelines and standards defined by Project 25 (P25) should be
implemented where appropriate. The primary objectives of the P25 standards are to promote
interoperability among digital or analog LMR equipment used by various levels of Government,
support backward compatibility with legacy LMRs, enhance spectrum efficiency, and maximize
economies of scale. All DHS LMRs shall be built on P25-compliant platforms or shall be
capable of interfacing with P25-compliant platforms to ensure that DHS requirements can be
satisfied in a timely manner. Waivers or exceptions to this requirement must be approved by the
DHS CISO.
This Handbook’s Attachment Q3, Wireless Tactical Systems, provides guidance for developing
and implementing wireless tactical system security.
Policy
ID
DHS Policy Statements
Relevant
Controls
4.6.3.a
AOs shall be immediately notified when any security features are disabled in
response to time-sensitive, mission-critical incidents.
CM-3
4.6.3.b
Wireless tactical systems shall implement strong identification, authentication,
and encryption.
IA-2,
IA-7,
SC-8,
SC-9
4.6.3.c
Cost-effective countermeasures to denial-of-service attacks shall be identified
SC-5
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
142
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Policy
ID
DHS Policy Statements
Relevant
Controls
and implemented prior to a wireless tactical system being approved for use.
4.6.3.d
Components shall maintain a current inventory of all approved wireless
tactical systems in operation.
PM-5
4.6.3.e
A migration plan shall be implemented for legacy tactical wireless systems
that are not compliant with DHS information security policy; The migration
plan will outline the provisions, procedures, and restrictions for transitioning
the legacy systems to DHS-compliant security architectures. Operation of
these noncompliant systems requires an approved waiver or exception from
the DHS CISO, as appropriate.
---
4.6.3.f
The security configuration of LMR subscriber units shall be validated via
over-the-air-rekeying (OTAR) or hard rekey using a crypto-period no longer
than 180 days.
SC-12
4.6.3.g
All LMR systems shall comply with Project 25 (P25, EIA/TIA-102) security
standards where applicable.
CM-2
Wireless tactical system responsibilities are provided in the following table.
Wireless Tactical System Responsibilities
AOs
Approve the use of wireless tactical systems technologies
Approve the implementation and use of wireless tactical systems to process, store, or transmit
sensitive information at acceptable risk levels
Ensure security measures are included in the SP
Evaluate and submit waivers and exceptions to the DHS CISO for wireless tactical systems when
compliance with DHS information security policy could potentially compromise tactical
investigations, endanger personnel safety, or put the public at risk
System Owners/Project Managers
Implement cost-effective security measures specified in the SP including strong identification,
authentication, and encryption
Ensure that the AO is immediately notified when any security features are disabled in response to
time-sensitive, mission-critical incidents
Ensure allocation of resources to support security requirements and enforcement controls specified in
the SP
Ensure that tactical wireless communication security requirements are communicated to ISSOs and
system administrators
Develop and implement migration plans that outline provisions, procedures, and restrictions for
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
143
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Wireless Tactical System Responsibilities
transitioning legacy wireless tactical systems to DHS-compliant security architectures
Maintain an inventory of all wireless tactical systems used to process, store, and transmit sensitive
information
Ensure all LMR systems comply with Project 25 (P25, EIA/TIA-102) security standards where
applicable
Component CISOs/ISSMs
Enforce DHS policy concerning the use of tactical communication systems to process, store, transmit,
or access sensitive information
Develop and enforce DHS policy concerning mitigation measures for DoS attacks
Enforce LMR system compliance with Project 25 (P25, EIA/TIA-102) security standards
ISSOs
Ensure that the AO is immediately notified whenever any security features are disabled in response to
time-sensitive, mission-critical incidents
Implement DHS policy concerning the use of tactical communication devices to process, store,
transmit, or access sensitive information
Ensure that any tactical communication devices used to process sensitive information are not permitted
in conference rooms or secure facilities where sensitive information is discussed without written
authorization from the AO
Perform security assessments and validate the security posture of LMR subscriber units via OTAR or
hard rekeying using a crypto-period no longer than one-hundred and eighty (180) days
Ensure that all information is cleared from wireless tactical systems that are to be reused or surplused
Ensure that wireless tactical systems are sanitized prior to being disposed of, recycled, or returned to
the owner or manufacturer (see Section 4.3.3, for approved procedures)
DHS Managers / Supervisors
Ensure that the AO is immediately notified when any security features are disabled in response to
time-sensitive, mission-critical incidents
Ensure employees are aware of DHS policy and procedure for discussing sensitive information while
using tactical communication devices
Employees
Adhere to DHS policy and procedures concerning the use of tactical communication devices that
access, process, store, or transmit sensitive information and systems
4.6.4
Radio Frequency Identification
RFID enables wireless identification of objects over significant distances. Because of the
computing limitations of RFID tags, it often is not feasible to implement many of the security
mechanisms, such as cryptography and strong authentication, that are commonly supported on
personal workstations, servers, and network infrastructure devices. RFID security controls can
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
144
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
support Departmental and Component privacy objectives, mitigate risks to business processes,
and prevent the disclosure of sensitive data.
RFID policy and procedures are described more completely in “Sensitive RFID Systems,”
Attachment Q4 to the DHS 4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook.
Policy
ID
4.6.4.a
4.7
DHS Policy Statements
Components implementing RFID systems shall assess hazards of
electromagnetic radiation to fuel, ordnance, and personnel before deployment
of the RFID technology.
Relevant
Controls
PE-18
4.6.4.
b
Components shall limit data stored on RFID tags to the greatest extent
possible, recording information beyond an identifier only when required
for the application mission. When data beyond an identifier is stored on a
tag, the tag’s memory shall be protected by access control.
AC-6,
PL-5
4.6.4.
c
Components shall develop a contingency plan, such as the use of a fallback
identification technology, to implement in case of an RFID security breach
or system failure.
---
4.6.4.
d
Components shall identify and implement appropriate operational and
technical controls to limit unauthorized tracking or targeting of RFIDtagged items when these items are expected to travel outside the
Component’s physical perimeter.
4.6.4.
e
When an RFID system is connected to a DHS data network, Components
shall implement network security controls to segregate RFID network
elements such as RFID readers, middleware, and databases from other nonRFID network hosts.
CM-6
4.6.4.f
Components implementing RFID technology shall determine whether or
not tag cloning is a significant business risk. If such a significant risk
exists, then tag transactions shall be cryptographically authenticated.
IA-7,
PM-9,
RA-3
AC14
Overseas Communications
Communication outside of the United States or its territories has different security requirements
than domestic communication. The Department of State has published a series of Foreign
Affairs Manuals relevant to these requirements.
Wireless communications are highly vulnerable to interception and monitoring. DHS employees
overseas shall be informed of the risks and the appropriate precautions they should follow when
using wireless devices overseas. Use of secure wireless devices overseas must be approved by
the DHS CISO.
The following sections of Volume 12 of the U.S. Department of State Foreign Affairs Manual
(FAM), found at http://www.state.gov/m/a/dir/regs/fam/12fam/index.htm,contain information
relevant to overseas communication:
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
145
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
12 FAM 610, Organization and Purpose of Computer Security (COMPUSEC)
12 FAM 620, Unclassified Automated Information Systems
12 FAM 630, Classified Automated Information Systems
12 FAM 640, Domestic and Overseas Automated Information Systems Connectivity
12 FAM 650, I Components
12 FAM 660, Communications Security (this section has been designated Sensitive—
NOFORN and is not available via the Internet; contact the Department of State to obtain
a hardcopy version).
Policy
ID
4.7.a
DHS Policy Statements
Where required or appropriate, all communications outside of the United
States and its territories shall be in accordance with the Department of State
Foreign Affairs Manual, 12 FAM 600, Information Security Technology.
Relevant
Controls
---
Overseas communications responsibilities are provided in the following table.
Overseas Communications Responsibilities
DHS CISO
Establishes and enforces policy relating to overseas communications
Component CISOs/ISSMs
Ensure that Component information systems under their purview comply with Department of State 12
FAM 600 Information Security Technology, for systems that communicate with overseas locations
Project Managers/System Owners
Ensure information systems under their control or under development that will communicate with
overseas locations comply with the requirements of Department of State 12 FAM 600, Information
Security Technology
System/Network Administrators
Ensure that information systems under their control that will communicate with overseas locations are
properly configured and maintained to comply with the requirements of Department of State 12 FAM
600, Information Security Technology
ISSOs
Ensure that information systems under their control that communicate with overseas locations comply
with Department of State 12 FAM 600, Information Security Technology
4.8
Equipment
Equipment security encompasses workstations, laptops, other mobile computing devices,
personally owned equipment, and the maintenance of these items. This section addresses the use
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
146
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
and maintenance of computer equipment and stresses the importance of individual accountability
in protecting these resources.
System administrators and ISSOs must ensure that all users are educated in the proper procedures
for logging off and for configuring screen savers. Specific procedures for logging off, locking
workstations, and enabling password-protected screensavers are published in Attachment I to this
Handbook, “Workstation Logon.”
The following guidelines apply to the protection of workstations used to process or store
sensitive information:
•
Workstations must be adequately protected from theft.
•
Only licensed and approved operating systems and applications may be used on DHS
workstations.
•
All default vendor or factory set administrator accounts and passwords shall be changed
before installation or use.
•
All equipment shall be marked with the highest level of classification of information that has
ever been processed or stored on the device, if there are any devices authorized for processing
National Security information in the vicinity.
•
Equipment must be housed in facilities authorized to process sensitive information.
4.8.1
Workstations
All users must be instructed to log off or lock their workstation any time the workstation is left
unattended. As an added precaution, users should also use a password-protected screensaver.
The screensaver should activate after no more than fifteen (15) minutes of inactivity.
Policy
ID
DHS Policy Statements
Relevant
Controls
4.8.1.a
Components shall configure workstations to either log off, or activate a
password-protected lock, or password-protected screensaver within fifteen
(15) minutes of user inactivity.
4.8.1.b
Components shall ensure that workstations are protected from theft.
PE-3
4.8.1.c
Users shall either log off or lock their workstations when unattended.
---
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
147
AC-11,
CM-6
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Workstation responsibilities are provided in the following table.
Workstation Responsibilities
Facility Managers
Ensure that physical security measures are adequate to protect computers (PCs, laptops, and servers)
from theft
Site Security Staff/ISSOs/Supervisors
Enforce DHS policy on securing workstations when unattended by users
System/Network Administrators
Ensure where possible that workstations are configured for automatic logoff, or with automatic
screensaver activation after 5 minutes of inactivity
Users
Adhere to DHS policy by securing workstations when unattended
4.8.2
Laptop Computers and Other Mobile Computing Devices
DHS relies heavily on laptop computers and other mobile computing devices. The mobility of
these devices has increased the productivity of the workforce, but at the same time, mobility has
increased the risk of theft and unauthorized data disclosure. It is important to employ additional
measures to protect these resources including laptops and other mobile computing devices and
the data they store and process.
The increased risk of theft of laptop computers and other mobile computing devices presents
both security and cost concerns. Both hardware replacement and restoration of data entail
significant cost. The risk of data disclosure is also a major security concern. Care must be taken
to guard against theft at all times, and fundamental security principles must be observed with
mobile computing devices. For example, the user’s password should never be written down and
stored with the device.
Mobile computing devices cannot be connected to DHS networks or systems unless such
connections are authorized to the network or system. The security plan must identify the devices
that can be used to access the network or system, the purposes for the access, and the security
controls to be employed for the connection. Any laptop computers or other mobile computing
devices that process sensitive data (whether or not they are connected to a DHS network) must
employ virus protection. All removable media must be scanned prior to use to ensure it is free of
malware.
Rules of Behavior for mobile computing devices must be published and enforced. This
Handbook’s Attachment G, “Rules of Behavior” provides guidance on developing Rules of
Behavior.
Mobile computing devices that process sensitive data must employ encryption technology.
Encryption policies and procedures are addressed in Section 5.5.1 of this handbook.
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
148
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Policy
ID
Relevant
Controls
DHS Policy Statements
4.8.2.a
Information stored on any laptop computer or other mobile computing device
that may be used in a residence or on travel shall use encryption in accordance
with Section 5.5.1, Encryption, for data at rest and in motion. Passwords,
tokens and Smart Cards shall not be stored on or with the laptop or other
mobile computing device.
AC-19,
IA-2, SC12
4.8.2.b
Laptop computers shall be powered down when not in use (due to volatile
memory vulnerabilities).
4.8.2.c
When unattended, laptop computers and other mobile computing devices shall
be secured in locked offices, secured with a locking cable, or in a locked
cabinet, or desk.
AC-19,
PE-3, PL4
4.8.2.d
Users shall obtain the written approval of the office director before taking a
laptop computer or other mobile computing device outside of the United States
or its territories.
AC-19,
PL-4
AC-19,
PL-4
Responsibilities related to mobile computing devices are provided in the following table.
Laptop Computer and Other Mobile Computing Device Responsibilities
DHS CISO
Establishes DHS policy regarding the use of mobile computing devices
Component CISOs/ISSMs
Enforce DHS policy regarding the use of mobile computing devices
Provide technical expertise and evaluate the effectiveness of encryption methods for mobile computing
devices
System/Network Administrators
Provide technical expertise and evaluate the effectiveness of encryption methods for mobile computing
devices
Ensure that encryption technology is installed and properly configured on mobile computing devices
Assist ISSOs in implementing technical requirements for mobile computing devices
ISSOs
Ensure that security of mobile computing devices is adequately addressed in the security plan
Ensure users are aware of their responsibility to adhere to the Rules of Behavior for mobile computing
devices
Ensure that users are trained in the use of encryption for mobile computing devices
Ensure that physical security controls are in place for mobile computing devices
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
149
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Laptop Computer and Other Mobile Computing Device Responsibilities
Ensure the unique requirements for connection of mobile computing devices to the network are
addressed in the Security Plan
Ensure that encryption methods employed on mobile computing devices provide the protection
required in the security plan
Users
Obtain written approval of the office director before taking mobile computing device overseas
Comply with the Rules of Behavior for mobile computing devices
Utilize encryption technology provided for mobile computing devices
Physically secure mobile computing devices when not in use
Read and adhere to the mobile computing device policies and procedures in this section and in Rules
of Behavior
Make supervisors and managers aware of any problems encountered in implementing mobile
computing device guidance and procedures
4.8.3
Personally Owned Equipment and Software
Users shall not use personally owned equipment (e.g., laptop computers, PDAs) or software to
process, access, or store sensitive information. Such equipment also includes plug-in and
wireless (e.g., BlackBerry) peripherals that may employ removable media (e.g., CDs, DVDs).
Also prohibited are USB flash (thumb) drives, external drives, and diskettes. Exceptions require
written approval from the AO and shall be made only when the AO deems that the use or
connection is essential to the Department’s mission. The AO shall accept any risk associated
with personally owned equipment and this residual risk must be documented as part of the
systems’ Security Authorization Process.
Components shall conduct semiannual reviews of all equipment and software to ensure that only
Government-licensed software and equipment are being used, or that appropriate exceptions have
been documented.
Policy and guidance pertaining to the protection and disposal of personally owned equipment and
software is addressed in Section 4.3 of this handbook. Components shall ensure that this policy
is reflected in appropriate Rules of Behavior documents and reinforced during periodic security
awareness sessions.
Policy
ID
DHS Policy Statements
Relevant
Controls
4.8.3.a
Personally owned equipment and software shall not be used to process, access,
or store sensitive information without the written prior approval of the AO.
SA-6
4.8.3.b
Equipment that is not owned or leased by the Federal Government, or operated
by a contractor on behalf of the Federal Government, shall not be connected to
DHS equipment or networks without the written prior approval of the
SA-9
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
150
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Policy
ID
DHS Policy Statements
Relevant
Controls
Component CISO/ISSM.
4.8.3.c
Any device that has been obtained through civil or criminal asset forfeiture
shall not be used as part of a DHS information system nor used to process
DHS data.
AC-20
Responsibilities related to personally owned equipment and software are provided in the
following table.
Personally Owned Equipment and Software Responsibilities
AOs
Carefully evaluate the risk associated with authorizing the use of personally owned equipment or
software
Component CISOs/ISSMs
Enforce DHS policy prohibiting the use of personally owned equipment to connect, process, store, or
access sensitive information and systems
ISSOs
Enforce DHS policy prohibiting the use of personally owned equipment to connect, process, store, or
access sensitive information and systems
Conduct reviews, at least semiannually, of all equipment and software in their respective offices to
ensure that only Government-licensed software and equipment are being used
Ensure that Rules of Behavior address policy regarding the use of personally owned equipment and
software
Ensure that security awareness sessions address policy regarding the use of personally owned
equipment and software
Users
Adhere to DHS policies prohibiting the use of personally owned equipment and software
4.8.4
Hardware and Software
Components must be cognizant of the threats, vulnerabilities, and risks associated with hardware
and software installation and maintenance on DHS systems.
The DHS CISO has published secure baseline configuration guides for several operating systems,
the Oracle 9i database management system, and CISCO routers, and will provide additional
configuration guides as required. These hardening guides provide system and database
administrators with a clear, concise set of procedures that shall ensure a minimum baseline of
security in the installation and configuration of the hardware and software.
Baselines were developed using a variety of security guidelines from the NSA, the Defense
Information Systems Agency (DISA), NIST and other Federal agencies, and from vendor
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
151
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
recommendations. . The principle reference used was NIST SP 800-70: “Security Configuration
Checklists Program for Information Technology (IT) Products – Guidance for Checklists Users
and Developers.”), These baselines represent the minimum configuration requirements;
Components are authorized to implement more rigorous configuration guides. If unable to meet
the published configuration baselines, a waiver or exception is required.
Policy
ID
DHS Policy Statements
Relevant
Controls
4.8.4.a
Components shall ensure that DHS information systems follow the hardening
guides for operating systems and the configuration guides for applications
promulgated by the DHS CISO. DHS Sensitive Systems Handbook 4300A,
Enclosure 1, includes the DHS Secure Baseline Configuration Guides.
CM-2,
CM-6
4.8.4.b
Components shall limit access to system software and hardware to authorized
personnel.
AC-3,
CM-5
4.8.4.c
Components shall test, authorize, and approve all new and revised software
and hardware prior to implementation in accordance with their Configuration
Management Plan.
CM-2,
CM-3
4.8.4.d
Components shall manage systems to reduce vulnerabilities through
vulnerability testing and management, promptly installing patches, and
eliminating or disabling unnecessary services.
CM-3,
RA-5
4.8.4.e
Components shall ensure that maintenance ports are disabled during normal
system operation and enabled only during approved maintenance activities.
MA-1
4.8.4.f
System libraries shall be managed and maintained to protect privileged
programs and to prevent or minimize the introduction of unauthorized code.
SI-7
4.8.4.g
Components shall develop maintenance policy and procedures.
MA-1
4.8.4.h
If cleared maintenance personnel are not available, a trusted DHS employee
with sufficient technical knowledge to detect and prevent unauthorized
modification to the information system or its network shall monitor and escort
the maintenance personnel during maintenance activities. This situation shall
only occur in exceptional cases. Components shall take all possible steps to
ensure that trusted maintenance personnel are available.
MA-5
4.8.4.i
Maintenance using a different user’s identity may be performed only when the
user is present. The user shall log in and observe the maintenance actions at
all times. Users shall not share their authentication information with
maintenance personnel.
MA-5
Hardware and software responsibilities are provided in the following table.
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
152
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Hardware and Software Responsibilities
DHS CISO
Approves secure baseline configuration guides
Component CISO/ISSMs
Provide guidance in the preparation of secure baseline configuration guides for hardware and software;
DHS CISO approves secure baseline configuration guides
AO
Ensures new hardware and software products have been approved and documented in the Security
Authorization Process documentation
ISSOs
Ensure that adequate security measures are in place to protect access to hardware and software
Ensure that new hardware and software products have been approved in accordance with the
configuration management plan prior to installation
Network/ System Administrators
Ensure that hardware and software are properly secured
Ensure that maintenance ports are disabled when not in use
Ensure that unnecessary services are disabled when possible
Scan system periodically to identify vulnerabilities and take corrective actions to reduce them
Test software security patches on a non-live system prior to implementation on active production
systems
Ensure that new hardware and software products have been approved in accordance with the
configuration management plan prior to installation
Facility Managers
Ensure adequate physical security measures are in place to protect access to hardware and software
Ensure that access control policy is enforced
System Owners/Project Managers
Ensure that the installation of hardware and software products meets the configuration requirements
specified in applicable DHS secure baseline configuration guides
4.8.5
Personal Use of Government Office Equipment and DHS Systems/Computers
The use of Government-furnished property, including but not limited to office equipment,
supplies, computer equipment, software, telecommunications devices, networks, and systems, is
for official, authorized purposes only. Some limited personal use is allowed, but only when such
use:
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
153
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
•
Involves minimal additional expense to the Government
•
Is performed on the employee’s non-work time
•
Does not reduce productivity or interfere with DHS missions or operations
•
Does not violate the Standards of Ethical Conduct for Employees of the Executive Branch
In addition, any limited personal use must be appropriate. Examples of inappropriate use
include:
•
Use of Internet sites resulting in an additional charge to the Government
•
Obtaining, viewing, or transmitting sexually explicit material or other material inappropriate
to the workplace
•
Use for other than official Governmental business that results in significant strain on
Department computer systems (e.g., mass mailings or sending or downloading large files
such as programs, pictures, video files, or games)
•
Any otherwise prohibited activity, such as sending out solicitations or engaging in political
activity prohibited by the Hatch Act
A more complete list of inappropriate uses is contained in DHS 4600.1, “Personal Use of
Government Office Equipment.”
Inappropriate use is considered a security incident. Depending on its severity, the incident may
be deemed a security violation and, as such, be reportable under the DHS SOC provisions of
Section 4.9 and of this Handbook’s Attachment F, “Incident Response and Reporting.”
DHS employees, contractors and others working on behalf of DHS are subject to disciplinary
action or sanctions for failure to comply with DHS security policy, regardless of whether or not
the failure results in criminal prosecution. Information security-related violations are addressed
in “Standards of Ethical Conduct for Employees of the Executive Branch.”
Employees shall not expect privacy when using Government resources. A banner message
indicating this policy shall be displayed on the login screens of DHS computers. This
information shall also be included in the Rules of Behavior that users are required to sign
annually.
Use of Government resources constitutes implied consent to monitoring and auditing of
equipment and systems at all times. Monitoring includes tracking of internal DHS network
transactions and external transactions such as Internet access. It also includes auditing of stored
data on local and network storage devices as well as removable media. DHS is authorized to
access email messages or other documents on Government computer systems as part of an
investigation or whenever it has a legitimate reason for doing so.
Contractors are not authorized to use Government office equipment or systems for personal use
under any circumstances, unless limited personal use is specifically permitted by their contract.
When limited use is authorized, contractors shall be governed by the limited personal use
policies of this section.
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
154
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Policy
ID
DHS Policy Statements
Relevant
Controls
4.8.5.a
DHS employees may use Government office equipment and DHS
systems/computers for authorized purposes only. “Authorized use” includes
limited personal use as described in DHS MD 4600.1, “Personal Use of
Government Office Equipment,” and DHS MD 4900, “Individual Use and
Operation of DHS Information Systems/Computers.”
---
4.8.5.b
Limited personal use of DHS email and Internet services is authorized for
DHS employees as long as this use does not interfere with official duties,
inhibit the security of information and information systems, or cause
degradation of network services. Specifically prohibited activities include
streaming of audio or video, social networking, peer-to-peer networking,
software or music sharing/piracy, online gaming, Webmail, Instant Messaging
(IM), hacking, and the viewing of pornography or other offensive content.
DHS users shall comply with the provisions of DHS MD 4500.1, “DHS Email
Usage,” and DHS MD 4400.1, “DHS Web and Information Systems.”
---
4.8.5.c
Anyone granted user account access to any DHS information system
(including DHS employees, contractors, and others working on behalf of
DHS) shall have no expectations of privacy associated with its use. By
completing the authentication process, the user acknowledges his or her
consent to monitoring.
AC-8
4.8.5.d
The use of Government office equipment and DHS systems/computers
constitutes consent to monitoring and auditing of the equipment/systems at all
times. Monitoring includes the tracking of internal transactions and external
transactions such as Internet access. It also includes auditing of stored data on
local and network storage devices as well as removable media.
AC-8
4.8.5.e
DHS users are required to sign rules of behavior prior to being granted system
accounts or access to DHS systems or data. The rules of behavior shall
contain a “Consent to Monitor” provision and an acknowledgement that the
user has no expectation of privacy.
PL-4
4.8.5.f
Contractors, others working on behalf of DHS, or other non-DHS employees
are not authorized to use Government office equipment or information
systems/computers for personal use, unless limited personal use is specifically
permitted by the contract or memorandum of agreement. When so authorized,
the limited personal use policies of this section and the provisions of DHS MD
4600.1, DHS MD 4900, DHS MD 4400.1, and DHS MD 4500.1 shall apply.
---
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
155
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Responsibilities relating to personal use of Government office equipment and DHS systems are
provided in the following table.
Personal Use of Government Office Equipment and
DHS Systems Responsibilities
Human Capital Office
Establishes DHS policy regarding personal use of Government resources
DHS CIO/CISO
Provide policy and guidance concerning appropriate use of computer resources
Establish and implement appropriate enforcement policies for noncompliance with computer resource
usage policies
Component CISOs/ISSMs
Ensure that controls, including awareness training, are in place to minimize or prevent unauthorized
use of Government resources
Supervisors
Enforce personal use policies, including remedial training and other sanctions
Promptly report unauthorized use of Government resources in accordance with DHS incident reporting
procedures (see DHS 4300A Attachment F)
ISSOs, Network/System Administrators
Remind users of their system responsibilities and the potential penalties for misuse of system resources
Remind users that they do not have any right to or expectation of privacy while using Government
office equipment DHS systems, including Internet and email services
Users
Be aware of the personal use policies described in this section of the handbook and in other references
provided by DHS security officials, including the Standards of Ethical Conduct for Employees of the
Executive Branch
Adhere to personal use policies established in this section and in other references provided by DHS
security officials
Promptly report unauthorized use of Government resources in accordance with DHS incident reporting
procedures (see Attachment F to this Handbook.)
Be aware of and understand the disciplinary actions associated with violations of information security
policy, including the unauthorized use of Government resources
Shall not have any expectation of privacy in the use of Government computers or computer systems
Contractors and non-DHS Employee Users
Understand and abide by the personal use provisions of the contract or memorandum of agreement
with DHS
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
156
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
4.8.6
Wireless Settings for Peripheral Equipment
Peripheral equipment (printers, scanners, fax machines) often includes capabilities, intended to
allow wireless access to these devices. Although convenient, wireless access comes with
additional risks. In general, wireless access is not allowed on DHS networks.
Policy
ID
DHS Policy Statements
Relevant
Controls
4.8.6.a
Components shall ensure that wireless capabilities for peripheral equipment
are disabled. This applies all to peripherals connected to any DHS network or
to systems processing or hosting DHS sensitive data.
CM-7
4.8.6.b
In cases where valid mission requirements or equipment limitations prevent
disabling wireless capabilities, Components shall comply with all
requirements outlined in Section 4.6, Wireless Communication and obtain a
waiver or exception in accordance with this policy.
CM-7
4.9
Department Information Security Operations
The DHS Security Operations Center (SOC) is the central coordinating and reporting authority
for all Sensitive and National Security computer security incidents throughout the Department.
The Homeland Secure Data Network (HSDN) Security Operations Center (SOC) shall report
incidents to the DHS SOC through appropriate channels to protect data classification. The
HSDN SOC is subordinate to the DHS SOC, acting as the central coordinating and reporting
authority for all SECRET computer security incidents throughout the Department.
Attacks against automated systems continue to increase dramatically. As reliance on computer
resources has increased, the systems themselves have become more vulnerable to attack, viruses,
system failure, and user error. Attacks have been launched against many organizations and have
occurred regardless of the sensitivity and criticality of the data being processed.
Incidents can be accidental or malicious, and they can be caused by outside intruders or internal
personnel, causing significant disruption of mission critical business processes and computersupported operations; these incidents can severely disrupt computer-supported operations,
compromise the confidentiality of sensitive information; and diminish the integrity of critical
data.
The effects of security incidents can range from embarrassment to interruption of service to
inability to function, and, potentially, to loss of human life. A significant concern is that hostile
individuals or foreign states could severely damage or disrupt critical operations, resulting in
harm to the public welfare. DHS maintains a security incident reporting and handling capability
to help combat the disruptive short and long-term effects of security incidents.
OMB M-06-19, “Reporting Incidents Involving Personally Identifiable Information and
Incorporating the Cost for Security in Agency Information Technology Investments,” requires that
agencies report all incidents involving Personally Identifiable Information (PII) to the United States
Computer Emergency Readiness Team (US-CERT) within one (1) hour of discovery of the
incident. All incidents involving PII in electronic or physical form are to be reported, and no
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
157
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
distinction is to be made between suspected and confirmed incidents. US-CERT forwards all
agency reports to the appropriate Identity Theft Task Force point of contact within one (1) hour of
notification by an agency.
Policy
ID
DHS Policy Statements
Relevant
Controls
4.9.a
It is the policy of DHS that employees, contractors, or others working on
behalf of DHS have no privacy expectations associated with the use of any
DHS network, system, or application. This policy is further extended to
anyone who is granted account access to any network, system, or application
in use in the Department. By completing the account login process the
account owner acknowledges their consent to monitoring.
AC-8,
PL-4
4.9.b
Component SOCs and the HSDN SOC shall be operationally subordinate to
the DHS SOC, which shall provide them operational oversight and guidance.
IR-1
4.9.c
The DHS SOC or Component SOCs shall lead the coordination and
administration of Department and Component policy enforcement points, such
as firewalls.
SC-7
4.9.d
The DHS SOC shall implement the Department logging strategy, coordinated
with Component SOCs, to enable endpoint visibility and Departmental
situational awareness.
---
4.9.e
All SOCs shall have the capability to process intelligence information at the
collateral level or above. The DHS SOC and Component SOCs shall have the
ability to process SECRET level information continuously and shall have the
capability to receive Top Secret / Sensitive Compartmented Information
(TS/SCI) information.
IR-4
4.9.f
SOCs shall ensure that personnel are appropriately cleared to access Joint
Worldwide Intelligence Communications System (JWICS). SOC managers
are free to determine the number and type of personnel to be cleared, but at
least one cleared person shall be available per shift. (This person may be on
call.) A Government officer shall be available continuously for incident
response and management.
IR-4
4.9.g
All Department SOCs shall establish and maintain a forensic capability as
outlined in the DHS Security Operations Concept of Operations (SOC
CONOPS).
IR-7
4.9.h
Department information security operations shall provide a vulnerability
management capability. DHS SOC provides Information Security
Vulnerability Management (ISVM) messages and vulnerability assessment
capabilities. Component SOCs shall develop a robust vulnerability
management capability to compliment the DHS SOC.
SI-5
4.9.i
Component CISOs shall ensure that the DHS CISO is kept apprised of all
SI-5
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
158
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Policy
ID
DHS Policy Statements
Relevant
Controls
pertinent matters involving the security of information systems and that
security-related decisions and information are distributed to the ISSOs and
other appropriate persons.
4.9.j
Component SOCs shall report operationally to their respective Component
CISO. Each CISO shall exercise oversight over their Component’s
information security operations functions, including the Component SOCs.
4.9.k
The DHS SOC shall report operationally to the DHS CISO.
4.9.l
The NOC/SOC shall be under the direction of a Government employee who
shall be present at all times.
IR-1
Security incident response and reporting responsibilities are provided in the following table.
Security Incident Response and Reporting Responsibilities
DHS CIO
Determines whether or not security incident information is releasable to the public
DHS CISO
Manages the DHS SOC and the incident reporting program
Advises the DHS CIO on status of significant incident activity
Advises the DHS CIO on the outcome of incident investigations
Distributes incident reports to each Component
DHS SOC
Serves as the focal point for all DHS incident response activities, to include reporting, incident
response, and remediation
Component CISO/ISSM
Ensures compliance with DHS incident reporting and violation handling policies
ISSOs
Ensure that system development and site personnel submit incident reports as specified in this section
of the handbook
Ensure that system development personnel and system users are trained in the proper procedures for
recognizing and reporting security incidents in accordance with the requirements in Attachment F to
this Handbook, “Incident Response and Reporting”
System/LAN Administrators
Promptly report computer security incidents in accordance with DHS incident reporting procedures
(see Attachment F to this Handbook)
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
159
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Security Incident Response and Reporting Responsibilities
Users
Promptly report information security incidents n accordance with DHS incident reporting procedures
(see Attachment F to this Handbook)
4.9.1
Security Incidents and Incident Response and Reporting
The HSDN SOC operates as a separate component, though subordinate to the DHS SOC, in a
similar manner to the Component SOCs.
Policy ID
DHS Policy Statements
Relevant
Controls
4.9.1.a
Components shall establish and maintain a continuous incident response
capability.
IR-1
4.9.1.b
Component SOCs shall report significant incidents to the DHS SOC by via
SOCOnline (https://soconline.dhs.gov) as soon as possible but not later than
one hour after discovery of the incident. Other means of reporting, such as
calling (1-877-DHS1NET) or emailing ([email protected]) are acceptable,
but the Component shall positively verify that notification is acknowledged by
the DHS SOC.
IR-6
4. 9.1.c
Significant HSDN incidents shall be documented with an initial detailed report
to the HSDN Government Watch Officer and to the DHS SOC via secure
communications as soon as possible but not later than one hour after discovery
of the incident. Subsequent updates and status reports shall be provided to the
HSDN SOC and to the DHS SOC via secure email every twenty-four (24)
hours and whenever new information is discovered. Significant incidents are
reported individually and shall not be reported in the monthly summary report.
IR-6
4. 9.1.d
Components shall report minor incidents via the DHS SOC portal
(https://soconline.dhs.gov)within 24 hours of validation. Components without
portal access shall temporarily report minor incidents via email to
[email protected]. HSDN incidents or incidents involving SECRET
information shall be documented in a summary report and sent via secure email
to the HSDN SOC.
IR-6
4. 9.1.e
DHS personnel shall follow DHS CISO procedures for detecting, reporting,
and responding to information security incidents in accordance with the DHS
SOC CONOPS. Reports shall be classified at the highest classification level of
the information contained in the document. Unsanitized reports shall be
marked and handled appropriately.
IR-1
4.9.1.f
If a DHS Component has no incidents to report for a given week, a “No
Incidents” report shall be sent using SOCOnline.
IR-6
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
160
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Relevant
Controls
Policy ID
DHS Policy Statements
4. 9.1.g
The DHS SOC shall report incidents to the United States Computer Emergency
Readiness Team (US-CERT) in accordance with the DHS SOC CONOPS.
Components shall not send incident reports directly to US-CERT.
IR-6
4. 9.1.h
The DHS SOC shall receive classified spillage incident reports, and support
the DHS CSO for containment and cleanup. All classified spillages are
significant incidents.
IR-6
4. 9.1.i
The DHS SOC shall maintain information security “playbooks” that implement
procedures and provide guidance on how to respond rapidly to developing
incidents.
IR-1
4. 9.1.j
The DHS SOC shall respond to detected faults, attacks, events, or incidents
and communicate incident reports to external organizations that may be
affected.
IR-1
4. 9.1.k
Components shall maintain a full SOC capability or outsource SOC capability
to the DHS SOC. The DHS SOC shall provide SOC services to Components
in accordance with formal agreements. Information regarding incident
response capability is available in Attachment F to the DHS 4300A Sensitive
Systems Handbook.
IR-7
4. 9.1.1
Components shall develop and publish internal computer security incident
response plans and incident handling procedures, and provide copies to the
SOC. Each procedure shall include a detailed Configuration Management
(CM) process for modification of security device configurations.
IR-1
4. 9.1.m
Component Heads shall ensure that corrective actions are taken when security
incidents and violations occur, and shall hold personnel accountable for
intentional misconduct.
IR-1
4. 9.1.n
The DHS SOC shall monitor and report incident investigation and incident
remediation activities to the DHS Chief Information Officer (CIO) and CISO
in accordance with the DHS SOC CONOPS until the incident is closed.
IR-5
4. 9.1.o
The DHS CISO shall determine the frequency and content of security incident
reports.
IR-6
4. 9.1.p
The Component SOC shall report incidents only to the DHS SOC and to no
other external agency or organization.
IR-6
4. 9.1.q
The DHS CISO shall publish Incident Response Testing and Exercise
scenarios as required.
IR-1
4. 9.1.r
The Component CISO for each Component providing an incident response
capability shall ensure Incident Response Testing and Exercises are conducted
IR-3
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
161
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Policy ID
DHS Policy Statements
Relevant
Controls
annually in coordination with the DHS CISO.
4.9.1.1
DHS SOC Organization
The DHS SOC reports to the DHS CIO; the DHS CIO and DHS CISO provide senior
management guidance and direction to the DHS SOC. The DHS SOC provides guidance to
Component SOCs.
4.9.1.2
Logging and Monitoring
The DHS SOC shall maintain visibility into security operations by using logging and monitoring.
The DHS SOC logging strategy can be broken into two main elements: real-time Security
Incident Management (SIM) logging and monitoring; and archive logging designed for offline
processing and later retrieval in the event of a security incident.
Effective DHS security event logging capability requires SOC and element asset integration,
requisite event visibility, retention, storage considerations and direction for elements to provide
logging events into the DHS SOC toolset and relevant security policy reference.
Department logging guidance is documented in the DHS Logging Strategy in the Department of
Homeland Security (DHS) Security CONOPS.
4.9.1.3
Authority and Management
Security operations oversight and management is inherently a Governmental responsibility, not
one that can be outsourced solely to contractors. While a Component SOC may contract for
security operation capabilities, the responsibility and ultimate authority must lie with a
Government employee. The Governmental authority, commonly assigned as a Federal SOC
manager, and one or more Watch Officers, must have the ability to make decisions on behalf of
the Government in response to the ever-changing cyber threat landscape. This is not an authority
that can be delegated.
The Federal SOC manager and at least one Government Watch Officer must be cleared to
TS/SCI. Ideally all Watch Officers will be TS/SCI cleared. Such clearance is necessary to
receive threat intelligence updates at Top Secret (TS) and above.
Because cyber operations are a continuous activity, Government authority must be continuously
available. This is commonly is handled by three or more Watch Officers on an eight (8) hour
shift rotation, or by Government authority passed from one SOC to another to cover their watch
area during off-hour operations. A DHS Watch Area must never be without Government
oversight.
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
162
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
4.9.1.4
Forensics
Forensics is “…the examination of computer systems and the digital information created and
stored on such systems to extract and analyze evidence in support of an investigation.” 11
Whenever a system compromise occurs, a computer forensic investigation will reveal whether or
not the network or system has become a target of criminal action or has been used in the
commission a crime. Forensic investigation can protect against future incidents by revealing
vectors and methods of intrusion, thus suggesting measures which can be taken to protect against
future incidents.
The DHS SOC, in cooperation with involved Components, will conduct forensic examinations as
deemed necessary in accordance with the incident response guidelines detailed in “Incident
Response,” Attachment F to this Handbook.
In response to an incident requiring computer forensics, the DHS SOC will coordinate support
from Components that have appropriate capabilities.
Any investigation that reveals potential criminal activity must be turned over to the appropriate
authority. Forensic investigations will normally consist of three tiers, as shown in Table 2,
Forensic Investigations Tiers.
Tier
Action
Resolution
Tier 1
The Component or DHS SOC
initiates the investigation
The Component or DHS SOC completes the
investigation using their own capabilities, expertise,
and authority.
Tier 2
Component or DHS SOC
investigators contact the DHS
SOC Forensics Response Team
for procedural, legal, or forensic
capability and advice as
necessary.
In cases where no criminal activity is found, SOC
investigators will complete their investigation and
report results to the DHS SOC. Because the nature
and complexity of investigations varies, it is
impossible to establish a standard timeline for
completion. Investigators must complete
investigations as quickly as possible, without
sacrificing thoroughness. Status updates shall be
provided to the DHS SOC during the weekly
conference call.
Tier 3
DHS SOC investigators discover
potential criminal activity and
pass the investigation to the
appropriate authority after
coordinating with the DHS CIO
and CISO.
In cases of potential criminal activity, investigators
will notify the Forensics Response Team and defer
investigation management to the Team. The Team
lead will assume responsibility for the investigation
based on the nature suspected criminal activity.
Component and DHS SOC investigators will provide
expertise as appropriate.
11 IT Security Architecture Guidance Volume 2
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
163
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Table 2 – Forensic Investigations Tiers
4.9.1.5 Vulnerability Management
Vulnerability management is a combination of detection, assessment, and mitigation of
systematic weaknesses. Vulnerabilities may be revealed by a number of sources, including
reviews of previous risk assessments; audit reports; vulnerability lists; security advisories; and
system security testing (such as automated vulnerability scanning and Security Control
Assessment).
The DHS SOC takes a proactive approach to vulnerability management including detecting
vulnerabilities through testing, reporting through ISVM messages, and conducting vulnerability
assessments (VA).
A core element of vulnerability management is mitigating the discovered vulnerabilities, based
on a risk management strategy. Such a strategy accounts for vulnerability severity, threats, and
assets at risk.
Risk calculation allows Components to prioritize remediation actions, in accordance with
specific situations and risk management strategies. Remediation actions are captured in each
Component’s patch management policy.
4.9.1.6
Information Security Vulnerability Management
The DHS SOC will stay abreast of current system vulnerabilities and provide recommendations
to Components through ISVM messages. The DHS SOC will forward advisories from USCERT, as appropriate, and ensure that each Component is alerted. In cases where the alert,
advisory or warning is time-critical, the DHS SOC may also inform each DHS Component CIO
and point of contact (POC) via telephone. The Component POCs will be asked to reply to the
DHS SOC within a specified time period in instances requiring response to external
organizations.
ISVM messages to Components can be of three forms:
•
Information Security Vulnerability Alert (ISVA)
•
Information Security Vulnerability Bulletin (ISVB)
•
Technical Advisory (TA)
The kinds of vulnerabilities, messages, and required Component actions are outlined in Table 3,
ISVM Requirements.
ISVA
ISVB
TA
Severe
Medium
Low
Acknowledgement
Yes
Yes
No
Compliance*
Yes
Yes
Yes
Compliance Confirmation
Yes
Yes
No
Risk
* Compliance is required if affected systems are present within the Component
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
164
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Table 3 – ISVM Requirements
Anyone within DHS may be added to the ISVM distribution list. Those wishing to be added
must obtain management approval and provide a DHS email address. ISVMs contain sensitive,
"For Official Use Only," information and must not be forwarded to non-DHS email accounts.
Although ISVM messages can be sent to anyone, only Component CISOs/ISSMs or their
designated representatives may acknowledge receipt of messages, report compliance with
requirements or send notification of granted waivers.
ISVM messages will have the same general format and will contain the following sections, as
applicable:
•
Message number
•
Version
•
Related Common Vulnerabilities and Exposures (CVE) numbers
•
Release date
•
Subject
•
Executive summary
•
Requirements
o Acknowledgment (yes/no)
o Acknowledge by date
o Compliance (yes/no)
o Compliance by Date
o Reporting Instructions
•
Affected systems
•
Details
•
References
•
Required actions
•
Recommended actions
•
Contact information
•
Revision information
See Appendix 6 to the DHS Security Operations Concept of Operations for the ISVM Message
Template.
Correspondence regarding ISVM notices should be sent via email to [email protected].
4.9.2
Law Enforcement Incident Response
The DHS SOC shall notify the DHS Chief, Internal Security and Investigations Division, Office
of Security (CISID-OIS) whenever an incident requires law enforcement involvement. Law
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
165
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
enforcement shall coordinate with the DHS SOC, the CISID-OIS, the Component, and other
appropriate parties whenever a crime is committed or suspected.
Policy
ID
DHS Policy Statements
Relevant
Controls
4.9.2.a
Components shall coordinate all external law enforcement involvements
through the DHS SOC and obtain guidance from the DHS SOC before
contacting local law enforcement. Exceptions are only made during
emergencies where there is risk to life, limb, or destruction of property. In
cases of emergency notification, the Component shall notify the DHS SOC as
soon as possible, by the most expedient means available.
IR-6
4.9.2.b
Security Incidents may include law enforcement (LE) or counter intelligence
(CI) elements, such as maintaining a chain of custody. All incidents containing
a LE/CI aspect shall be coordinated with the DHS CSO through the DHS SOC.
IR-6
4.9.3
Definitions and Incident Categories
A security event is a notable but unassessed occurrence that may affect a computing or
telecommunications system or network. Security events may result from intentional or
unintentional actions and may include inappropriate use of DHS information resources. An
event can become an incident after it has been assessed. The assessment process may be
performed by the DHS Help Desk, a Component SOC, or the DHS SOC, depending upon its
nature and the circumstances. Events are investigated individually, but the Help Desk and SOCs
also review them globally for patterns and tendencies that could identify system vulnerabilities.
An information security incident is an assessed security event. It may even be a simple,
inadvertent situation that can be rectified by employee training. Security incidents include the
inappropriate use of DHS computer resources. Examples include:
•
Use of Internet sites that result in an additional charge to the Government
•
Obtaining, viewing, or transmitting sexually explicit material or other material
inappropriate to the workplace, which might be considered to contribute to a hostile work
environment for some employees
•
Use for other than official Governmental business that results in significant strain on
Department computer systems (e.g., mass mailings or sending or downloading large files
such as programs, pictures, video files, or games)
•
Any otherwise prohibited activity, such as sending out solicitations or engaging in
political activity prohibited by the Hatch Act
Sometimes, the security incident is a clear violation of an explicit or implied security policy that
applies to a computing or telecommunications system or network. DHS has identified several
categories of computer security incident and defined them in Attachment F to this Handbook.
Examples include:
•
Unauthorized attempts to gain access to information
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
166
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
•
Introduction of malicious code or viruses into an information system
•
Loss or theft of computer media
Categories of incidents include the following:
•
Unauthorized Access (Intrusion): Unauthorized access includes all successful
unauthorized accesses and suspicious unsuccessful attempts
•
Denial of Service: Denial of service attacks include incidents that affect the availability
of critical resources such as email servers, Web servers, routers, gateways, or
communications infrastructure
•
Malicious Logic: Malicious logic includes active code such as viruses, Trojan horses,
worms, and scripts used by crackers/hackers to gain privileges and/or information,
capture passwords, or modify audit logs to hide unauthorized activity
•
Misuse: Misuse occurs when a user violates Federal laws or regulations and/or
Department policies regarding proper use of computer resources; installs unauthorized or
unlicensed software; or accesses resources or privileges that are greater than those
assigned
•
PII incident: PII incidents are suspected and confirmed breaches of personally
identifiable information in electronic or physical form
•
Probes and Reconnaissance Scans: These include probing or scanning networks for
critical services or security weaknesses; This category also includes nuisance scans
•
Classified System Incident: Any incident that involves a system used to process national
security information
•
Alteration/Compromise of Information: Any incident that involves the unauthorized
altering of information, or any incident that involves the compromise of information
•
Multiple Component: Multiple component incidents are those considered significant
incidents in more than one of the above categories
4.10
Documentation
Documentation of information systems involves collection of detailed information in areas
including functionality, system mission, unique personnel requirements, types of data processed,
architecture, system interfaces, system boundaries, hardware and software elements, system and
network diagrams, cost of assets, system communications and facilities, and any additional
system-specific information. This information represents the foundation of the system’s
configuration baseline. All proposed changes to the configuration baseline must be analyzed and
tested to determine whether or not they have any security implications. All proposed
configuration changes to operating systems must be analyzed, as must operating system security
features, applications, critical system files, and system devices. Changes must be approved
through a formal Change Control Board (CCB) and must be fully documented before they are
implemented. Change control policies must consider and have provisions for quickly testing and
approving time-sensitive changes that result from newly available vulnerability information.
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
167
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
The software, firmware, algorithms, data structures, processes, and other design mechanisms that
satisfy a set of documented security requirements make up the system’s security baseline.
Security elements of operational systems should be set to their most restrictive mode prior to
placing the system into the operational environment.
Adequate records of changes to the configuration or security baseline must be maintained for
each system. A historical log of changes for all previous configurations must be maintained.
Periodic configuration reviews shall be conducted in conjunction with periodic risk assessments.
Policy
ID
DHS Policy Statements
Relevant
Controls
4.10.a
Components shall ensure that information systems and networks are
appropriately documented in such a way as to allow others to understand
system operation and configuration.
CM-8
4.10.b
System Owners shall update system documentation annually or whenever
significant changes occur. Changes that may require updates include:
CM-3,
CM-8,
SA-5
•
•
•
•
New threat information
Weaknesses or deficiencies discovered in currently deployed security
controls after an information system breach
A redefinition of mission priorities or business objectives resulting in
a change to the security category of the information system
A change in the information system (e.g., adding new hardware,
software, or firmware; or establishing new connections) or the
system’s environment of operation
4.10.c
Documentation shall be kept on hand and shall be accessible to authorized
personnel (including auditors) at all times.
CM-3
SA-5
4.10.d
System documentation may be categorized as Sensitive if deemed appropriate
by the Component CISO/ISSM. This category shall not be used as a means of
restricting access to auditors or other authorized personnel.
CM-3
Documentation responsibilities are provided in the following table.
Documentation Responsibilities
Component CISOs/ISSMs
Ensure that security issues are formally documented and tracked during the SELC process
Project Managers/ISSOs
Ensure that change control procedures are documented and implemented for all proposed configuration
changes to systems
Ensure that all proposed configuration changes to operating systems, operating system security
features, applications, critical system files, and system devices are formally approved and documented
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
168
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Documentation Responsibilities
prior to the change being implemented
Maintain a capability to quickly approve and implement time-sensitive security patches in reaction to
late-breaking notification of security vulnerabilities identified by the DHS SOC
Ensure that all approved changes to the configuration baseline are documented and reviewed for
accuracy, and that records are maintained for each system for both current and all previous
configurations
Ensure that formal system configuration reviews are performed
Ensure that accurate system documentation and configuration logs are maintained to reflect current
and prior configuration baselines
4.11
Information and Data Backup
Adhering to requirements regarding data backups can significantly reduce the risk that data will
be compromised or lost in the event of a disaster or interruption of service. A Backup Operations
Plan must be included in the Contingency Plan, as discussed in Section 3.5.2, “Information
Technology Contingency Planning.”
Development of a data backup strategy begins early in the system life cycle when the criticality
and sensitivity of the system are first considered. The following factors (derived from the Risk
Assessment and documented in the Contingency Plan) shall drive the data backup strategy:
•
Application restoration priorities based on DHS mission criticality
•
The maximum downtime permissible before DHS mission requirements are seriously
degraded
•
The number of data updates that can be lost between a service interruption event and the
last data backup
•
The number of changes in system configuration settings that can be lost between a service
interruption event and the last data backup
•
Interdependencies with other systems
•
Identity of the System Owners
Elements that must be considered as part of the backup operations strategy include:
•
Specific needs of the site
•
People: their roles, responsibilities, and skill levels
•
Hardware requirements
•
Communications considerations
•
Supplies required
•
Location and availability of an alternate processing site
•
Transportation requirements
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
169
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
•
Space requirements of the recovery site
•
Power and environmental requirements
•
Backup documentation requirements
The frequency of backups will depend upon how often the data processed by the system(s)
changes and how important the changes are. The risk assessment will drive this element of the
backup strategy. Data backups must be stored both on-site and off-site, in secure facilities, in
fireproof and waterproof containers.
Data backup and restoration procedures must be tested regularly as an integral part of the overall
Contingency Plan. Backup copies shall be tested to make sure they are actually usable for
restoration. More frequent testing may be required, commensurate with the risk and magnitude
of loss or harm that could result from disruption of information processing support. Testing
helps ensure that each person with data backup responsibilities understands and is able to
technically fulfill their backup and recovery duties. Testing of data backup and restoration
procedures must be formally documented and records of testing must be retained as part of the
system history.
The same principles that govern backup of system data also apply to individual users. Virtually
all DHS employees and contractors will frequently possess critical sensitive data residing on hard
drives on Government-owned computers or laptops. Hard drive crashes combined with failure to
save critical files can result in a negative impact on the DHS mission or, at a minimum, can result
in additional costs and lost time to recover or duplicate lost data. Critical data should never be
kept on individual hard drives unless a backup copy exists. The backup should preferably be
stored on a network drive where frequent backups are made. DHS system administrators do not
have the responsibility or the resources to assist users in recovering lost data resulting from hard
drive crashes unless the System Owner deems that said data is critical to a DHS mission.
Policy
ID
DHS Policy Statements
Relevant
Controls
4.11.a
The policies in this document, including Security Authorization Process
requirements, apply to any devices that process or host DHS data.
---
4.11.b
Component ``CISOs/ISSMs shall determine whether or not automated process
devices shall be included as part of an information system’s Security
Authorization Process requirements.
---
Information and data backup responsibilities are provided in the following table.
Information and Data Backup Responsibilities
Component CISOs/ISSMs
Establish and enforce backup policy
Provide technical expertise and evaluate the effectiveness of backup approaches
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
170
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Information and Data Backup Responsibilities
Security Control Assessors
Ensure that a Backup Operations Plan is included in the Contingency Plan
System Owners
Ensure that a backup strategy and procedures are established, implemented, and tested in accordance
with the Contingency Plan
System/Network Administrators
Ensure that regular (daily, weekly, monthly) backups are performed in accordance with system
requirements
Ensure that analyses are performed to determine the volume of data to be backed up, frequency of data
modifications and updates, and access needs of the user community
Maintain a proper rotation strategy for backups
Ensure that all backup tapes are properly labeled in accordance with the highest data sensitivity level
assigned to the system
Ensure that on-site and off-site backup storage locations are available
Ensure that on-site backups are stored in fire and water-proof containers
Ensure that at least one backup copy of system software is retained off-site
ISSOs
Ensure that a Backup Operations Plan is included in the Contingency Plan
Ensure that the Backup Operations Plan is tested at least annually and more frequently if the risk and
magnitude of loss is sufficient to warrant doing so
Ensure that timely corrective actions are taken to address deficiencies discovered during testing
Ensure that on-site and off-site backup storage locations are available, that on-site backups are stored
in fire and water-proof containers and that at least one back-up copy of system software is retained offsite
Ensure that users are apprised of their responsibilitiy to back up any sensitive data residing on their
hard drives
Review the Contingency Plan as part of the authorization process
Ensure users and system administrators understand their responsibilities and are aware of negative
impacts that can result from failing to adequately back up critical data
Ensure the Contingency Plan, including backup procedures, is tested at least annually and that timely
corrective action is taken to address deficiencies discovered during testing
Ensure that all testing is formally documented and ensure that records are maintained as part of the
system history
Users
Understand the critical nature of backing up sensitive data
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
171
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Information and Data Backup Responsibilities
Never keep critical data on individual hard drives unless a backup copy exists, preferably on the
network
Keep supervisors apprised of projects in which critical data may not be adequately backed up
4.12
Converging Technologies
Advances in technology have resulted in the availability of devices that offer multiple functions.
Many devices such as multifunctional desktop computers, copiers, facsimile machines, and
heating, ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC) systems may contain sensitive data and may
also be connected to data communications networks.
The use of nontraditional information systems elements without appropriate safeguards presents
risks to DHS organizations in part because these devices are typically not thought of as
information systems.
Wireless devices must be secured as specified in Section 4.6, Wireless Communications.
Copiers with the capability to process sensitive documents must be secured in the same manner
as facsimile machines (see Section 4.5.2). Sanitization of media included in copiers (or other
devices) must be carried out in the manner prescribed in Section 4.3.3, Media Sanitization and
Disposal. If the device is a multifunction device, the fax functions must be secured in the same
manner as stand-alone fax machines. Printing functions must be secured in accordance with the
provisions in Section 4.3.4, Production, Input/Output Controls.
HVAC, fire suppression, and power equipment (including emergency power backup) shall be
secured in accordance with the requirements specified for PBXs, as described in Section 4.4.1. If
these do not have internal auditing functions, manual audit/access logs are to be maintained by a
trusted employee who accompanies any individual who performs maintenance, upgrade or repair
on the indicated systems.
The devices discussed in this section that have the capability to process or store sensitive data,
whether or not such devices are connected to DHS networks, shall be clearly documented in the
Security Plan and authorized for that functionality. The risks of using such devices shall be
identified along with countermeasures employed to mitigate these risks. This information shall
be included in applicable Rules of Behavior and addressed in awareness training orientation and
refresher sessions.
Policy
ID
DHS Policy Statements
4.12.a
The policies in this document apply to any networked devices that contain
Information Technology (IT), including copiers, facsimile machines, and alarm
control systems.
4.12.b
Components shall ensure that network printers and facsimile machines are
updated to the latest version of their firmware/software at least annually.
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
172
Relevant
Controls
---
CM-2
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Policy
ID
DHS Policy Statements
Relevant
Controls
4.12.c
Components shall ensure that network printers, copiers, and facsimile machines
are configured for least required functionality.
CM-7
4.12.d
Components shall ensure that each network printer, copier, and facsimile
machine is within the system definition of a DHS information system that has a
current ATO.
CM-8
PL-2
4.12.e
Components shall ensure that remote maintenance of network printers, copiers,
and facsimile machines is conducted only from within DHS networks. If
maintenance planning does not include performing remote maintenance,
Components shall ensure that remote maintenance capabilities are disabled.
MA-4
4.12.f
Components shall ensure that network printers, copiers, and facsimile machines
are configured to restrict administrator access to authorized individuals or
groups.
MA-5
4.12.g
Components shall ensure that maintenance or disposal of network printers,
copiers, or facsimile machines, approved for sensitive reproduction, is
performed only while escorted by a properly cleared person with knowledge to
detect any inappropriate action.
MA-5
4.12.h
Components shall ensure that memory and hard drives do not leave the facility;
they are to be replaced and the old part destroyed as sensitive media.
MP-6
4.12.i
Components shall locate network printers, copiers, and facsimile machines
approved to process sensitive information in areas where access can be
controlled when paper output is being created.
PE-18
4.12.j
Any multifunction device connected to a DHS network or other information
system containing sensitive data shall have the inbound dial in capabilities
disabled.
AC-17
Responsibilities related to converging technologies are provided in the following table.
Converging Technologies Responsibilities
ISSOs
Ensure that nontraditional information system elements connected to sensitive systems meet the
security requirements detailed in this handbook and are assessed and authorized for that purpose
Ensure media storage devices included in copiers, fax machines, printers, etc., are properly sanitized
before leaving DHS control
Ensure audit logs are maintained and reviewed for nontraditional information system elements that
store or process sensitive information
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
173
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Converging Technologies Responsibilities
Network/System Administrators
Protect and monitor network connections to nontraditional information system devices such as fax
machines and copiers
Facility Managers
Notify and coordinate with the ISSO when facility systems (e.g., HVAC and alarm systems) require
connectivity to sensitive systems
Ensure proper physical security is afforded to infrastructure equipment that processes, stores, or
connects to a sensitive system
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
174
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
5.0
TECHNICAL CONTROLS
The design of information systems that process, store, or transmit sensitive information shall
include the automated security features discussed in this section. Security safeguards shall be in
place to ensure that each person having access to sensitive information systems is individually
accountable for his or her actions while utilizing the system.
Technical controls are security controls that a computer system executes. These controls can
provide automated protection from unauthorized access or misuse; facilitate detection of security
violations; and support security requirements for applications and data.
5.1
Identification and Authentication
Identification is the process of telling a system the identity of a subject. Usually this is done by
entering a name or presenting a token to the system via a Smart Card. The identity of each user
must be established prior to authorizing access to the system, and each system user must have his
or her own unique User ID.
Authentication is the process of proving that a subject is who the subject claims to be.
Authentication is a measure used to verify the eligibility of a subject and the ability of that
subject to access certain information. There are three methods of authenticating:
•
Something you know (e.g., password)
•
Something you have (e.g., a Smart Card)
•
Something you are (e.g., a biometric such as a fingerprint)
DHS systems must be designed to ensure that each user is authenticated prior to being allowed
access. Concurrent logins to the same system or application using the same authentication
credentials are not allowed, unless a specific business or operational need is documented and
approved by the AO.
Policy
ID
DHS Policy Statements
Relevant
Controls
5.1.a
Components shall ensure that user access is controlled and limited based on
positive user identification and authentication mechanisms that support the
minimum requirements of access control, least privilege, and system integrity.
IA-1,
IA-2
5.1.b
For information systems requiring authentication controls, Components shall
ensure that the information system is configured to require that each user be
authenticated before information system access occurs.
IA-1,
IA-2
5.1.c
For systems with low impact for the confidentiality security objective,
Components shall disable user identifiers after ninety (90) days of inactivity;
for systems with moderate and high impacts for the confidentiality security
objective, Components shall disable user identifiers after forty-five (45) days
of inactivity.
IA-4
5.1.d
Department of Homeland Security (DHS) users shall not share identification
IA-5
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
175
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Policy
ID
DHS Policy Statements
Relevant
Controls
or authentication materials of any kind, nor shall any DHS user allow any
other person to operate any DHS system by employing the user’s identity.
5.1.e
All user authentication materials shall be treated as sensitive material and
shall carry a classification as high as the most sensitive data to which that user
is granted access using that authenticator.
IA-7
5.1.f
Components shall implement strong authentication on servers, for system
administrators and personnel with significant security responsibilities, within
six (6) months of the Component’s implementation of Homeland Security
Presidential Directive (HSPD) HSPD12.
IA-2
5.1.g
Where available, PIV credentials shall be used as the primary means of logical
authentication for DHS sensitive systems.
---
Identification and authentication responsibilities are provided in the following table below.
Identification and Authentication Responsibilities
DHS CISO
Establishes and enforces identification and authentication policy
Provides technical expertise and evaluates the effectiveness of identification and authentication
approaches
Assesses technology opportunities that have the potential to enhance compliance with identification
and authentication requirements
Security Control Assessors
Ensure that systems limit user access based on the identification and authentication of each user prior
to system access.
System Owners/Project Managers
Ensure that adequate resources are budgeted for information assurance; assess identification and
authentication technology opportunities for potential application to DHS systems
System/Network Administrators
Ensure that the system identifies every user as unique
Secure and administer privileged accounts using authentication technology stronger than passwords
ISSOs
Brief users on identification and authentication procedures and protection requirements
Monitor and enforce compliance with identification and authentication requirements
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
176
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Identification and Authentication Responsibilities
Perform system audits to verify compliance
Users
Comply with identification and authentication guidance, specifically guidance pertaining to password
management (see Section 5.1.1.1)
Report violators of security policies
5.1.1
Passwords
The least expensive method for authenticating users is a password system in which authentication
is performed each time a password is used. More sophisticated authentication techniques, such
as Smart Cards and biological recognition systems (e.g., retina scanner, handprint, voice
recognition), shall be cost-justified through the risk assessment process.
A password is a sequence of characters used for authentication purposes. Passwords are often
used to authenticate the identity of a system user and, in some instances, to grant or deny access
to private or shared data.
Passwords provide a reasonable degree of authentication and are one of the most common
methods used for controlling system access. Passwords are important because they are often the
first line of defense against intruders or insiders who may be trying to obtain unauthorized access
to a DHS system. To be used effectively, policies requiring strong passwords must be
implemented, and users and system administrators must follow DHS password guidelines.
Policy
ID
5.1.1.a
DHS Policy Statements
Relevant
Controls
In those systems where user identity is authenticated by password, the system
Information Systems Security Officer (ISSO) shall determine and enforce
appropriate measures to ensure that strong passwords are used.
IA-5
5.1.1.b
The ISSO shall determine and enforce the appropriate frequency for changing
passwords in accordance with appropriate guidance documentation (if
published). In the absence of specific guidance documentation, passwords
shall not remain in effect longer than ninety (90) days.
IA-5
5.1.1.c
DHS users shall not share personal passwords.
IA-5
5.1.1.d
Use of group passwords is limited to situations dictated by operational
necessity or critical for mission accomplishment. Use of a group User ID and
password shall be approved by the appropriate Authorizing Official (AO).
IA-4
5.1.1.e
Components shall prohibit passwords from being embedded in scripts or
source code.
IA-5
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
177
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Policy
ID
5.1.1.f
Relevant
Controls
DHS Policy Statements
Components shall ensure that all passwords are stored in encrypted form.
IA-5
The use of a personal password by more than one individual is prohibited throughout DHS. It is
recognized, however, that, in certain circumstances such as the operation of crisis management or
operations centers, watch team and other duty personnel may require the use of group User IDs
and passwords.
5.1.1.1
Selecting Strong Passwords
Users must select well-constructed passwords. The following password guidelines shall be used
in order to ensure that passwords comply with DHS requirements. For guidance on how to
change passwords for a variety of DHS systems, see Attachment L to this Handbook, Password
Management.
Required Action
Benefit Gained
Passwords shall:
Be at least 8 characters in length.
Contain a combination of alphabetic, numeric, and
special characters.
These requirements make it more difficult
for a password guesser to obtain passwords.
They increase the set of combinations that
must be guessed and provide a mixture to
defeat a dictionary attack.
Not be the same as any of the user’s previous 8
passwords
Passwords shall not contain any dictionary word.
Prevents dictionary type of attacks.
Passwords shall not contain any proper noun or the
name of any person, pet, child, or fictional character.
Passwords shall not contain any employee serial
number, Social Security number, birth date, phone
number, or any information that could be readily
guessed about the creator of the password.
Helps prevent a password guess based on a
hacker’s personal knowledge of the user.
Passwords shall not contain any simple pattern of
letters or numbers, such as “qwerty” or “xyz123”.
Protects against dictionary attacks
Passwords shall not be any word, noun, or name spelled
backwards or with a single digit appended, or with a
two-digit “year” string, such as 98xyz123.
Protects against dictionary attacks
Pass phrases, if used in addition to or instead of
passwords, should follow the same guidelines.
Consistent application of guidelines.
Passwords shall not be the same as the User ID.
Risk of unauthorized access is reduced, as
hackers initially try “obvious” passwords
such as username and User ID.
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
178
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
5.1.1.2
Results of Weak Passwords
Hackers have access to a variety of password-cracking tools. Weak passwords may allow
internal or external users or hackers to gain unauthorized access to DHS systems.
Brute force attacks involve manual or automated attempts to guess valid passwords. There are
numerous password-guessing programs available on the Internet. Most hackers have a “password
hit list,” which is a collection of default passwords automatically assigned to various system
accounts. For example, the default password for the guest account in most UNIX systems is
“guest.”
Many hackers will try to guess passwords using a user’s personal information, such as birth date,
name of spouse or children, pets, employee ID number, etc. Often, hackers will practice what
they call “social engineering,” which involves talking with employees to find out things about the
systems in their office, and, more importantly, personal information that will help them guess
passwords.
Users tend to choose passwords that are easy to remember such as the name of a family member
or pet, a birth date, or a word that may mean something to the user. These types of passwords are
the easiest for others to guess.
People are the key to constructing good passwords. Poorly constructed passwords make it easier
for a hacker to crack the password. The longer it takes hackers to get a password, the more likely
they are to move on to other methods of gaining access to the system.
It should be noted that many computer systems use auditing features that keep a record of actions
initiated by the users while on the system. Once a hacker cracks a password and gains access to
the system using the appropriate User ID, the system audit logs shall record that the User ID was
used in taking harmful actions on the system. Authentication is the basis for control and
accountability of the users on the system.
5.1.1.3
System Administrator Responsibilities
System administrators should follow the DHS password guidelines in the following table to
ensure that password settings are in compliance with DHS requirements.
A secure method for distribution of passwords is also necessary. Administrators must verify an
individual’s identity prior to communicating account or password information.
Required Action
Benefit Gained
Do not store passwords in a clear text file.
Avoids situation where convenience and
speedy login are achieved at the expense of
security.
Passwords shall be changed or expire in 180 days or
less.
By increasing password variability, reduces
the likelihood of unauthorized penetrations
Do not enable a password to be reused for at least 8
iterations.
By increasing password variability, reduces
the likelihood of unauthorized penetrations
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
179
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Required Action
Benefit Gained
Allow only one user per account; never share User IDs
or passwords.
Provides user accountability.
Never assign a login account a password that is the
same string as the User ID or that contains the User ID.
Eliminates the hackers’ first line of attack,
which is to try User ID as the password once
they get a telnet prompt.
Never install a guest/guest account.
Prevents penetration via certain well-known
vulnerabilities in some User Datagram
Protocol User Datagram Protocol (UDP)
services.
Deactivate unused accounts monthly. For systems with
a low impact for the confidentiality security objective,
consider an account unused if no login has occurred in
90 days. For systems with a moderate or high impact
for the confidentiality security objective, consider an
account unused if no login has occurred in 45 days.
Prevents a formerly authorized user from
continuing to use the host.
No accounts will be named anonymous, ftp, telnet,
www, host, user, bin, nobody, etc.
Avoids accounts commonly attacked via the
password-guessing method: e.g., ftp/ftp.
The manager or owner of the host shall revalidate the
list of User IDs at least annually.
Best security practice to clean out User IDs
of ex-employees and to verify which User
IDs are valid.
Never set any password equal to the null string, which
is equivalent to no password at all.
Follows best security practices.
Privileged accounts shall be secured by authentication technology stronger than that based only
on a User ID and password. All actions taken by remote privileged users must also be logged for
auditing purposes and shall be encrypted to prevent “playback” attacks. All passwords,
algorithms, keys, certificates, codes, or other schemes used for authentication shall stored in a
manner that prevents unauthorized access.
5.2
Access Control
Access controls restrict access to objects such as files, directories, and devices based upon users’
identities or groups and protect against unauthorized disclosure, modification, or destruction of
the data.
Automated systems are vulnerable to the fraudulent or malicious activities of individuals who
have the authority or capability to access information not required to perform their job-related
duties. Access control policy is designed to reduce the risk of an individual’s engaging in
fraudulent or malicious behavior while acting alone.. The Principle of Least Privilege states that
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
180
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
users should only be able to access the system resources needed to fulfill their job
responsibilities. This principle should be considered when granting access.
Principle of Least Privilege: Requires that each user in a system be granted the most
restrictive set of privileges (or lowest clearance) needed for performance of authorized tasks.
The application of this principle limits the damage that can result from an accident, error, or
unauthorized use.
Network and system administrators and ISSOs are responsible for ensuring that access controls
are in place and operating as intended. It is especially critical that the authority to add, change, or
remove element devices, dial-up connections, and network addresses and protocols, or to remove
or alter programs be tightly controlled, with access limited to a select group of authorized
personnel.
•
Initial User Access
Users who need access to DHS systems and networks must have completed a background
investigation prior to being granted access. User access will vary depending on the user’s
position. The user’s supervisor or Project Manager must also determine the systems the user
needs to access and the levels of access the user requires. The System Owner must approve
user access privileges.
•
Review of Access Privileges
The data a user needs to access will change over time. Therefore, supervisors have the
responsibility to ensure that access control lists are current and up-to-date. This requirement
also applies to contractors and other non-DHS personnel with access to any DHS systems.
ISSOs have an oversight responsibility to ensure this is being accomplished. These actions
are reviewed as part of the Security Authorization Process process and during annual selfassessments.
Access control policies and procedures shall written and stored in an off-site location. They
must to be accessible in the event of an emergency. This information also needs to be
included in the Contingency Plan.
•
Terminated and Departing Employees
System and local area network (LAN) administrators and ISSOs must ensure that all
departing employees have their access privileges terminated immediately. No former
employee should have the ability to access system resources after their term of employment
has ended. Procedures vary depending on whether the separation is voluntary of involuntary.
Termination of access privileges also applies to employees whose job functions have changed
such that they no longer require access to the level to which they were previously granted.
See Section 4.1.6, Separation from Duty, for additional guidance.
•
Secure Remote Access
Hardware security tokens, such as cryptographic smartcards, can be issued to DHS employees
and contractors who have a valid need to remotely access DHS systems and data.
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
181
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
•
Access to Controlled Data
Systems that store or process information requiring special controls (e.g., categories of
Controlled Unclassified Information [CUI] such as Protected Critical Infrastructure
Information [PCII]) must take measures to ensure that only authorized users have access to
that information, regardless of whether the system utilizes dedicated assets, shared
infrastructures, or virtualized or cloud technologies. Such measures must include:
o Clearly preserving the identification and access requirements of the controlled
data by using data labels or dedicated storage containers
o Limiting system access to users with the appropriate credentials needed for access
to the CUI or, alternatively, using internal enforcement mechanisms to ensure that
only authorized users are allowed access to the controlled data
o Applying data-at-rest protections, such as dedicated protected storage or data
encryption, to ensure that the data cannot be compromised by bypassing the
system’s enforcement mechanisms; cryptographic separation and protection is
preferred, as it provides more robust protection against compromise
Users are responsible for protecting all DHS information to which they have access.
Policy
ID
DHS Policy Statements
Relevant
Controls
5.2.a
Components shall implement access control policy and procedures that
provide protection from unauthorized alteration, loss, unavailability, or
disclosure of information.
AC-1
5.2.b
Access control shall follow the principles of least privilege and separation of
duties and shall require users to use unique identifiers. Social Security
Numbers shall not be used as login IDs.
AC-5
AC-6
5.2.c
Users shall not provide their passwords to anyone, including system
administrators.
IA-5
5.2.d
Emergency and temporary access authorization shall be strictly controlled and
shall be approved by the Component Chief Information Security Officer
(CISO) or Information Systems Security Manager (ISSM) or his/her designee
prior to being granted.
AC-2
5.2.e
System Owners shall ensure that users are assigned unique account identifiers.
IA-4
5.2.f
DHS systems with a Federal Information Processing Standard (FIPS) 199
confidentiality categorization of high shall limit the number of concurrent
sessions for any user to one (1) unless strong authentication is used.
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
182
AC-10
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Policy
ID
5.2.g
DHS Policy Statements
Components and Programs shall ensure that all data-at-rest, particularly in
cloud or other virtual environments, preserves its identification and access
requirements (anyone with access to data storage containing more than one
type of information must have specific access authorization for every type of
data in the data storage.
Relevant
Controls
---
Access control responsibilities are provided in the following table.
Access Control Responsibilities
Component CISOs/ISSMs
Establish and enforce access control policy
Provide technical expertise and evaluate the effectiveness of access control approaches
Security Control Assessors
Conduct assessments to verify that adequate access controls are in place
System/Network Administrators
Ensure that access controls are in place and functioning as intended
Ensure that access controls provide the security features outlined in this document
Ensure that systems prevent users from having multiple concurrent active sessions for one
identification unless the AO has granted authority based upon operational business needs
ISSOs
Ensure that access controls are in place and functioning as intended
Ensure that access controls provide the security features outlined in this document
5.2.1
Automatic Account Lockout
Components shall configure each information system to lock a user’s account for a specified
period following a specified number of consecutive failed logon attempts. Users shall be locked
from their account for a period of twenty (20) minutes after three consecutive failed logon
attempts. All failed logon attempts must be recorded in an audit log and periodically reviewed.
Policy
ID
DHS Policy Statements
Relevant
Controls
5.2.1.a
Components shall configure accounts to automatically lock a user’s account
after three consecutive failed logon attempts.
AC-7
5.2.1.b
The automatic lockout period for accounts locked due to failed login attempts
shall be set for twenty (20) minutes.
AC-7
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
183
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Policy
ID
5.2.1.c
DHS Policy Statements
Components shall establish a process for manually unlocking accounts prior to
the expiration of the twenty (20) minute period, after sufficient user
identification is established. This may be accomplished through the help desk.
Relevant
Controls
AC-7
Automatic account lockout responsibilities are provided in the following table.
Automatic Account Lockout Responsibilities
DHS CISO
Establishes and enforces automatic account lockout policies
System/Network Administrators
Ensure that systems are configured to lock a user’s account for 20 minutes after 3 unsuccessful logon
attempts during a 24 hour time period
ISSOs
Ensure that systems are configured to lock a user’s account for 20 minutes after 3 unsuccessful logon
attempts
5.2.2
Automatic Session Termination
The term session refers to a connection between a terminal device (workstation, laptop, PED)
and a networked application or system.. The term does not include a direct connection to a DHS
network, as when authenticating from a device that is directly connected to a DHS network.)The
term session also refers to accessing an application or system such as a database or networked
application through the DHS network. When a session is locked, the user may resume activity by
reauthenticating.
Policy
ID
DHS Policy Statements
Relevant
Controls
5.2.2.a
Components shall configure networked applications or systems to
automatically lock any user session in accordance with the appropriate
configuration guide. In the absence of configuration guidance, the session
shall lock following twenty (20) minutes of inactivity.
AC-11
5.2.2.b
Locked sessions shall remain locked until the user re-authenticates.
AC-11
5.2.2.c
Sessions shall automatically be terminated after sixty (60) minutes of
inactivity.
SC-10
Automatic session lockout responsibilities are provided in the following table.
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
184
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Automatic Session Lockout Responsibilities
DHS CISO
Establishes and enforces automatic session lockout policies
System/Network Administrators
Ensure that systems are configured to terminate any user session that has remained idle for 20 minutes
ISSOs
Ensure that systems are configured to terminate any user session that has remained idle for 20 minutes
5.2.3
Warning Banner
The DHS CISO stipulates that a warning banner statement be displayed on all DHS systems
during logon. The most current language can be found on the DHS CISO Web page.
Please note that the current warning banner was developed specifically for use on DHS
workstations. Due to differing function, purpose and situation as well as length requirements,
warning banners for other environments, such as routers, switches and public-facing websites,
will be developed and included in a future version of the DHS 4300A Sensitive Systems
Handbook.
The use of the warning banner serves as a reminder to all users that the computers they are
accessing are Government computers.
Policy
ID
DHS Policy Statements
Relevant
Controls
5.2.3.a
Systems internal to the DHS network shall display a warning banner specified
by the DHS CISO.
AC-8
5.2.3.b
Systems accessible to the public shall provide both a security and a privacy
statement at every entry point.
AC-8
Warning banner responsibilities are provided in the following table.
Warning Banner Responsibilities
DHS CISO
Establishes and enforces the use of appropriate standard Warning Banner for all DHS systems
System/Network Administrators
Ensure that DHS systems under their control are configured to display the approved DHS Warning
Banner
ISSOs
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
185
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Warning Banner Responsibilities
Ensure that all DHS systems under their control are configured to display the approved DHS Warning
Banner
5.3
Auditing
Auditing is a fundamental security principle that provides the ability to track the activities of a
user who is accessing an automated system. Trails maintained by auditing tools are an effective
method of enforcing this principle. Audit trails maintain a record of system, application, and
user activity.
With the use of appropriate tools and procedures, auditing can further progress toward several
security-related objectives including:
•
Individual accountability
•
Intrusion detection
•
Problem identification
•
Capability to reconstruct events
Audit trails can track the identity of each subject attempting to access a system, the time and date
of access, and the time of log off. Audit trails can also capture all activities performed during a
session and can specifically identify those activities that have the potential to modify, bypass, or
negate the system’s security safeguards. The auditing technique used must be able to support
after-the-fact investigations of how, when, and why normal operations ceased.
Audit trail records must be maintained online for at least 90 daysto allow rapid access to recent
information. Audit trails should be preserved for a period of seven years as part of record
management for each system to allow audit information to be placed online for analysis with
reasonable ease. Preservation of the audit information should be part of contingency and
business continuity plans, so that events preceding a disaster or interruption of service can be
reconstructed.
To be effective, audit trails must be periodically reviewed and analyzed. The capability to review
the information captured by the auditing process is of paramount importance. In many cases, it is
only through the review process that incidents of unauthorized access, modification, or
destruction are uncovered. Audit trails need to be secured to prevent tampering and they must be
backed up regularly.
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
186
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Policy
ID
5.3.a
DHS Policy Statements
Audit records shall be sufficient in detail to facilitate the reconstruction of
events if compromise or malfunction occurs or is suspected. Audit records
shall be reviewed as specified in the SP. The audit record shall contain at
least the following information:
•
Identity of each user and device accessing or attempting to access the
system
•
Time and date of the access and the logoff
•
Activities that might modify, bypass, or negate information security
safeguards
•
Security-relevant actions associated with processing
•
All activities performed using an administrator’s identity
Relevant
Controls
AU-3
5.3.b
Audit records for financial systems or for systems hosting or processing
Personally Identifiable Information (PII) shall be reviewed each month.
Unusual activity or unexplained access attempts shall be reported to the
System Owner and Component CISO/ISSM.
AU-6
5.3.c
Components shall ensure that their audit records and audit logs are protected
from unauthorized access, modification, or destruction.
AU-9
5.3.d
Components shall ensure that audit logs are recorded and retained in
accordance with the Component’s Record Schedule or with the DHS Records
Schedule. At a minimum audit trail records shall be maintained online for at
least ninety (90) days. Audit trail records shall be preserved for a period of
seven (7) years as part of managing records for each system to allow audit
information to be placed online for analysis with reasonable ease.
AU-11
5.3.e
Components shall evaluate the system risks associated with extracts of PII
from databases. If the risk is determined to be sufficiently high, a procedure
shall be developed for logging computer-readable data extracts. If logging
these extracts is not possible, this determination shall be documented, and
compensating controls identified in the SP.
AU-1,
AU-2,
AU-3,
PM-9
5.3.f
Component Security Operations Centers (SOC) shall implement both general
and threat-specific logging.
AU-1
Auditing responsibilities are provided in the following table.
Auditing Responsibilities
Component CISOs/ISSMs
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
187
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Auditing Responsibilities
Ensure that all DHS systems maintain audit records sufficient to reconstruct security related events
Evaluate auditing requirements at the Component level
Budget for and select appropriate auditing tools
Establish policy for retention of audit logs
Ensure auditing is performed independently of system/network administration
System Owners
Ensure adequate resources are budgeted for implementing and maintaining an effective auditing
capability
Work with managers to identify critical functions to be subjected to auditing and keep apprised of
audit findings.
Ensure auditing is performed independently of system/network administration
System/Network Administrators
Maintain an audit record sufficient to reconstruct security related events
Ensure that each audit record includes:
−
The identity of each person and device accessing or attempting to access the system.
−
The time and date of the access or attempt and when the user logged off
−
Activities performed using an administrator’s identification
−
Activities that could modify, bypass, or negate the system security
−
Sufficient detail to facilitate reconstruction if compromise or malfunction occurs
−
Security related actions associated with processing
Protect audit records against unauthorized access, modification, or destruction
Retain audit records for a minimum of ninety (90) days or in accordance with the Security Plan and
ensure that audit records are regularly backed up
ISSOs
Ensure that the SP addresses accountability and auditing
Ensure that the risk analysis documents the rationale and justification for any DHS system that does
not implement an auditing capability
Ensure that audit records include all required elements
Review audit records at least weekly, or in accordance with the SP
Ensure that audit collection and review procedures contain provisions for adequate separation of duties
Report security related events to the Component’s Security Operations Center (SOC)
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
188
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
5.4
Network and Communications Security
Network security encompasses remote access, network monitoring, external connections,
boundary protection, Internet usage, email security, and vulnerability scanning. This section
addresses vulnerabilities inherent in network security and the technical controls needed to
mitigate the risks associated with these vulnerabilities.
5.4.1
Remote Access and Dial-In
Remote access technology allows trusted employees to access DHS networks by dialing in via
modem or accessing the DHS network via the Internet. This allows mobile employees to stay in
touch with the home office while traveling. There are significant security risks, however,
associated with remote access and dial-in capabilities. Proper procedures can help mitigate these
risks. .
Unauthorized access is the biggest risk associated with remote access. Access by untrusted or
uncleared persons can violate the Department’s confidentiality, integrity, and availability
standards. An unsecured modem or other dial-in facility could provide a backdoor to the entire
DHS network for unauthorized users (inside or outside of the DHS). Malicious individuals can
also exploit improperly configured remote control software.
There are commercially available products that can be used in conjunction with other network
protection mechanisms to reduce the risks of unauthorized access. These require the use of
authentication methods stronger than passwords and user IDs.
Components must develop and implement acquisition procedures to ensure that only approved
hardware and software is purchased and operated.
Remote access solutions that do not comply with the requirements of FIPS 140-2 are not
authorized.
Policy
ID
DHS Policy Statements
Relevant
Controls
5.4.1.a
Data communication connections via modem shall be limited and shall be
tightly controlled, as such connections can be used to circumvent security
controls intended to protect DHS networks. Data communication connections
are not allowed unless they have been authorized by the Component
CISO/ISSM. Approved remote access to DHS networks shall only be
accomplished through equipment specifically approved for that purpose.
Tethering with wireless PEDs is prohibited unless approved by the appropriate
AO.
AC-17
5.4.1.b
Components shall centrally manage all remote access and dial-in connections
to their systems and shall ensure that remote access and approved dial-in
capabilities provide strong two-factor authentication, audit capabilities, and
protection for sensitive information throughout transmission. DHS has an
immediate goal that remote access shall only be allowed with two-factor
authentication where one of the factors is provided by a device separate from
the computer gaining access. Any two-factor authentication shall be based on
Department-controlled certificates or hardware tokens issued directly to each
AC-17,
AU-2
SC-8,
SC-9
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
189
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Policy
ID
DHS Policy Statements
Relevant
Controls
authorized user. Remote access solutions shall comply with the encryption
requirements of FIPS 140-2, Security Requirements for Cryptographic
Modules. See Section 3.14 of this Policy Directive, “Privacy and Data
Security” for additional requirements involving remote access of PII.
5.4.1.c
Remote access of PII shall comply with all DHS requirements for sensitive
systems, including strong authentication. Strong authentication shall be
accomplished by means of virtual private network (VPN) or equivalent
encryption and two-factor authentication. The Risk Assessment and Security
Plan (SP) shall document any remote access of PII, and the remote access shall
be approved by the AO prior to implementation.
5.4.1.d
Remote access of PII shall not permit the download and remote storage of
information unless the requirements for the use of removable media with
sensitive information have been addressed. All downloads shall follow the
concept of least privilege and shall be documented with the SP.
AC-4,
AC-17,
AU-2
SC-7,
SC-8,
SC-9
---
Remote access and dial-in responsibilities are provided in the following table.
Remote Access and Dial-In Responsibilities
Component CISOs/ISSMs
Establish and enforce the remote access control policy for each Component
Provide technical expertise and evaluate the effectiveness of remote access control approaches
System/Network Administrators
Ensure that remote access controls are in place and functioning as intended
Ensure that remote access controls provide strong identification and authentication
ISSOs
Ensure that remote access controls are in place and functioning as intended
Ensure that remote access controls provide the security features outlined in this document
Users
When remotely accessing DHS systems, ensure that the equipment used to gain access is protected
from viruses and other malicious code and that the protection software is kept current
5.4.2
Network Security Monitoring
Security monitoring, detection, and analysis are key functions and are critical to maintaining the
security of DHS information systems. Network monitoring and analysis is limited to observing
network activity for anomalies, malicious activities and threat profiles. Content analysis is not
within the scope of network monitoring.
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
190
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Component SOCs lead the network security monitoring effort. Component CISOs/ISSMs,
ISSOs, and system/network administrators respond to and participate in intrusion alerts and
SOC-led incident response investigations. They also evaluate the impact of each event on the
system and implement any necessary corrections.
Policy
ID
DHS Policy Statements
Relevant
Controls
5.4.2.a
Components shall provide continuous monitoring of their networks for
security events, or outsource this requirement to the DHS Security Operations
Center (SOC). Monitoring includes interception and disclosure as to the
extent necessary for rendering service or to protect Department or Component
rights or property. Here rights refers to ownership or entitlements or to
property or information as in intellectual property. Service observation or
random monitoring shall not be used except for mechanical or service quality
control checks in accordance with the Electronic Communications Privacy
Act.
SI-4
5.4.2.b
The DHS SOC shall administer and monitor DHS intrusion detection system
(IDS) sensors and security devices.
SI-4
5.4.2.c
Component SOCs shall administer and monitor Component IDS sensors and
security devices.
SI-4
Network security monitoring responsibilities are provided in the following table.
Network Security Monitoring Responsibilities
Component CISOs/ISSMs
Establish Component policy and implement and manage a viable intrusion detection program within
their Component
Provide guidance, as needed, when responding to intrusion alerts from the DHS or Component SOC
DHS and Component SOC
Monitor DHS systems and networks using various network security technologies
Initiate computer security incident procedures when incidents are discovered
ISSOs/System Administrators
Respond to intrusion alerts when notified by SOCs
Participate in SOC-led incident response investigations
Evaluate the impact of the event on the system
Implement necessary corrective actions
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
191
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
5.4.2.1
What Is Intrusion Detection?
Intrusion detection is the art of detecting inappropriate, incorrect, or malicious activity. Systems
that operate on a host to detect malicious activity on that host are called host-based intrusion
detection systems (HIDS). Those that operate on a network are referred to as network intrusion
detection systems (NIDS). Intrusion detection is viewed as an integral part of a layered security
model/defense-in-depth strategy.
Intrusion detection operates on the principle that any attempt to penetrate a system can be
detected in real time as opposed to actually stopping the penetration, as is the case with firewalls.
This principle is based on the assumption that it is virtually impossible to block every avenue to
security breach. NIDS are designed to identify break-in attempts and stop them, in some cases
working in conjunction with firewalls to alter the access control lists to halt an incursion. HIDS
can offer the equivalent of a software firewall installed on the host, stopping or preventing
would-be intruders.
Intrusion prevention systems (IPSs) are closely related to IDSs. Some IDS technologies currently
provide intrusion protection by halting malicious data transmissions and disconnecting
communication from the host from which they originate. Others take the additional step of
reconfiguring firewalls to permanently block attacking hosts from sending data into the network.
Firewalls are designed to prevent unauthorized entry, but firewalls can fail or be compromised by
an intruder. Intrusion detection systems supplement firewalls by alerting the organization that an
attack may have occurred or be occurring. Firewalls are also incapable of protecting a network
from internal compromise, but IDSs can alert network and system managers of such an attack.
5.4.2.2
Methods and Techniques
The most common approaches to intrusion detection are statistical anomaly detection and pattern
matching (signature) detection.
Statistical anomaly involves tracking system use and establishing a baseline of what is “normal”
and setting an acceptable range of parameters to which the system normally adheres. When the
system goes beyond the statistically established ranges, an intrusion may have occurred and an
alarm is given.
Pattern matching is simply what its name implies. Patterns of known attacks are part of the IDS
database. Attack patterns for denial of service attacks, buffer overflow attacks, and backdoors
are well known. These are known as signatures. When these signatures are detected, an alarm is
given.
When alarms are given, those monitoring the IDS investigate to determine if an intrusion has in
fact occurred and react accordingly. Event correlation systems can compare information from
various security devices and reduce the likelihood of unnecessary response to “false positives,”
which may arise from an attack signature matching allowed activities. Such systems can also
reduce the likelihood that the monitoring staff is distracted from noticing an actual attack by a
flurry of alarms raised by relatively innocuous activities.
5.4.2.3
Monitoring
The DHS SOC shall be responsible for monitoring of DHS systems and networks. Upon receipt
of an alarm, operators shall investigate to determine the validity of the alarm. Once validity is
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
192
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
confirmed, the operator shall notify the ISSO and/or the system administrator for corrective
action. If the problem is deemed critical, senior management shall be notified and shall be
involved indetermining the appropriate course of action.
5.4.3
Network Connectivity
A system interconnection is the direct connection of two or more information systems for the
purpose of sharing data and other information resources by passing data between each other via a
direct system-to-system interface without human intervention. Any physical connection that
allows other systems to share data (pass thru) also constitutes an interconnection, even if the two
systems connected do not share data between them. System interconnections do not include
instances of a user logging on to add or retrieve data, nor users accessing Web-enabled
applications through a browser.
A number of management, operational, and technical controls impact network connectivity.
These include identification and authentication controls, audit logging, integrity controls, and
periodic reviews of programs and systems to ascertain whether or not changes have occurred that
could adversely affect security.
Policy
ID
DHS Policy Statements
Relevant
Controls
5.4.3.a
Components shall ensure that appropriate identification and authentication
controls, audit logging, and access controls are implemented on every network
element.
AC-1,
AC-2,
AU-1,
AU-2,
IA-1, IA2
5.4.3.b
Interconnections between DHS and non-DHS systems shall be established
only through controlled interfaces and by approved service providers. The
controlled interfaces shall be authorized at the highest security level of
information on the network. Connections with other Federal agencies shall be
documented based on interagency agreements, memorandums of
understanding, service level agreements or interconnection security
agreements.
CA-3
5.4.3.c
Components shall document all interconnections to the DHS OneNet with an
Interconnection Security Agreement (ISA), signed by the OneNet AO and by
each applicable AO. Additional information regarding ISAs is published in
Attachment N, Preparation of Interconnection Security Agreements, to this
Handbook.
CA-3
5.4.3.d
ISAs shall be reissued every three (3) years or whenever any significant
changes have been made to any of the interconnected systems.
CA-3
5.4.3.e
ISAs shall be reviewed and updated as needed as a part of the annual Federal
Information Security Management Act (FISMA) self-assessment.
CA-3
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
193
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Policy
ID
DHS Policy Statements
Relevant
Controls
5.4.3.f
Components may complete a master Interconnection Security Agreement
(ISA) that includes all transitioning systems as part of their initial OneNet
transition. After transition, each additional system or General Support System
(GSS) shall be required to have a separate ISA. Interconnections between
DHS Components (not including DHS OneNet) shall require an ISA whenever
there is a difference in the security categorizations for confidentiality,
integrity, and availability between the systems or when the systems do not
share the same security policies. (In this context, security policies refers to the
set of rules that controls a system’s working environment, and not to DHS
information security policy). ISAs shall be signed by the appropriate AO.
---
5.4.3.g
Components shall document interconnections between their own and external
(non-DHS) networks with an ISA for each connection.
CA-3
5.4.3.h
The DHS Chief Information Officer (CIO) shall approve all interconnections
between DHS enterprise-level information systems and non-DHS information
systems. The DHS CIO shall ensure that connections with other Federal
Government agencies are properly documented. A single ISA may be used for
multiple connections provided that the security authorization is the same for
all connections covered by that ISA.
CA-3
5.4.3.i
The Department and Components shall implement Trust Zones by means of
Policy Enforcement Points (PEP), as defined in the DHS Security
Architecture.
SC-7
5.4.3.j
DHS OneNet shall provide secure Name/Address resolution service. Domain
Name System Security Extensions (DNSSEC) has been designated as the DHS
service solution.
SC-20,
SC-21,
SC-22
5.4.3.k
All DHS systems connected to OneNet and operating at moderate or high level
shall utilize secure Name/Address resolution service provided by DHS
OneNet.
SC-20,
SC-21,
SC-22
5.4.3.l
The appropriate CCB shall ensure that documentation associated with an
approved change to an information system is updated to reflect the appropriate
baseline. DHS systems that interface with OneNet shall also be subject to the
OneNet CCB.
CM-3
5.4.3.m
Interconnections between two authorized DHS systems do not require an ISA
if the interface characteristics, security requirements, nature of information
communicated and monitoring procedures for verifying enforcement of
security requirements are accounted for in the SPs or are described in another
formal document, such as a Service Level Agreement (SLA) or contract, and
the risks have been assessed and accepted by all involved AOs.
CA-3
5.4.3.n
Granting the ability to log into one DHS system through another DHS system
---
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
194
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Policy
ID
DHS Policy Statements
Relevant
Controls
(such as through OneNet trust) does not require an ISA, when the
requirements from Section 5.4.3.m are met.
Network connectivity responsibilities are provided in the following table.
Network Connectivity Responsibilities
Component CISOs/ISSMs
Provide guidance and enforce management, operational, and technical controls that apply to network
and system security configuration and monitoring
Evaluate the risks associated with external connections
Review programs/systems periodically to ascertain if changes have occurred that could adversely
affect security
AO
Review, approve, and sign the ISA
Ensure that ISAs are reissued every three years or whenever significant changes are made to any of the
interconnected systems
System Owners
Establish the requirement for the external connection and assess the associated risks
Network Administrators
Ensure technical controls governing use of the external connection remain in place and function
properly
Assist in development of the ISA
ISSOs
Coordinate with the external agency in development of the ISA
Assist in preparation of the ISA and ensure all external connections are documented in the SP, Risk
Assessment, and security operating procedures
Review ISAs as a part of the annual FISMA self-assessment
Monitor compliance
Users
When connecting to DHS networks, ensure the equipment used to access the networks is protected
from viruses and other malicious code and the protection software is kept current
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
195
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
5.4.3.1
Interconnection Security Agreements
Proper management of network connections is vital to ensuring the confidentiality, integrity, and
availability of the data processed by a system. Interconnections of systems must be established in
accordance with National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) SP 800-47 “Security
Guide for Interconnecting Information Technology Systems.”
An ISA is required whenever the security policies of the interconnected systems are not identical
or the systems are not administered by the same entity or AO. The ISA documents the security
protections on the interconnected systems to ensure that only acceptable transactions are
permitted. Component personnel must review ISAs as part of the annual FISMA selfassessment. ISAs must be reissued every three (3) years or whenever significant changes have
been made to any of the interconnected systems.
All external connections must be identified and documented in the SP, the risk assessment, and
other Security Authorization Process documentation as necessary. The risk associated with these
connections must be addressed during the Security Authorization Process.
An ISA should contain the following:
•
Purpose – This section should explain the rationale for the interconnection and contain a
one- or two-paragraph statement that justifies the need to interconnect the two systems.
•
Interconnection Statement of Requirements – This section documents the formal
requirement for connecting the two systems. The following items should be addressed in
this section:
o The names of the systems being interconnected
o The requirement for the interconnection, including the benefits derived
o The type of connection (Frame Relay, T1, etc.)
o Physical location of connection equipment, including addresses and room
numbers
o Primary Points of Contact (POC) for both systems
o The agency name(s) or organization that initiated the requirement.
•
System Security Considerations – This section documents the security features in place to
protect the confidentiality, integrity, and availability of the data and the systems being
interconnected. This includes such aspects as incident reporting and personnel clearances.
Technical representatives from each organization need to discuss the contents of this section
and come to a mutual agreement as to which items should be included.
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
196
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
•
•
Topological Drawing – Each ISA must include a topological drawing depicting the end-toend interconnectivity in a clear and readable manner. The drawing should include:
*
All data communications paths (not program system paths), circuits, etc., used for the
interconnection beginning with the DHS-owned system(s) and including all
interconnected systems to the non-DHS end-point
*
The logical location of all elements (mainframe computers, host processors, hubs,
firewalls, encryption devices, routers, frame relay devices, secure frame units [SFU],
communications service units [CSU], data service units [DSU], and customer personal
computers).
Signatures and Comments – Each ISA must be signed by the AO of each interconnecting
system or organization, or by the official designated by the AO to have signatory authority for
ISAs. This section acknowledges that the ISA is subject to change, will be reviewed
annually, and will be modified as circumstances warrant. This section must include a
statement that the ISA may not be unilaterally modified and that any changes must be
reviewed and jointly agreed upon by the AOs of the interconnected systems. Others in the
organization, however, should have the opportunity to review changes.
Details on completing an ISA are contained in DHS 4300A Attachment N, Preparation of
Interconnection Security Agreements.
5.4.3.2 Trust Zones
Information and services sharing between the DHS SOC and Components occurs through Trust
Zones. A Trust Zone consists of a group of people, data systems, and networks subject to a
shared security policy or set of rules governing access to data and services. (For example, a Trust
Zone may be set up between different network segments that require specific usage policies
based on information processed, such as law enforcement information.) The DHS SOC must be
aware of Component-security requirements, as defined by Trust Zones, to accurately perform
DHS SOC duties.
DHS Trust Zones have the following characteristics:
•
The Trust Zone must be set of networked hosts protected from unconstrained access by
one or more security perimeter devices
•
There must be a basis for placement and configuration of firewalls, Virtual VPNs, and
remote access protection devices
•
The Trust Zone may consist of a single host, one or more LANs at a site, or a group of
networks connected via a network provider or backbone
•
OneNet provides a layer of trust by means of sub-netting, firewalls, and other policy
enforcement mechanisms
•
Network Admission Control permits dynamic assignment of information systems and
users to basic Trust Zones. Medium and High assurance models are another mechanism
that permits assignment to Trust Zones
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
197
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
5.4.4
Firewalls and Policy Enforcement Points
Policy Enforcement Points (PEP) separate Trust Zones as defined in the DHS Security
Architecture. Boundary protection between DHS and external networks is implemented by
firewalls at the Trusted Internet Connections (TIC) and other approved direct system interconnections. DHS TICs are provided by OneNet and monitored by the DHS SOC. Component
SOCs may protect DHS-internal boundaries across Trust Zones.
Within DHS, boundary protection of information system resources is accomplished by the
installation and operation of firewall systems. Firewalls, when used in concert with a variety of
additional security controls such as intrusion detection systems, data encryption, personnel
background checks, security guards, , and physical security barriers, provide an added level of
assurance that unauthorized personnel will be unable to access the Department’s automated
systems.
By tracking and controlling data, and deciding whether or not to pass, drop, reject, or encrypt the
data, firewalls have proven to be an effective means of securing a network.
Policy
ID
DHS Policy Statements
Relevant
Controls
5.4.4.a
Components shall restrict physical access to firewalls and PEP to authorized
personnel.
AC-4,
SC-7
5.4.4.b
Components shall implement identification and strong authentication for
administration of the firewalls and PEPs.
AC-4,
SC-7
5.4.4.c
Components shall encrypt remote maintenance paths to firewalls and PEPs.
MA-4,
SC-7
5.4.4.d
Components shall conduct quarterly firewall and PEP testing to ensure that the
most recent policy changes have been implemented and that all applied
policies and controls are operating as intended.
SC-7
5.4.4.e
Component SOCs shall ensure that reports on information security operations
status and incident reporting are provided to the DHS CISO as required.
IR-6
5.4.4.f
All Department and Component firewalls and PEPs shall be administered in
coordination with DHS security operation capabilities, through the DHS SOC
or Component SOC.
SC-7
5.4.4.g
All DHS PEPs shall provide protection against denial-of-service attacks.
SC-5
5.4.4.h
Components shall determine protocols and services permitted through their
Component-level PEPs. Components may restrict traffic sources and
destinations at their Component-level PEPs.
SC-7
5.4.4.i
The DHS CISO shall establish policy to block or allow traffic from sources
and to destinations at the DHS TIC PEPs. The DHS CISO policy shall
SC-7
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
198
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Policy
ID
DHS Policy Statements
Relevant
Controls
prevent traffic as directed by the DHS CIO.
5.4.4.j
The DHS SOC shall oversee all enterprise PEPs.
---
Responsibility for deployment and management of firewalls are included in the following table.
Firewall Responsibilities
Component CISOs/ISSMs
Develop procedures and schedules for deploying firewall systems
ISSOs and ADP Support Personnel
Assist Component teams in the installation and configuration of firewall systems
Site Managers
Ensure that the firewall installation team receives necessary support during and after installation
SOCs
Manage firewalls in accordance with DHS firewall policy
Maintain change control over firewalls and maintain proper firewall configuration
Evaluate, process, and approve changes to firewall configuration
5.4.4.1
Firewall Basics
A firewall is a system or group of systems that enforce an access control policy between two
networks. The actual means by which this is accomplished vary widely. Firewalls can
authenticate the source and destination of a given data path provide network address translation
(NAT) and port address translation (PAT) and log all traffic passing through them. Logging is
either done on the machine on which the firewall software runs on, or is logged to a separate
machine for audit and intrusion forensic analysis.
Firewalls are often associated with filtering devices, which screen incoming (and possibly
outgoing) data traffic for viruses and malware in the form of mobile code. By offloading these
responsibilities to ancillary machines, the firewall can allow higher rates of data transmission.
Mobile (downloadable) code is software that is transmitted from a remote source across a
network to a local system and then executed on that local system (e.g., personal computer,
personal digital assistant (PDA), mobile phone, Internet appliance). Examples include ActiveX
controls, Java applets, script run within the browser, and HTML email. Although mobile code is
a legitimate method for distributing application software, it is most frequently associated with
“malicious mobile code” (e.g., viruses, worms, Trojan horses) that executes without the
permission of or any explicit action by the local system’s owner/user.
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
199
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Firewalls also have two facets with respect to encryption. A frequently used mechanism is the
SSHv2 protocol (Secure Shell version 2). This facility can provide for authentication by a digital
certificate or two-factor authentication mechanism, and strong encryption. Such a connection
should only be allowed from the protected (internal) side of a firewall, so that unauthorized
outsiders are unable to affect a change.
Firewalls often have the capability to implement encrypted data communications. Although this
approach might be slightly more economical, it is more prudent to have a system that functions
as a firewall serve a single purpose. A separate encryption server behind the firewall is afforded
the extra protection of being shielded by the firewall. Encryption, moreover, involves use of a
substantial amount of computational power, which would slow down the operation of the
firewall. Lastly, if the firewall system is compromised, the encryption facility is not
automatically compromised at the same time.
NIST SP 800-10, “Keeping Your Site Comfortably Secure: An Introduction to Internet
Firewalls,” and NIST SP 800-41, Guidelines on Firewalls and Firewall Policy, offer guidance
with respect to firewalls and the functions they can serve.
5.4.4.2
Firewall Deployment
Firewall systems have been deployed to various DHS sites, and additional systems are scheduled
for deployment as part of the continuing effort to provide necessary security safeguards.
Firewalls are not used solely to provide boundary protection from the outside world. In
commercial environments, for example, the fiscal processing systems may be protected from the
remainder of the network by firewalls. In a similar manner, the Department can use firewalls to
segment systems that have various levels of sensitivity, unless they are so classified that
connection to the network should be prohibited.
5.4.4.3
Firewall Management
All firewalls for unclassified and collateral classified systems shall be under the control of DHS
and Component SOCs, who are responsible for providing direction and guidance for firewall
settings and rule sets. The actual application of all firewalls shall be under the DHS SOC.
5.4.5
Internet Security
This section provides specific DHS technical policy regarding the use and proper configuration
of firewalls and the management of dial-up connections and other protocols.
Sound network security practice dictates that all network connections be identified and that the
threats and vulnerabilities associated with these connections be analyzed. The guidance provided
in Section 5.4.3, Network Connectivity, specifically that with regard to ISAs, and in Attachment
N to this Handbook, Preparation of Interconnection Security Agreements, also applies to
connections to the Internet and extranets. An extranet is a private network encompassing that
portion of an organization’s intranet that it chooses to securely share. via the Internet and the
public telecommunication system, with external entities, which may include suppliers, vendors,
and customers. An extranet requires security and privacy and may involve firewalls, digital
certificates, message encryption, and virtual private networks that can tunnel through the public
network.
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
200
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
All external connections, including extranets, must be identified and documented in the Security
Plan, the Risk Assessment, and other Security Authorization Process documentation as
necessary. The risks associated with these connections must be addressed during the Security
Authorization Process . Additionally, external network connections are to be reviewed annually
by Component personnel and documented in the annual information security assessment.
Adequate protection requires proper selection and installation of firewalls and other boundary
devices, Intrusion Detection Systems, and ancillary encryption or filtering devices. These
devices must be assessed and authorized prior to their use on DHS networks. Implementation
guidance for firewalls is discussed in Section 5.4.4 of this Handbook, “Firewalls.” Intrusion
Detection Systems are covered in Section 5.4.2; encryption is addressed in Section 5.5.1. The
adequacy of all of these must be monitored and reviewed as part of periodic information security
assessments.
Firewalls must be configured so as to prohibit any Transport Control Protocol (TCP), User
Datagram Protocol (UDP) service, or other protocol that is not explicitly permitted. Of particular
concern is the need to close ports that allow file and printer sharing, whether through Microsoft
NetBIOS, Common Internet File Service (CIFS), Network File Services (NFS), or TCP Server
Message Block (SMB) protocols. The use of file and printer sharing is associated with numerous
vulnerabilities related to everything from enumeration of devices and user accounts to
anonymous control of systems without authorization.
Telnet, which is prohibited on DHS systems and networks, is a utility program and protocol that
allows one computer to connect to another computer on a network. After providing a username
and password to login to the remote computer, a user can enter commands that will be executed
as if entered directly from the remote computer. Telnet transfers all information in “clear text”
(unencrypted human-readable text), which allows Internet service providers (ISPs) and other
users on the Internet, intranet, or LAN to intercept and read the traffic.. Telnet use could allow
unauthorized users to get user IDs and passwords, capture information or commands that are
being sent, and potentially alter the information in the telnet connection. Telnet uses a
commonly known port, which makes it easy for someone to “sniff” telnet traffic. The approved
solution for this functionality is to use Secure Shell (SSH). SSH is an Internet Engineering Task
Force (IETF) protocol that provides encrypted connections and supports authentication with
digital certificates and other secure methods of authentication.
File Transfer Protocol FTP is a means of transferring files from one computer to another. FTP
transfers all information in clear text (unencrypted human readable text), which allows Internet
Service Providers (ISPs) and other users on the Internet, intranet, or LAN to intercept the traffic
it creates. This allows unauthorized users to capture information or commands and possibly alter
the information in the FTP connection. FTP generally uses a commonly known port, which
makes it easy for someone to “sniff” FTP traffic. The approved solution for this security risk is
to use the Secure File Transfer Protocol (SFTP) element of SSH. SSH is a FIPS 140-2-approved
IETF protocol, which provides encrypted connections and supports authentication with digital
certificates and other secure methods of authentication.
Use of the following is expressly prohibited:
•
Telnet
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
201
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
•
File Transfer Protocol (FTP)
•
Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP), which can be used to monitor and control
systems
•
Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) messages
The following have significant risks and shall be used only in conjunction with appropriate
countermeasures and risk-reduction procedures:
•
Cross boundary routing broadcasts
•
DNS communications across the boundary (by using split DNS with authentication of zone
transfers)
•
Mobile code (e.g., ActiveX, JavaScript) that has not been reviewed and digitally signed by an
appropriate DHS authority.
Implementation guidance for securing dial-up connections is addressed in Section 5.4.1, Remote
Access and Dial-In. Dial-in connections must be strictly controlled, to the extent they can even
be justified.
Policy
ID
DHS Policy Statements
Relevant
Controls
5.4.5.a
Any direct connection of OneNet, DHS networks, or DHS mission systems to
the Internet or to extranets shall occur through DHS TIC PEPs. The PSTN
shall not be connected to OneNet at any time.
SC-7
5.4.5.b
Firewalls and PEPs shall be configured to prohibit any protocol or service that
is not explicitly permitted.
CM-7,
SC-7,
SC-8,
SC-9
5.4.5.c
Components shall ensure that all executable code, including mobile code (e.g.,
ActiveX, JavaScript), is reviewed and approved by the Program Manager prior
to the code being allowed to execute within the DHS environment. [Note:
When the technology becomes available and code can be vetted for security,
the policy will be “Ensure that all approved code, including mobile code (e.g.,
ActiveX, JavaScript), is digitally signed by the designated DHS authority and
that only signed code is allowed to execute on DHS systems.”]
SC-18
5.4.5.d
Telnet shall not be used to connect to any DHS computer. A connection
protocol such as Secure Shell (SSH) that employs secure authentication (two
factor, encrypted, key exchange) and is approved by the Component shall be
used instead.
CM-7,
SC-7,
SC-8,
SC-9
5.4.5.e
File Transfer Protocol (FTP) shall not be used to connect to or from any DHS
computer. A connection protocol that employs secure authentication (two
factor, encrypted, key exchange) and is approved by the Component shall be
used instead.
CM-7,
SC-7,
SC-8,
SC-9
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
202
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Policy
ID
DHS Policy Statements
5.4.5.f
Remote Desktop connections, such as Microsoft’s Remote Desktop Protocol
(RDP), shall not be used to connect to or from any DHS computer without the
use of an authentication method that employs secure authentication (twofactor, encrypted, key exchange).
5.4.5.g
In order to ensure the security and availability of DHS information and
information systems, the DHS CIO or DHS CISO may direct that specific
Internet websites or categories be blocked at the DHS TICs, on advice from
the United States Computer Emergency Readiness Team (US-CERT), the
DHS SOC, or other reputable sources.
Relevant
Controls
AC-17,
IA-2
---
Internet security responsibilities are provided in the following table.
Internet Security Responsibilities
AO
Ensures all external network connections are protected by a firewall and possibly other boundary
protection devices that have been assessed and authorized at a level commensurate with the sensitivity
of the information to be protected
Ensures dial-up connections are addressed in the Security Authorization Process documentation
ISSOs
Ensure all external network connections are addressed in the risk assessment and SP
Ensure all external network connections are protected by a firewall and possibly other boundary
protection devices
Ensure all boundary protection devices are properly configured and monitored
Ensure dial-up connections are properly configured and secure
Network/System Administrators
Ensure that all boundary protection devices are properly configured and monitored
Ensure that firewall ports that allow file and printer sharing, whether through Microsoft NetBIOS,
CIFS, NFS, or TCP SMB are closed
Ensure that firewalls are configured to prohibit any protocol or service that is not explicitly permitted.
Ensure that the following are prohibited:
−
Telnet (clear text) connections
−
FTP unsecured (clear text) file transfers
−
SNMP protocols that can be used to monitor and control systems
−
Cross boundary routing broadcasts
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
203
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Internet Security Responsibilities
−
Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) messages
−
DNS communications across the boundary (by using split DNS with zone transfer
authentication)
−
Unsecured file transfers
−
Mobile code (e.g., ActiveX, JavaScript) that has not been reviewed and digitally signed by an
appropriate DHS authority
Ensure that dial-up connections are properly configured and secure
5.4.6
Email Security
The DHS email gateway Steward provides email monitoring for spam and virus activity at the
gateway.
DHS SOC personnel shall be trained to respond to incidents pertaining to email security and
shall assist the email gateway Steward as necessary. Components shall provide appropriate
security for their email systems.
E-mail is the most commonly used application for exchanging data electronically. The email
process is divided into two main elements:
•
Mail servers, which deliver, forward, and store mail
•
Clients, which interface with the user and allow them to read, compose, send, and store
messages
Instant messaging (IM) and “I Seek You” (ICQ) tools provide capabilities similar to email, but
are inherently less secure; the technology to secure. IM and ICQ tools possesses all of the risks
associated with unsecured email, including the capability to install software or malware on a
recipient’s system without their knowledge. If IM and ICQ tools are to be used, they should not
include or communicate with publicly available IM or ICQ tools provided by several Internet
providers. Any such tools employed need to be capable of blocking any format except pure text.
This specifically includes blocking executable code, Web links, video or still images, and audio.
The use of Instant Messaging and ICQ is not currently authorized for use on sensitive systems
and networks.
Second only to Web servers, mail servers are the host on a network that is most often targeted by
intruders. Mail servers are targeted because they communicate, to some degree, with untrusted
third parties. Additionally, email has been an effective method of passing malicious code
(viruses). As a result, mail servers, mail clients, and the network infrastructure that supports
them must be protected. Email security issues include:
•
Flaws in the email application software have been used as the means of compromising first
the server and subsequently the associated network
•
Denial of service (DoS) attacks may be directed to the mail server
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
204
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
•
Sensitive information on the mail server may be read by unauthorized individuals or changed
in an unauthorized manner
•
Unencrypted sensitive information transmitted between a mail server and email client could
be intercepted
•
Information in email messages may be altered at some point between the sender and recipient
•
Viruses and other types of malicious code may be distributed throughout an organization via
email
•
The sending of inappropriate, proprietary, or other sensitive information via email could
expose an organization to legal action
Securing a mail server is a two-step process. The first step is to secure the underlying operating
system. Many security issues can be avoided if the operating systems are configured
appropriately. The second step is to configure the email application. Administrators must
configure their servers to apply the organization’s security policy. Securing a mail server
includes the following steps:
•
Apply patches as they become available after first testing them in a lab environment
•
Remove or disable unneeded services and applications
•
Configure user authentication
•
Scan the operating system with a vulnerability assessment tool
Components must consider encryption technologies to protect their email systems. Most
standard mail protocols default to unencrypted user authentication and send email data in the
clear. Sending data in the clear allows a hacker to compromise a user’s account and/or intercept
emails.
When a Public Key Infrastructure (PKI) system is properly integrated into the client email
facility, it is possible to “hash” a message to determine that it has not been altered or otherwise
tampered with. It is also possible to encrypt sensitive data in an email using the employee’s
digital certificate encryption key and digitally sign an email using the digital certificate’s signing
key. This establishes integrity, confidentiality, and nonrepudiation with regard to sensitive
information.
The infrastructure that supports the network plays a vital role in the security of the email system.
The network infrastructure is the first line of defense between the Internet and a mail server.
Network designalone , however, cannot protect a mail server. The following steps need to be
accomplished on a according to a regular schedule:
•
Review and analyze log files
•
Back up data daily (or in accordance with the SP)
•
Protect against malicious code (e.g., viruses, worms, Trojan horses)
•
Have a recovery plan in the event of a disaster
•
Test and apply patches in a timely manner
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
205
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
•
Scan the system for vulnerabilities with a vulnerability-scanning tool
NIST SP 800-45, “Guidelines on Electronic Mail Security,” and NIST SP 800-49, “Federal
S/MIME V3 Client Profile,” have valuable information detailing how to secure email. NIST SP
800-45 gives detailed technical guidance for Microsoft Exchange, Linux, and Unix mail services
and contains general guidance on how to secure mail servers.
Policy
ID
DHS Policy Statements
Relevant
Controls
5.4.6.a
Components shall correctly secure, install, and configure the underlying email
operating system.
---
5.4.6.b
Components shall correctly secure, install, and configure mail server software.
---
5.4.6.c
Components shall secure and filter email content.
---
5.4.6.d
Components shall deploy appropriate network protection mechanisms, such as
- Firewalls
- Routers
- Switches
- Intrusion detection systems
---
5.4.6.e
Components shall secure mail clients.
---
5.4.6.f
Components shall conduct mail server administration in a secure manner.
This includes:
---
-
Performing regular backups
-
Performing periodic security testing
-
Updating and patching software
-
Reviewing audit logs at least weekly
5.4.6.g
The DHS email gateway Steward shall provide email monitoring for malware
activity at the gateway.
SI-3
5.4.6.h
The DHS email gateway Steward shall provide email monitoring for spam at
the gateway.
SI-8
5.4.6.i
Auto-forwarding or redirecting of DHS email to any address outside of the
.gov or .mil domain is prohibited and shall not be used. Users may manually
forward individual messages after determining that the risks or consequences
are minimal.
---
5.4.6.j
All DHS email systems are required to use the common naming convention
with distinguishing identifiers for military officers, contractors, foreign
nationals, and U.S. Government personnel from other Departments and
agencies.
---
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
206
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Policy
ID
5.4.6.k
DHS Policy Statements
Relevant
Controls
When sending email containing any unencrypted sensitive information,
particularly sensitive PII, users should use caution. When sending such
information outside the dhs.gov domain, users shall ensure that the
information is encrypted.
Note: Due to the significant risk associated with HTML email, DHS is considering following the
lead of the Department of Defense (DOD) and moving to text based email.
Email security responsibilities are provided in the following table.
Email Responsibilities
DHS CISO
Establishes Department-wide policy to secure email systems
Component CISOs/ISSMs
Advise the DHS CISO on methods for securing Department email systems
Enforce Department email security policies
Security Control Assessors
Conduct assessments to determine that adequate security controls are in place for email systems
AOs
Ensure that adequate email security controls are in place prior to authorization of the system
System/Network Administrators
Ensure that email security controls are in place and functioning as intended
Ensure that email security controls provide the security features named in this document
Test and apply patches in a timely manner
Remove or disable unneeded services and applications on email servers
Configure user authentication for email systems
Review and analyze log files.
Back up data as required by the Security Plan
Protect email systems against malicious code
Deploy the following network protection mechanisms:
−
Firewalls
−
Routers
−
Switches
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
207
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Email Responsibilities
−
Intrusion detection systems
ISSOs
Schedule semiannual or quarterly appointments with the SOC or IV&V team to scan the email system
with a vulnerability assessment tool
Ensure that email system security controls are in place and functioning as intended
Ensure that email system security controls provide the security features named in this document and in
the SP
Ensure that a tested Contingency Plan is in place
5.4.7
Personal Email Accounts
Just as discussing sensitive information on a cell phone in a crowd can expose the information,
sending sensitive email to a personal account can expose that information to a large number of
unauthorized individuals.
Sending email to a personal account has the following vulnerabilities:
•
DHS does not authorize the use of personally owned computers within DHS; they are not
likely to have the appropriate encryption software installed, thus information is sent in “clear
text”
•
The route that the email travels cannot be predicted
•
Untrusted persons at ISP sites may read sensitive information
•
Email travels over unprotected communication links that can be “sniffed” in transit, exposing
messages to being read by unauthorized persons
•
Web browsers are often used to access private email accounts and such access is inherently
not secure
•
Malware (which could exist on the employee’s personal computer) can send copies of
existing emails or other text on a victim’s computer to unknown individuals
•
Instant Messaging channels are a frequent source of malware and of mechanisms for attacks
on personal computers
•
So-called “spyware” programs transmit information from personal computers to unknown
sites. Some programs (both freeware and commercial) install these programs to harvest
marketing information and other information from a user’s computer.
Any unauthorized person who acquires sensitive information in this manner could post it on the
Internet, deliver it to a news bureau, or forward it to individuals who could use the information to
compromise national security.
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
208
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Policy
ID
5.4.7.a
DHS Policy Statements
Relevant
Controls
The use of Internet Webmail (Gmail, Yahoo, AOL) or other personal email
accounts is not authorized over DHS furnished equipment or network
connections.
---
Personal email responsibilities are provided in the following table.
Personal Email Responsibilities
DHS CISO
Establishes DHS policy concerning the transmittal of sensitive information
Evaluates the risks associated with the transmittal of sensitive information
Component CISOs/ISSMs
Evaluate the risks and recommend solutions to counter the risk of transmitting sensitive information
System Owners and Supervisors
Enforce DHS policy prohibiting the transmittal of sensitive information to personal email accounts
System Administrators
Ensure that technical controls are in place and properly functioning to prohibit and/or deter the
transmission of sensitive DHS information to personal email accounts
ISSOs
Ensure that technical controls are in place and properly functioning to prohibit and/or deter the
transmission of sensitive DHS information to personal email accounts
Monitor compliance with DHS policy compliance
Users
Comply with DHS policy prohibiting the transmission of sensitive information to personal email
accounts
5.4.8
Testing and Vulnerability Management
The DHS SOC takes a proactive approach to vulnerability management including detecting
vulnerabilities through testing, reporting through Information System Vulnerability Management
(ISVM) messages, and conducting Vulnerability Assessments (VA).
Vulnerability management is a combination of detection, assessment, and mitigation of
weaknesses within a system. Vulnerabilities may be identified from a number of sources,
including reviews of previous risk assessments, audit reports, vulnerability lists, security
advisories, and system security testing such as automated vulnerability scanning or security
control assessments.
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
209
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Core elements of vulnerability management include continuous monitoring and mitigating the
discovered vulnerabilities, based on a risk management strategy. This strategy accounts for
vulnerability severity, threats, and assets at risk.
The DHS ISVM Program, managed through the SOC, provides Component CISOs/ISSMs and
operational support personnel (e.g., ISSOs, System Administrators) with bulletins, alerts, and
technical advisories related to emerging vulnerabilities and threats. The ISVM is modeled on the
Department of Defense Information Assurance Vulnerability Assessment (IAVA) program but
generally does not prescribe mitigation options nor centrally manage software patching. The
following ISVM tools are available to support the Component CISO/ISSM:
•
DHS Top 20 Critical Vulnerabilities List
•
DHS Vulnerability Assessment Team (VAT) – Red Team for Components without internal
capabilities and for independent verification as necessary
•
DHS Vulnerability Assessment Request Form (see Appendix O2 of DHS 4300A Attachment
O to this handbook)
•
Negotiated pricing for vulnerability assessment tools (pending)
The DHS Vulnerability Management Program is described in “Vulnerability Management,”
Attachment O to this Handbook. Testing and vulnerability assessments can be accomplished by
a combination of scanning and manual techniques. Plans call for DHS to field an automated
Security Authorization Process tool with a built-in vulnerability assessment capability. In
addition, Plans of Action & Milestones (POA&M) will be prepared and used in conducting
periodic vulnerability testing and assessments of information security controls and techniques.
Policy
ID
DHS Policy Statements
Relevant
Controls
5.4.8.a
Components shall conduct vulnerability assessments and/or testing to identify
security vulnerabilities on information systems containing sensitive
information annually or whenever significant changes are made to the
information systems. This shall include scanning for unauthorized wireless
devices on the network. Evidence that annual assessments have been
conducted shall be included in SARs and with annual security control
assessments.
---
5.4.8.b
Component CISOs/ISSMs shall approve and manage all activities relating to
requests for Vulnerability Assessment Team (VAT) assistance in support of
incidents, internal and external assessments, and on-going SLC support.
---
5.4.8.c
Component CISOs/ISSMs or their designated representatives shall
acknowledge receipt of ISVM messages.
SI-5
5.4.8.d
Components shall report compliance with the ISVM message within the
specified time. Components not able to do so shall submit documentation of a
waiver request via the DHS SOC Online Portal (https://soconline.dhs.gov).
SI-5
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
210
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Policy
ID
DHS Policy Statements
Relevant
Controls
5.4.8.e
When vulnerability assessment responsibilities encompass more than one
Component, Component CISOs/ISSMs shall coordinate with the relevant
Component SOC and the DHS SOC.
RA-3
5.4.8.f
The DHS SOC shall be notified before any ISVM scans are run.
RA-5
5.4.8.g
System Owners shall report the security alert and advisory status of the
information system to the AO, Component CISO/ISSM, and DHS CISO upon
request and on a periodic basis.
SI-5
Testing and vulnerability assessment responsibilities are provided in the following table.
Testing and Vulnerability Assessment Responsibilities
Component CISOs/ISSMs
Develop and follow POA&M procedures for implementing vulnerability assessments on sensitive
systems
Approve and manage all activities relating to requests for VAT assistance in support of incidents,
internal and external assessments, and on-going Systems Engineering Life Cycle (SELC) support
Ensure coordination among the DHS SOC, the Component SOC, and the ISVM Program when
vulnerability assessments cross multiple Component responsibilities
ISSOs and Information System Support Personnel
Support SOC vulnerability assessments
5.4.8.1
Vulnerability Scanning
Vulnerability scanning is the process of identifying known vulnerabilities of information systems
operating on a network in order to determine if a system can be compromised. Vulnerability
scanning often employs software that contains databases of known flaws, and tests systems for
the occurrence of these flaws.
Vulnerability scanning typically refers to system audits on internal networks that are not
connected to the Internet, as well as to systems that are visible on the Internet. The purpose of
vulnerability scanning is to identify weaknesses in a system (or in system security procedures,
hardware design, internal controls, etc.) that could be exploited to gain unauthorized access or to
affect the systems’ availability or data integrity.
Staff members performing this type of testing shall be cleared to the levels commensurate with
that of the system being tested.
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
211
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
5.4.8.2
Expanded Vulnerability Scanning
The type of security testing performed by general-purpose vulnerability scanning tools may
uncover weaknesses in the underlying elements of systems that host DHS intranet or Internet web
sites. A special class of scanning tools explores weaknesses in elements of web systems for
vulnerabilities related to the content and functionality of such systems. Examples of such
vulnerabilities include the ability of unauthorized persons to examine or alter files, to establish
cross-site scripting (which redirects users of a web site to another web site), or to directly access
a database from which the website draws data that it displays. A similar class of database
vulnerability tools exists for databases. These tools have the capability of exploring inherent and
design-induced weaknesses. Common vulnerabilities include default passwords that have not
been removed, authentication bypass errors, and the ability to alter data without authentication.
Thorough vulnerability scanning expands upon the “canned” tools to include manual testing of
potentially vulnerable systems and network elements. For example, firewalls may provide
barriers to standard discovery techniques. Specialized scanning tools, however, can use normally
open ports (e.g., 80 for HTTP) and configurable timing parameters to discover internal systems
in such a manner that neither a firewall nor a Network Intrusion Detection System (NIDS) can
detect the scan. Such vulnerability assessments should also include both “war dialing” to find
unauthorized dial-in modems, and “war driving” to detect unauthorized or misconfigured
wireless network equipment.
5.4.8.3
Gap Analysis
Gap analysis determines the variance between requirements current capabilities. It requires that
the testers have access to internal information such as security policy and procedure documents
and specific networks or systems that should be assessed. Internal staff or, preferably, third
parties can perform gap analyses.
5.4.8.4
Penetration Testing
Third-party personnel who have no knowledge of the security policies or the internal structure of
the network typically perform penetration tests. Penetration testing assesses weaknesses of a
computer facility or network to attack by amateur or professional “hackers.” A thorough
penetration test will include social engineering, dumpster diving, identification of networks
through public sources (e.g., WhoIs and RwhoIs searches of the Regional Internet Registries) as
well as manual techniques for finding weak points in an organization’s perimeter. Once internal
systems have been identified, a search of the NIST Internet Categorization of Attacks Toolkit
(ICAT) database can provide a laundry list of possible vulnerabilities in the hardware, operating
systems, middleware, or applications discovered.
5.4.8.5
Scope of Vulnerability Assessments
All equipment attached to the DHS information system infrastructure is subject to security
vulnerability scanning. In today’s changing environment, vulnerable and/or unprotected systems
can easily be overlooked. Systems that are not properly managed can become potential threats to
the health of the DHS infrastructure.
Proactive security scanning allows for a meaningful assessment of system security against known
risks, provides a roadmap of effective countermeasures for improving security, leads to faster
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
212
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
detection of vulnerabilities, and reduces damage to breached systems. Proactive scanning can
also identify authorized and unauthorized devices on the internal network, such as unauthorized
wireless access points, modems or high-speed links installed by employees for their personal
convenience.
Any system identified in conjunction with a security incident shall be subject to a comprehensive
security scan. Random network scans shall not be advertised, but the DHS SOC shall be
informed prior to conducting any scans.
Network and host scans shall be conducted by authorized DHS personnel using pre-designated
scanning machines in order to be easily recognizable as benign activity in system log files.
Because vulnerability scanning can be resource intensive, routine scanning is to be done during
periods of low network activity when feasible.
5.4.9
Peer-to-Peer Technology
Peer-to-peer technology refers to applications that allow individual PCs to act as servers to other
individual PCs. This technology was made popular by music file-swapping services (e.g.,
Napster, Kazza, etc.). Peer-to-peer technology allows users to share files with each other through
a network of computers that use the same peer-to-peer client. Each computer has the ability to
act as a both a server, by hosting files for others to download, and a client by searching other
computers for files the client wants to access.
This technology introduces a significant risk to Government data and exposes Government agencies
to legal liability for copyright infringement. Use of this technology can also decrease productivity
and use large amounts of bandwidth.
Peer-to-peer applications circumvent most enterprise security systems. This provides malicious
users easy access, allowing them to install malware, identify IP addresses or user names, launch
denial of service attacks, gain control of network resources, or access sensitive information.
Many peer-to-peer programs do not allow users to control how much of their disk space is
accessible, potentially allowing unauthorized persons access to files that the user has no intention
of sharing.
In addition to security concerns, the use of peer-to-peer technology for its most commonly used
functions (i.e., sharing music, images, and video) exposes both the individual and DHS to
criminal prosecution for copyright violations.
For these reasons, peer-to-peer software is not authorized on DHS computers or on any computer
or system that might be connected to the DHS network. Use of peer-to-peer software is
considered an unauthorized use of Government resources and constitutes a reportable security
incident and may result in sanctions against violators.
[For additional information on inappropriate use of DHS resources, see Section 3.12,
“Information Technology Security Policy Violation and Disciplinary Action;” Section
4.8.3,“Personally Owned Equipment and Software;” Section 4.8.5, “Personal Use of Government
Office Equipment and Department of Homeland Security Information Technology
Systems/Computers;” and Section 4.9, “Security Incidents and Incident Response and
Reporting.”]
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
213
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Policy
ID
5.4.9.a
DHS Policy Statements
Peer to peer software technology is prohibited on any DHS information
system.
Relevant
Controls
CM-7,
SA-6
Peer-to-peer responsibilities are provided in the following table.
Peer-to-Peer Technology Responsibilities
DHS CIO, CISO
Establish DHS policy regarding the unauthorized use of information system technology and software
Component CISOs/ISSMs
Ensure that controls, including awareness training, are in place to minimize or prevent unauthorized
use of unauthorized information system technology and software
Supervisors
Enforce unauthorized use policies including remedial training and other sanctions
Promptly report unauthorized use of information system technology in accordance with DHS
Computer Security Incident reporting policy (see Attachment F to this Handbook)
ISSOs, Network/System Administrators
Ensure that controls are in place including the use of monitoring and auditing to detect unauthorized
use or installation of software
Promptly report unauthorized use of information system technology in accordance with DHS
Computer Security Incident reporting policy (Attachment F to this Handbook)
Users
Be aware of the prohibition against the use of unauthorized information system technology and
software
Adhere to the Unauthorized Use policies established in this section and in other references provided by
DHS security officials
Promptly report unauthorized use of information system technology in accordance with DHS
Computer Security Incident reporting policy (Attachment F to this Handbook)
Be aware of and understand the ramifications of penalties involving infractions of the rules regarding
inappropriate use of Government resources
5.5
Cryptography
Cryptography is a branch of mathematics that deals with the transformation of data.
Cryptographic transformation converts ordinary text (plaintext) into coded form (ciphertext) by
encryption; and ciphertext into plaintext by decryption.
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
214
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
This science relies on two basic components, namely an algorithm, for example Advanced
Encryption Standard (AES) and a key. The algorithm is the mathematical function used for
encryption or decryption, and the key is the parameter used in the transformation.
The two basic types of cryptography are: secret key systems (also called symmetric key systems)
and public key systems (also called asymmetric key systems).
In secret key systems, the same key is used for both encryption and decryption; that is, all parties
participating in the communication share a single key that must be securely distributed and
protected.
In public key systems, each user is assigned his own pair of uniquely related keys: a private key
known only to the key pair’s owner, and a public key that can be made publically available.
Unlike secret key systems, the only keys that need to be shared are the public keys.
The two keys are mathematically related, but the private key cannot be determined from the
public key and the public key cannot be determined from the private key.
Encryption using a public key system works as follows:
1. The originator encrypts the communication for each intended recipient using each
recipient’s public key. A unique cyphertext is created for each intended recipient; the
encryption is done by the PKI system and is transparent to the user.)
2. The encrypted message is sent to each recipient.
3. Each intended recipient uses his unique private key to decrypt the communication. This
is done by the system and is transparent to the user.
Refer to NIST SP 800-21, “Guideline for Implementing Cryptography in the Federal
Government,” for more in-depth information on cryptography.
Digital signatures are implemented through a public key system. A digital signature is an
electronic analogue of a written signature. Like a written signature, it can be used to (digitally)
sign messages, but has added advantages. Advantages include:
•
Proving that the originator signed the message
•
Determining whether or not the message was altered after it was signed
•
Remotely authenticating a user’s identity for access control
•
Signatures may be generated for stored data and applications so that the integrity of the
data and applications may be verified at any later time.
5.5.1
Encryption
Encryption is the process of changing plaintext into ciphertext for the purpose of security or
privacy.
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
215
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Policy
ID
5.5.1.a
DHS Policy Statements
Relevant
Controls
Systems requiring encryption shall comply with the following methods:
−
•
Products using FIPS 197 Advanced Encryption Standard (AES)
algorithms with at least 256 bit encryption that have been validated
under FIPS 140-2
•
National Security Agency(NSA) Type 2 or Type 1 encryption
IA-7,
SC-13
(Note: The use of triple Data Encryption Standard [3DES] and FIPS
140-1 is no longer permitted.)
5.5.1.b
Components shall develop and maintain encryption plans for sensitive
information systems.
IA-7, SC13
5.5.1.c
Components shall use only cryptographic modules that are FIPS 197 (AES256) compliant and have received FIPS 140-2 validation at the level
appropriate to their intended use.
IA-7, SC13
Encryption responsibilities are provided in the following table
Encryption Responsibilities
DHS CISO
Develops DHS cryptography policy and approves Component encryption methodologies
AOs
Ensure that sensitive or classified encryption applications under their authority have developed
encryption plans for systems prior to authorization
Ensure that personnel implementing encryption requirements are technically qualified and adequately
trained in encryption technologies and in the specific methodologies employed
Component CISOs/ISSMs
Ensure that DHS encryption policy is implemented and enforced
Advise Project Managers on the implementation of DHS encryption standards
ISSOs
Ensure that encryption is properly implemented and configured on DHS systems
Assist System Owners in identifying sensitive DHS data that requires encryption
5.5.2
Public Key Infrastructure
A PKI is an architected set of systems and services that provide a foundation for enabling the use
of public key cryptography. This is necessary in order to implement strong security services and
to allow the use of digital signatures.
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
216
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
The principal components of a PKI are the public key certificates, registration authorities (RA),
certification authorities (CA), directory, certificate revocation lists (CRL), and a governing
certificate policy (CP).
Components that implement a PKI or CA must ensure that the CA is subordinate to the DHS
Principal CA. The use of self-signed certificates has minimal security value and violates DHS
policy. The use of any non-DHS service provider for CA or PKI support is inconsistent with
DHS mission requirements and must be approved by the DHS CISO.
A public key certificate is an electronic document that binds a public key to a subscriber (person,
application, or device who owns the key pair). The certificate is issued and digitally signed by a
trusted CA and posted to an online directory. The CA also revokes certificates whenever the
binding is no longer valid or the subscriber is no longer authorized to have the certificate.
Revoked certificates are published as part of the CRL. The online directory and CRL are
available to the intended community.
The DHS PKI is part of a U.S. Federal PKI hierarchy. CAs in a hierarchical PKI operates under
the same CP, in this case the U.S. Common Policy Framework. The U.S. Common Root CA is
at the top of this hierarchy and the DHS Principal CA is subordinate. All DHS CAs must be
subordinate to the DHS Principal CA.
Every CA owns a key pair and uses the private key to sign the certificates and CRLs it issues.
Each CA’s public key is bound to it by a public key certificate issued a CA at the next higher
level of the hierarchy. The top CA is called the Root CA. The Root CA signs its own public key
certificate and is the trust anchor for the entire PKI. This self-signed certificate is securely
provided to all subscribers and to external relying parties who rely on certificates issued by the
PKI. Certificates issued by all CAs lower in the hierarchy derive their trust from the Root CA
certificate.
The RA is a service performed by highly trusted persons known as PKI registrars. PKI registrars
authenticate the subscribers’ identities and associated information to be included in the
certificate, and when appropriate, direct the CA to issue (or reissue) a certificate. PKI registrars
also interact with the CA to perform certificate lifecycle management functions such as
certificate revocation.
The level of assurance is the degree to which a certificate should be trusted, and is determined by
a CP that governs the operations of the CA, RA, and directory, and governs the appropriate use
of the certificates and protection of private keys.
A Bridge CA provides a mechanism (cross-certification) for multiple PKIs to trust each other’s
certificates. The Federal PKI Policy Authority (FPKI PA) has established the Federal Bridge
Certification Authority (FBCA) to enable U.S. Federal PKI, and other Government, commercial
and organization PKIs to trust each other’s certificates. This is accomplished through a PKI’s
Root CA cross certifying with the FBCA, or by another Bridge CA cross-certifying with the
FBCA. In the later case, trust is extended among all of the PKIs that are cross certified with
either Bridge CA.
Trust among cross-certified PKIs is based on a standard CP defined by the FPKIPA for the
FBCA. This CP defines the policies that PKIs must follow in order to issue certificates at several
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
217
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
levels of assurance. PKIs or Bridge CAs that apply for cross certification to FBCA must operate
under a CP that defines a policy that is at least equivalent to the FBCA policy. They must also
demonstrate that they comply with their policy by submitting a compliance audit performed by an
independent PKI auditor.
The U.S. Common Policy Root CA is cross-certified with the FBCA at high, medium hardware
and medium levels of assurance. This cross-certification significantly broadens the community
that can trust certificates issued by the DHS Principal CA.
Policy
ID
5.5.2.a
DHS Policy Statements
DHS shall implement two distinct PKIs:
DHS FPKI:
DHS shall implement a DHS Public Key Infrastructure (PKI) that is part of the
Federal PKI to facilitate the use of PKI within DHS, and to facilitate the
interoperable use of PKI between DHS and its external mission and business
partners, such as other federal agencies; state, local and tribal governments;
public and private sector entities; and U.S. citizens.
Relevant
Controls
SC-17
DHS Internal Use NPE PKI:
DHS shall implement a DHS Internal Use Non-Person Entity (NPE) PKI
consisting of individual DHS Component PKIs used to issue certificates to the
DHS Component’s NPEs to support NPE-to-NPE authentication on the
Component’s networks, and where the certificates have no external relying
parties.
5.5.2.b
The DHS CISO shall be the DHS PKI Policy Authority (PKIPA) to provide
PKI policy oversight for all DHS PKIs.
SC-17
DHS FPKI:
A detailed description of DHS PKIPA roles and responsibilities are provided
in the Registration Practice Statement for the DHS Principal Certification
Authority.
DHS Internal Use NPE PKI:
A detailed description of DHS PKIPA roles and responsibilities are provided
in the DHS X.509 Internal Use NPE Certificate Policy.
5.5.2.c
The DHS CISO shall represent DHS on the Federal PKI Policy Authority
(FPKIPA).
SC-17
5.5.2.d
The DHS PKIPA shall appoint a PKI Management Authority (PKIMA) to
provide management and operational oversight for all DHS PKIs.
DHS FPKI:
A detailed description of DHS PKIMA roles and responsibilities are provided
in the Registration Practice Statement for the DHS Principal Certification
Authority.
DHS Internal Use NPE PKI:
A detailed description of DHS PKIMA roles and responsibilities are provided
SC-17
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
218
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Policy
ID
DHS Policy Statements
Relevant
Controls
in the DHS X.509 Internal Use NPE Certificate Policy
5.5.2.e
5.5.2.f
5.5.2.g
5.5.2.h
DHS FPKI:
The DHS FPKI shall be governed by the U.S. Common Policy Framework
certificate policy approved by the FPKIPA, and by the relevant portions of the
Department of the Treasury Public Key Infrastructure (PKI) X.509 Certificate
Policy approved by the Department of the Treasury Policy Management
Authority (PMA).
DHS Internal Use NPE PKI:
The DHS Internal Use PKI shall be governed by the DHS X.509 Internal Use
NPE Certificate Policy approved by the DHS PKIPA.
For the DHS FPKI:
DHS shall have a single DHS Principal CA (i.e., DHS CA4) that has the U.S.
Common Policy Root CA as its trust anchor. The DHS Principal CA shall be
operated for DHS by the Department of Treasury under the Federal Shared
Service Provider (SSP) program.
DHS FPKI:
The DHS Principal CA shall be the only DHS CA subordinated to the
Treasury Root CA. Additional DHS CAs subordinate to the DHS Principal
CA are not permitted.
DHS Internal Use NPE PKI:
A DHS Component may implement: (1) a PKI consisting of a single selfsigned Internal Use NPE CA, or (2) a two-level hierarchical PKI with one
Internal Use NPE Root CA and one or more Internal Use NPE CAs directly
subordinated to the Internal Use NPE Root CA. The requirements and process
for becoming a DHS Component Internal Use NPE Root or Subordinate CA
shall be specified in the DHS X.509 Internal Use NPE Certificate Policy.
DHS FPKI:
The DHS Principal CA shall have a trust path resolving to the U.S. Common
Policy Root CA via the Treasury Root CA. Establishing direct trust
relationships with any other CAs is not permitted.
SC-17
SC-17
SC-17
SC-17
The U.S. Common Policy Root CA is cross-certified with the Federal Bridge
CA at the high, medium hardware, and medium assurance levels.
DHS Internal Use NPE PKI:
For a DHS Component with a single Internal Use NPE CA, the CA shall be
self-signed and function as its own trust anchor.
For a DHS Component with a two-level hierarchical Internal Use NPE PKI,
the trust path from subordinate CAs shall resolve to the Component’s Internal
Use NPE Root CA.
Establishing trust relationships with any other CAs is not permitted.
5.5.2.i
DHS FPKI:
The DHS Principal CA shall operate under an X.509 Certification Practice
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
219
SC-17
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Policy
ID
DHS Policy Statements
Relevant
Controls
Statement (CPS). The CPS shall comply with the U.S. Common Policy
Framework and the Treasury Certificate Policy. Since the Department of the
Treasury, as the SSP for DHS, operates the DHS Principal CA, the
Department of the Treasury PKI Policy Management Authority, shall approve
the CPS for the DHS Principal CA.
DHS shall operate two Registration Authorities for the DHS Principal CA.
The DHS PCA Registration Authority (DHS PCA RA) shall be responsible for
performing the life-cycle administration for non-PIV certificates, and the DHS
PCA PIV Registration Authority (DHS PCI PIV RA) shall be responsible for
performing the life-cycle administration of PIV certificates.
The two DHS Registration Authorities for the DHS Principal CA shall operate
under the Registration Practice Statement for the DHS Principal Certification
Authority (RPS). The RPS shall be approved by the DHS PKIMA and the
DHS PKIPA, and shall be approved for conformance to the U.S. Common
Policy Framework and the Treasury Certificate Policy by the Department of
the Treasury PKI Policy Management Authority.
DHS Internal Use NPE PKI:
DHS Component Internal Use NPE CAs shall operate under a Certification
Practice Statement (CPS) in the form of a DHS NPE Configuration and
Operation Practices Guide (COPG). The COPG shall comply with the DHS
X.509 Internal Use NPE Certificate Policy. The COPG shall be approved by
the DHS PKIPA.
5.5.2.j
DHS FPKI:
The DHS PKIMA shall ensure that the DHS PCA Registration Authority
(DHS PCA RA) operates in compliance with the RPS.
SC-17
The DHS PIV Card Issuer (PCI) Organization Identity Management Official
(DHS OIMO) shall ensure that the DHS PCA PIV Registration Authority
(DHS PCI PIV RA) operates in compliance with the RPS.
DHS Internal Use NPE PKI:
The DHS PKIMA shall ensure that every Component Internal Use NPE CA
operates in compliance with its approved DHS NPE Configuration and
Operation Practices Guide (COPG).
5.5.2.k
DHS FPKI:
The DHS Principal CA shall undergo regular PKI compliance audits as
required by the U.S. Common Policy Framework. The audit findings, report,
and Plans of Action and Milestones (POA&Ms) that address deficiencies
found shall be provided to the DHS PKIPA and DHS PKIMA.
DHS Internal Use NPE PKI:
Every Component Internal Use NPE CA shall undergo regular PKI
compliance assessments as required by the DHS X.509 Internal Use NPE
Certificate Policy. The assessment findings, report, and Plans of Action and
Milestones (POA&Ms) that address deficiencies found shall be provided to
the DHS PKIPA and DHS PKIMA.
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
220
SC-17
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Policy
ID
5.5.2.l
5.5.2.m
5.5.2.n
DHS Policy Statements
DHS FPKI:
The DHS Principal CA shall archive records as required by the U.S. Common
Policy Framework, the Treasury Certificate Policy, and the DHS Principal CA
CPS.
DHS Internal Use NPE PKI:
Every Component Internal Use NPE CA shall archive records as required by
the DHS X.509 Internal Use NPE Certificate Policy.
DHS FPKI:
All operational PKI facilities shall be established in accordance with U.S.
Common Policy Framework physical security requirements based on the CA’s
assurance level and its intended use. Location/protection of the CA shall be
determined by its level of assurance. Measures taken to ensure the continuity
of PKI operations shall provide at least the same level of PKI Services
availability as the individual and composite availability requirements of the
systems and data protected by the certificates.
DHS Internal Use NPE PKI:
All operational PKI facilities shall be established in accordance with DHS
X.509 Internal Use NPE Certificate Policy physical security requirements
based on the CA’s assurance level and its intended use. Location/protection of
the CA shall be determined by its level of assurance. Measures taken to ensure
the continuity of PKI operations shall provide at least the same level of PKI
Services availability as the individual and composite availability requirements
of the systems and data protected by the certificates.
DHS FPKI:
The DHS Principal CA shall only issue certificates to internal DHS entities,
e.g., Person Entities (PEs) such as employees, contractors, affiliates, roles,
groups, and NPEs such as hardware devices, systems, and applications.
Relevant
Controls
SC-17
SC-17
SC-17
External entities that require certificates to securely interact with DHS shall
acquire the certificates from: (1) another Federal Agency’s PKI or SSP PKI
operating under the U.S. Common Policy Framework or (2) a non-Federal
Agency PKI that is cross-certified with the FBCA at medium,
mediumHardware, PIV-I, or high assurance level).
DHS Internal Use NPE PKI:
DHS Component Internal Use NPE CAs shall only issue certificates to the
Component’s internal hardware devices and systems, which are specifically
permitted by the DHS X.509 Internal Use NPE Certificate Policy.
5.5.2.o
DHS FPKI:
Only the DHS Principal CA shall issue certificates to DHS PEs, i.e., DHS
employees, contractors, affiliates, roles and group entities. Types of PE
certificates that may be issued include authentication, digital signature
verification and encryption certificates, including certificates for DHS HSPD12 Personal Identity Verification (PIV) Cards, code signing and content
signing, as well as all other types of certificates allowed under the U.S.
Common Policy
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
221
SC-17
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Policy
ID
DHS Policy Statements
Relevant
Controls
Only the DHS Principal CA shall issue certificates to DHS NPEs, i.e.,
hardware devices, systems and applications, when the following conditions
apply:
•
There are external relying parties for the certificates ,
•
The certificates will be used to protect sensitive DHS data or to
authenticate to operational systems containing sensitive data, and
The certificates are not explicitly authorized to be issued by DHS Component
Internal Use NPE CAs in the DHS X.509 Internal Use NPE Certificate Policy.
5.5.2.p
DHS Internal Use NPE PKI:
DHS Component Internal Use NPE CAs shall only issue authentication
certificates to DHS Component NPEs, i.e., hardware devices and systems,
when all of the following conditions apply:
•
There are no relying parties for the certificates external to the DHS
Component.
•
The certificates will not be used to protect sensitive DHS data or to
authenticate to operational systems containing sensitive data.
•
The certificates are explicitly authorized to be issued by DHS
Component Internal Use NPE CAs in the DHS X.509 Internal Use
NPE Certificate Policy.
SC-17
A DHS Component Internal Use NPE Root CA may issue a subordination
certificate to a subordinate DHS Component Internal Use NPE CA in that
Component as authorized by the DHS X.509 Internal Use NPE Certificate
Policy.
5.5.2.q
5.5.2.r
The use by DHS of any non-DHS PKI provider for CA or PKI services is
prohibited unless approved by the DHS CISO on a case-by-case basis.
DHS FPKI:
Only certificates that are issued by the DHS Principal CA under the U.S.
Common Policy Framework at medium assurance or above shall be used to
protect sensitive DHS data or to authenticate to operational systems containing
sensitive data.
SC-17
SC-17
Certificates issued by test, pilot, third party, self-signed or other CAs shall not
be used to protect sensitive data, or to authenticate to DHS operational
systems containing sensitive data.
DHS Internal Use NPE PKI:
Certificates issued by DHS Component Internal Use NPE CAs, shall not be
used to encrypt sensitive data.
5.5.2.s
DHS FPKI:
For an external-facing DHS web server, where the browsers used by external
relying parties are unable to validate DHS SSL/TLS certificates, the use of an
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
222
SC-17
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Policy
ID
DHS Policy Statements
Relevant
Controls
Extended Validation (EV) SSL/TLS certificate acquired from a major U.S.
commercial certificate provider may be used, if approved by the DHS CISO
on a case-by-case basis.
5.5.2.t
Commercial applications or appliances used by DHS that require the use of
PKI certificates shall obtain those certificates from the DHS Principal CA or a
DHS Component Internal Use NPE CA, as appropriate.
SC-17
Commercial applications or appliances, that require the use of a proprietary
CA implemented as an internal feature, shall not be acquired or used, unless
prior concurrence by the DHS PKIMA and approval by the DHS PKIPA are
obtained.
5.5.2.u
Certificate trust stores contain root certificates, each of which is the trust
anchor for a PKI. Certificates in trust stores are implicitly trusted by
certificate validation software. Vendors’ products come pre-populated with
many root certificates in their trust stores, including certificates for PKIs that
DHS does not want to implicitly trust.
SC-17
DHS Components shall manage the content of installed product’s trust stores,
including:
5.5.2.v
•
Leveraging automated management, such as with Microsoft Group
Policy Objects (GPOs)
•
Removing all certificates that have passed their expiration date
•
Removing all certificates that are no longer trusted
•
Removing all certificates that are no longer required
Commercial products used by DHS and applications developed by DHS that
enable the use of PKI shall at a minimum support the following cryptographic
algorithms and associated key sizes:
•
SHA 1
•
SHA 256
•
RSA with 1024 Bit keys
•
RSA with 2048 bit keys
•
AES 128
•
AES 256
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
223
SC-17
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
PKI responsibilities are provided in the following table.
Public Key Infrastructure Responsibilities
DHS CISO
Provides PKI oversight at the Department level
Serves as the DHS PKI Policy Authority
Appoints a DHS PKI Operational Authority
Creates and maintains a DHS CP that complies with the U.S. Federal CP for the Federal Bridge CA
Establishes and maintains the DHS PKI High Assurance Root Certificate Authority (CA)
Ensures that all DHS CAs are subordinate to the DHS Root CA
Specifies the requirements and process for becoming a subordinate CA
Authorizes subordinate CAs
Ensures the DHS Root CA cross-certifies with the Federal Bridge CA at the High, Medium, and Basic
Assurance levels
Ensures that all DHS CAs operate under an approved CPS that complies with the DHS CP
Approves Certification Practices Statements for all DHS CAs
Ensures that all DHS CAs undergo a compliance audit at least annually, and specifies a DHS PKI
Auditor to perform the compliance audits
Specifies the DHS PKI Auditor to conduct compliance audits
Ensures that appropriate facilities are available for hosting DHS certificate authorities as appropriate
for their level of assurance and associated mission. Ensures that appropriate continuity planning is
established for all infrastructure that distributes, houses, or stores public keys
Ensures that a DHS PKI archive facility is established and maintained to store PKI records
Ensures that certificates issued by test, pilot, or other CAs in DHS that are not established as a
subordinate CAs to the DHS Root CA shall not be used to protect sensitive DHS operational data, or
for authentication on DHS operational systems containing sensitive data
DHS Office of Security
Ensures that PKI registration activities under its purview are performed in compliance with the
applicable CPSs
DHS PKI Operational Authority
Provides oversight of PKI operations at the Department level
Creates and maintains all PKI CPSs pertaining to the DHS PKI
Creates and manages DHS PKI Operating Procedures
Oversees and reviews management of DHS PKI Operations for each authority certified subordinate to
the DHS Root CA
Works with DHS and Component physical security entities and/or local registration authorities to
oversee the issuance and management of certificates across the DHS enterprise
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
224
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Public Key Infrastructure Responsibilities
Ensures that all aspects of DHS PKI services, operations and infrastructure related to certificates
issued under the DHS CP are in accordance with the requirements, representations, and warranties of
the CP
Component CISOs/ISSMs
Ensure that PKI registration activities under their purview are performed in compliance with the
applicable CPSs
AOs
Ensure that DHS encryption policy is addressed in the Security Plans for information systems that
process sensitive information
ISSOs
Ensure that adequate security measures are in place to protect access to hardware and software
Ensure that new hardware and software has been approved in accordance with the configuration
management plan prior to installation
Network/System Administrators
Ensure that DHS cryptographic systems are properly configured and functioning properly
5.5.3
Public Key/Private Key
A public key certificate is used to obtain subscribers’ public keys in a trusted manner. Once a
certificate is obtained, the public key can be used:
•
To encrypt data for that subscriber so that only that subscriber can decrypt it
•
To verify that digitally signed data was signed by that subscriber, thereby authenticating the
identity of the signing subscriber, and the integrity of the signed data
A public key/private key pair validated in accordance with Federal Information Processing
Standard (FIPS) 140-1 is generated in a hardware or software cryptographic module as part of the
PKI registration process and is under the control of the subscriber. The private signing key
remains under the sole possession of the subscriber; it is escrowed by the CA and may be
securely recovered if it is lost or corrupted. This practice allows previously encrypted data to be
decrypted by the subscriber.
Policy
ID
5.5.3.a
5.5.3.b
DHS Policy Statements
Relevant
Controls
DHS FPKI:
A single public/private key pair must not be used by a human subscriber for
both encryption and digital signature.
SC-12
A single public/private key pair must not be used by an NPE for both
encryption and digital signature, whenever their separate use is supported by
SC-12
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
225
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Policy
ID
DHS Policy Statements
Relevant
Controls
the protocols native to the NPE.
A authorized human sponsor shall represent each role, group, code-signer,
system, application and device subscriber when the subscriber applies for one
or more certificates from a DHS CA.
SC-12
DHS FPKI:
An authorized DHS employee shall sponsor DHS contractors or other
affiliates who apply for one or more certificates from a DHS CA.
SC-12
5.5.3.e
A mechanism shall be provided for each DHS CA to enable PKI registrars to
determine the eligibility of each proposed human, role, group, code signer,
system, application, or device to receive one or more certificates.
SC-12
5.5.3.f
A mechanism shall be provided for each DHS CA to enable PKI registrars to
determine and verify the identity of the authorized human sponsor for each
DHS contractor, affiliate, role, group, code signer, system, application, or
device.
SC-12
DHS FPKI:
Human subscribers shall not share their private keys and shall be responsible
for their security and use. If a human subscriber discloses or shares his or her
private key, the subscriber shall be accountable for all transactions signed with
the subscriber’s private key.
SC-12
DHS FPKI:
Sponsors for non-human subscribers (systems, application and devices,) shall
be responsible for the security of and use of the subscriber’s private keys.
Every sponsor shall read, understand, and sign a “DHS PKI Device Sponsor
Acknowledgement of Responsibilities” as a pre-condition for sponsoring nonhuman subscribers.
SC-12
Subscriber private keys shall not be used by more than one entity, with the
following exceptions:
SC-12
5.5.3.c
5.5.3.d
5.5.3.g
5.5.3.h
5.5.3.i
5.5.3.j
•
Authorized members of a Group Subscriber, may use the Group’s
private keys.
•
Multiple systems or devices in a high availability configuration may
use a single Key pair providing the Subject Alternative Name (SAN)
field within the SSL certificate identifies all of the devices with which
the key is to be shared.
DHS FPKI:
Every human subscriber shall read, understand, and sign a “DHS PKI Human
Subscriber Acknowledgement of Responsibilities” as a pre-condition for
receiving certificates from a DHS CA. Signed PKI Human Subscriber
Agreements shall be maintained by the DHS PKI Registrar.
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
226
SC-12
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Public key/private key responsibilities are provided in the following table.
Public Key/Private Key Responsibilities
DHS CISO
Ensures that the DHS CP and CPSs enforce use of separate public/private key pairs for encryption and
digital signature by human subscribers, organization subscribers, application subscribers, code-signing
subscribers, and also by device subscribers when use of separate public/private key pairs for
encryption and digital signature is supported by the protocols native to the type of device.
Ensures that the DHS CP and CPSs require that a human sponsor shall represent each organization,
application, code-signing, and device subscriber when they apply for one or more certificates from a
DHS CA.
Ensures that DHS CPSs require that a mechanism is provided for each DHS CA to enable PKI
registrars to determine the eligibility of each proposed human, organization, application, code signer,
or device subscriber to receive one or more certificates.
Ensures that DHS CPSs require that a mechanism be provided for each DHS CA to enable PKI
registrars to determine the authorized human sponsor for each organization, application, code signer,
or device.
Ensures that controls are implemented to hold human subscribers accountable for the security of their
private key and for all transactions signed with their private key.
Ensures that controls are implemented to hold the sponsor of an organization, application, code
signing, or device subscriber responsible for the security of and use of the subscriber’s private keys.
Ensures that controls are implemented to maintain individual accountability for each use of a shared
organizational or code signing private key.
Ensures that a DHS PKI Subscriber Agreement for Human Users and a DHS PKI Subscriber
Agreement for Sponsors are created and maintained, and that DHS CPSs require human subscribers
and sponsors to read, understand, and sign them as a pre-condition for receiving certificates.
DHS PKI Operational Authority
Ensures that the DHS CPSs and operating procedures enforce the use of separate public/private key
pairs for encryption and digital signature by human subscribers, organization subscribers, application
subscribers, code-signing subscribers, and also by device subscribers whenever supported by the
protocols native to the type of device.
Ensures that the DHS CPSs and operating procedures require that a human sponsor shall represent
each organization, application, code-signing, and device subscriber when it applies for one or more
certificates from a DHS CA.
Verifies that that a mechanism is provided for each DHS CA to enable PKI registrars to determine the
eligibility of each proposed human, organization, application, code signer, or device subscriber to
receive one or more certificates.
Verifies that a mechanism is provided for each DHS CA to enable PKI registrars to determine the
authorized human sponsor for each organization, application, code signer, or device.
Verifies that controls are implemented to hold human subscribers accountable for the security of their
private key and for all transactions signed with their private key.
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
227
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Public Key/Private Key Responsibilities
Verifies that controls are implemented to hold the sponsor of an organization, application, code
signing, or device subscriber responsible for the security of and use of the subscriber’s private keys.
Verifies that controls are implemented to maintain individual accountability for each use of a shared
organizational or code signing private key.
Ensures that DHS CPSs and Operating Procedures require human subscribers and sponsors to read,
understand, and sign DHS PKI Subscriber Agreements as a pre-condition for receiving certificates.
DHS Office of Security
Provides a mechanism, as required by the CPS, to enable PKI registrars to determine the eligibility of
each proposed human subscriber to receive one or more certificates from the DHS CA.
Ensures that registrars under their purview require human subscribers and sponsors to read, understand
and sign DHS PKI Subscriber Agreements as a pre-condition for receiving certificates.
Component CISOs/ISSMs
Provide a mechanism, as required by the CPS, to enable PKI registrars to determine the eligibility of
each proposed human subscriber to receive one or more certificates from the DHS CA.
Provide a mechanism, as required by the CPS, that enables PKI registrars to determine the authorized
human sponsor for each organization, application, code signer, or device.
Implement controls to hold human subscribers accountable for the security of their private key and for
all transactions signed with their private key.
Implement controls to hold the sponsor of an organization, application, code signing, or device
subscriber responsible for the security of and use of the subscriber’s private keys.
Implement controls to maintain individual accountability for each use of a shared organizational or
code signing private key.
Ensure that registrars under their purview require human subscribers and sponsors to read, understand
and sign DHS PKI Subscriber Agreements as a pre-condition for receiving certificates.
ISSOs
Ensure that human subscribers are aware of their responsibilities to protect their private keys.
Ensure that sponsors are aware of their responsibilities to protect the private keys of the subscriber
they sponsor.
Maintain auditable records to ensure individual accountability is maintained for each use of an
organization or code-signing private key authorized for use by more than one person.
Human Subscribers
Assume responsibility for the security of their private keys.
Abide by their signed DHS PKI Subscriber Agreement for Human Users and review it at least
annually.
Sponsors
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
228
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Public Key/Private Key Responsibilities
Assume responsibility security of the private keys of the subscribers that they sponsor.
Abide by their signed DHS PKI Subscriber Agreement for Sponsors and review it at least annually.
5.6
Malware Protection
There are a number of programs that are classified as malicious code, or “malware.” These
programs are referred to as viruses, logic bombs, worms, Trojan horses, and other names. This
section covers types of malware.
5.6.1
Types of Malware
Various types of malware are defined in the following table:
Virus – A virus is a self-replicating malicious program segment that attaches itself to
legitimate application programs, operating system commands, or other executable system
elements and spreads from one system to another. Another definition for virus is: a program or
piece of code that is loaded onto a computer without the user’s knowledge and runs against the
user’s wishes. As it spreads, it is said to be infecting the system.
Worms – Worms are malicious programs that copy themselves from system to system, rather than
infiltrating legitimate files. For example, a mass-mailing email worm is a worm that sends copies of
itself via email. A network worm makes copies of itself throughout a network or through file shares.
Worms often contain Trojan horse or “backdoor” programs.
Logic Bombs – A logic bomb can be defined as dormant code, the activation of which is triggered by a
predetermined time or event. For example, a logic bomb might start erasing data files when the system
clock reaches a certain date or when an application has been loaded X number of times.
Trojan Horses – A Trojan horse is a computer program that is apparently or actually useful but
performs another function covertly. A Trojan horse generally provides remote access to an
unauthorized person. A Trojan horse can be used to modify databases, write checks, send email, or
destroy files. It could be imbedded by a programmer or downloaded from the Internet.
Web Bugs – A web bug is executable code included in an image (as small as one pixel) that can
disrupt the operation of a system or acquire and transmit information from a system without the s
knowledge of users who merely visit a malicious or compromised (bugged) web site.
Backdoor – A backdoor is a method of bypassing a system’s security controls. The backdoor may
take the form of an installed program or could be a modification to an existing program or hardware
device.
5.6.2
How Malware Affects Systems
Malware poses a significant threat to DHS systems therefore, it is essential that all systems
employ preventive measures commensurate with the level of risk identified in the risk analysis.
What makes malware unique is that it can spread from program to program and from system to
system without direct human intervention.
Systems that can be accessed by DHS-approved browser configurations should be categorized
(trusted, untrusted, etc.). Users shall not deploy Web browsers “out of the box,” since the
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
229
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
security policies implemented in such tools tend to reflect vendor interests that do not coincide
with DHS interests.
5.6.3
Procedures When Malware Is Detected On a System
If malware is detected, the LAN/system administrator is responsible for taking appropriate
actions, including:
•
Running disinfectors available with antivirus software
•
Scanning backups for malware prior to restoring system applications and data files
•
Checking for re-infection from media overlooked during the eradication process
•
Using incident reporting procedures described in Section 4.9 to notify the ISSO of the
security incident.
•
Once the malicious code has been eradicated, the system administrator shall determine the
extent of the damage and restore the cleaned programs and files to the disinfected system.
Occurrence of malicious code constitutes a security incident that must be reported; reporting
procedures are described in Section 4.9, “Security Incidents and Incident Response and
Reporting.”
Policy
ID
DHS Policy Statements
Relevant
Controls
5.6.a
Component CISOs/ISSMs shall establish and enforce Component-level
malware protection control policies.
SI-3
5.6.b
Components shall implement a defense-in-depth strategy that:
SI-3
-
Installs antivirus software on desktops and servers
-
Configures antivirus software on desktops and servers to check all files,
downloads, and email
-
Installs updates to antivirus software and signature files on desktops and
servers in a timely and expeditious manner without requiring the end user
to specifically request the update
−
5.6.c
Installs security patches to desktops and servers in a timely and
expeditious manner
System Owners shall develop and enforce procedures to ensure proper
malware scanning of media prior to installation of primary hard drives,
software with associated files, and other purchased products.
AC-20,
SI-3
Virus protection responsibilities are provided in the following table.
Malware Protection Responsibilities
Component CISOs/ISSMs
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
230
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Malware Protection Responsibilities
Establish and enforce malware protection control policy
Provide technical expertise and evaluate the effectiveness of malware protection approaches
Security Control Assessors
Ensure that vulnerability to viruses and other malicious code is detailed in the risk analysis section of
the Security Authorization Process documentation and that adequate steps to mitigate that risk are
taken for each system
System Owners
Assess the impacts associated with system downtime caused by viruses and other malicious code and
ensure adequate resources are allocated to address continuity of operations (CO)
System/Network Administrators
Ensure that all DHS systems employ malware protection software
Ensure that malware protection software is installed on every workstation, network, laptop, and mobile
computing device
Update malware signature files immediately with each new release
Ensure that malware protection software employs resident scanning
Ensure that malware scanning occurs automatically during boot-up and installation of new software
Ensure that all diskettes are scanned for malware prior to use (including blank disks)
Follow procedures detailed in this manual in the event that malware is detected
ISSOs
Employ malware prevention measures commensurate with the level of risk identified in the risk
analysis
Ensure that procedures are implemented to prevent, detect, eradicate, and report computer malware
incidents
Ensure that malware incidents are reported in accordance with SOC procedures (see Section 4.9)
Users
Ensure that no files are downloaded or opened from unknown or untrusted sources. All files should be
scanned by malware detection software before opening them
Do not open suspicious email
Notify the System / Network Administrator if malware detection software is not installed on the user
workstation
Never disable malware detection software functions
Report malware and other malicious code incidents in accordance with procedures described in
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
231
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Malware Protection Responsibilities
Section 4.9, Security Incidents and Incident Response and Reporting
5.7
Product Assurance
Information assurance (IA) involves protecting and defending information and information
systems by ensuring their confidentiality, integrity, availability, , authentication, , and
nonrepudiation. Information assurance is achieved through the use of IA and IA-enabled
products.
The National Information Assurance Partnership (NIAP) is a collaborative effort by NIST and
the NSA designed to meet the security testing, evaluation, and assessment needs of both
information system producers and consumers. NIAP combines the extensive security experience
of both agencies to promote the development of technically sound security requirements for
information system products and appropriate metrics for evaluating those products and systems.
The NIAP Common Criteria Evaluation and Validation Scheme for information security
(CCEVS) is a partnership between the public and private sectors, to evaluate information system
product conformance to international standards. The scheme is designed to help consumers
select products that meet their security requirements while helping the manufacturers of those
products gain acceptance in the global marketplace.
Compliance with the DHS 4300A Policy Directive, coupled with the requirement that products
have been appropriately validated by designated Federal authorities and by CCEVS, will reduce
costs and remove the burden of maintaining and providing interoperability between numerous
software systems custom written by various contractors.
Policy
ID
DHS Policy Statements
Relevant
Controls
5.7.a
Information Assurance (IA) shall be considered a requirement for all systems
used to input, process, store, display, or transmit sensitive or national security
information. IA shall be achieved through the acquisition and appropriate
implementation of evaluated or validated Commercial off the Shelf (COTS) IA
and IA-enabled Information Technology (IT) products. These products shall
provide for the availability of systems. The products also shall ensure the
integrity and confidentiality of information and the authentication and
nonrepudiation of parties in electronic transactions.
---
5.7.b
Strong preference shall be given to the acquisition of COTS IA and IAenabled IT products (to be used on systems entering, processing, storing,
displaying, or transmitting sensitive information) that have been evaluated and
validated, as appropriate, in accordance with the following:
---
-
The NIST FIPS validation program
-
The NSA/NIST National Information Assurance Partnership (NIAP)
Evaluation and Validation Program
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
232
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Policy
ID
DHS Policy Statements
-
Relevant
Controls
The International Common Criteria for Information Security
Technology Evaluation Mutual Recognition Agreement
5.7.c
The evaluation and validation of COTS IA and IA-enabled products shall be
conducted by authorized commercial laboratories or by NIST.
---
5.7.d
Components shall use only cryptographic modules that meet the requirements
set forth in Section 5.5, Cryptography.
---
5.7.e
Transaction-based systems (e.g., database management systems and
transaction processing systems) shall implement transaction rollback and
transaction journaling, or technical equivalents.
CP-10
Product assurance responsibilities are provided in the following table.
Product Assurance Responsibilities
Component CISO/ISSMs
Provide guidance in the use of COTS information assurance products
Security Control Assessors
Validate the proper use of information assurance products
System Administrators/ISSOs
Ensure selected information assurance products are properly deployed and configured
Project Managers
Comply with product assurance policy during system development
5.8
Supply Chain
DHS depends on numerous supply chains for the hardware and software needed in order to
effectively accomplish its missions. Many of these supply chains are independent of one-another
and come with their own set of risks. All programs need to make a risk management decision on
how to best manage these risks. It is often no longer enough to perform “due diligence” at the
beginning of an acquisition. Effective Supply Chain Risk Management (SCRM) requires the
analysis of the Business Impact Assessment (BIA) to determine if the supply chain risks
represent unacceptable business impact and what the best cost effective counter-measures are.
Because threats to that supply chain are continually evolving, including SCRM into the
Continuous Monitoring process will be needed in the near future (e.g., continuous monitoring of
integrators or logistics). Some requirements may be included within DHS 4300A and the DHS
Information Technology Acquisition Review (ITAR) process, which can respectively serve as
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
233
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
policy and review mechanisms, but incorporation into the greater DHS acquisition process is
vital for overall success.
Policy
ID
DHS Policy Statements
Relevant
Controls
5.8.a
Business Impact Assessments (BIA) shall be used to determine the level of
risk introduced to the system by the IT supply chain and whether the IT supply
chain threat introduces sufficient risk to require the implementation of
countermeasures.
SA-12
5.8.b
To protect against the supply chain threat, Components shall implement
appropriate countermeasures, commensurate with the level of risk determined
by the BIA.
SA-12
The following table from the NPPD “SCRM Recommendations for 4300A” provides a
representative sampling of counter-measures that may be considered:
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
234
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Programmati
c
Technical
Enhancements
Section 3.1.1 – Enhance Information
Security Programs with SCRM
- Include procurement, delivery,
storage systems
- Enhance risk analysis to include
supply chain elements
- Enhance access control to include
information sharing and
integrator/suppliers
- Enhance configuration
management with identify of
SCRM objects
- Require technical diversity
- Establish integrator/supplier
security awareness and training
Section 3.1.3 – Enhance Technical and
Operational Countermeasures with
SCRM
- Enhanced access control for
integrators/suppliers
- Enhanced intrusion detection and
response
- Enhanced acceptance testing
- Enhanced disposal requirements
- Enhanced continuous monitoring
- Enhanced ISCM to integrate data
collection
- Enhanced review of
integrator/supplier procedures
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
235
SCRM-Unique
Section 3.1.2 – Apply SCRM
Countermeasures
- Require source diversity
- Enhanced due diligence for
integrator/supplier selection
- Enhanced review of
integrators/suppliers
- Avoid gray market components
- Practice anonymous acquisition
when acquirer identity is
sensitive
- All-at-once acquisition of
components and spare parts
- Limit time between purchase and
delivery
- Require integrators/suppliers
test components
- Require flaw detection and
remediation
- Require an independent witness
for some testing
- Require integrators/suppliers
document testing
- Recursive requirements for
integrators/suppliers
Section 3.1.4 – Apply SCRM
Countermeasures
- Employ formal and accountable
transit, storage, and delivery
procedures
- Limit transit and storage of
critical components to trusted
channels/services
- Specify use of a code analyzer
prior to compilation
- Use code signatures
- Use/specify tamper-proof or
tamper-evident packaging
- Enable forensic analysis in
system/component design
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
236
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
6.0
DOCUMENT CHANGE REQUESTS
Changes to ”DHS Sensitive Systems Policy Directive 4300A” and to the DHS 4300A Sensitive
Systems Handbook may be requested in accordance with Section 1.7, “Changes to Policy.”
7.0
QUESTIONS AND COMMENTS
For clarification of DHS information security policies or procedures, contact the DHS Director
for Information Systems Security Policy at [email protected].
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
237
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
APPENDIX A
ACRONYMS AND ABBREVIATIONS
Acronym
Meaning
3-DES
Triple Data Encryption Standard
ACD
Automatic Call Distribution
AES
Advanced Encryption Standards
AIS
Automated Information System
A-Number
Alien Registration Number
AO
Authorizing Official
APO
Army Post Office
ARB
Acquisition Review Board
ATO
Authority to Operate
BI
Background Investigation
BIA
Business Impact Assessment
BLSR
Baseline Security Requirements
CA
Certification Authority
CBP
Customs and Border Protection
CCB
Change Control Board
CCE
Common Configuration Enumeration
CD
Compact Disk
CFO
Chief Financial Officer
CI
Counter-Intelligence
CIFS
Common Internet File Service
CIO
Chief Information Officer
CISID
Chief, Internal Security and Investigations Division
CISID-OIS
Chief, Internal Security and Investigations Division, Office of Security
CISO
Chief Information Security Officer
CM
Configuration Management
CMG
Core Management Group
CMP
Configuration Management Plan
CO
Continuity of Operations
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
238
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Acronym
Meaning
CONOPS
Concept of Operations
COOP
Continuity of Operations Plan
Continuity of Operations Planning
COTS
Commercial off the Shelf
CP
Contingency Plan
Contingency Planning
Certificate Policy
CPE
Common Platform Enumeration
CPIC
Capital Planning and Investment Control
CPS
Certificate Practices Statement
CRC
Cyclical Redundancy Check
CRE
Computer-Readable Extract
CRL
Certificate Revocation List
CSID-OIS
Chief, Internal Security and Investigations Division, Office of Security
CSO
Chief Security Officer
CUI
Controlled Unclassified Information
CVE
Common Vulnerabilities and Exposures
DES
Digital Encryption Standards
DHS
Department of Homeland Security
DISA
Defense Information Systems Agency
DNSSEC
Domain Name System Security Extensions
DOD
Department of Defense
DoS
Denial of Service
DoT
Department of Treasury
DR
Disaster Recovery
DT&E
Development Test and Evaluation
DVD
Digital Video Disk
EA
Enterprise Architecture
EAB
Enterprise Architecture Board
EO
Executive Order
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
239
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Acronym
Meaning
FAM
Foreign Affairs Manual
FBCA
Federal Bridge Certification Authority
FDCC
Federal Desktop Core Configuration (term now obsolete, replaced by U.S.
Government Configuration Baseline (USGCB)
FEMA
Federal Emergency Management Agency
FICAM
Federal Identity, Credentialing, and Access Management
FIPS
Federal Information Processing Standard
FISCAM
Federal Information System Controls Audit Manual
FISMA
Federal Information Security Management Act
FLETC
Federal Law Enforcement Training Center
FOIA
Freedom of Information Act
FPGA
Field Programmable Gate Array
FPKI PA
Federal PKI Policy Authority
FTP
File Transfer Protocol
FYHSP
Future Years Homeland Security Program
GSA
General Services Administration
GSS
General Support System
HIPAA
Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act
HSAR
Homeland Security Acquisition Regulations
HSDN
Homeland Secure Data Network
HSPD
Homeland Security Presidential Directive
HVAC
Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning
I&A
Intelligence and Analysis
IA
Identification and Authentication
Information Assurance
IATO
Interim Authority to Operate
IAVA
Information Assurance Vulnerability Assessment
ICAM
Identity, Credentialing, and Access Management
ICAT
Internet Categorization of Attacks Toolkit
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
240
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Acronym
Meaning
ICE
Immigration and Customs Enforcement
IDF
Intermediate Distribution Frame
IDS
Intrusion Detection System
IETF
Internet Engineering Task Force
IOC
Initial Operating Capability
IPT
Integrated Product Team
IR
Incident Response
Infrared
IRB
Investment Review Board
IRTPA
Intelligence Reform and Terrorism Prevention Act of 2004
ISA
Interconnection Security Agreement
ISP
Internet Service Provider
ISSM
Information Systems Security Manager
ISSO
Information Systems Security Officer
ISVA
Information Security Vulnerability Alert
ISVB
Information Security Vulnerability Bulletin
ISVM
Information System Vulnerability Management
IT
Information Technology
ITAR
Information Technology Acquisition Review
ITGC
Information Technology General Controls
IXC
Inter-exchange Carrier
JWICS
Joint Worldwide Intelligence Communications System
KDP
Key Decision Point
LAN
Local Area Network
LBI
Limited Background Investigation
LE
Law Enforcement
LEC
Local Exchange Carrier
LMR
Land Mobile Radio
MA
Major Application
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
241
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Acronym
Meaning
MBI
Minimum Background Investigation
MD
Management Directive
MDF
Main Distribution Frame
MMS
Multimedia Messaging Service
MO
Magneto Optical
NAC
National Agency Check
NACIC
National Agency Check and Inquiries and Credit
NACLC
NAC with Law and Credit
NIAP
National Information Assurance Partnership
NIC
Network Interface Card
NIDS
Network Intrusion Detection System
NIST
National Institute of Standards and Technology
NLT
No Later Than
NOC
Network Operations Center
NPPD
National Protection and Programs Directorate
NSA
National Security Agency
NSF
Nonstandard Facilities
OCIO
Office of the Chief Information Officer
OID
Object identifier
OIG
Office of Inspector General
OMB
Office of Management and Budget
OPA
Office of Public Affairs
OPM
Office of Personnel Management
OT&E
Operational Test and Evaluation
OTAR
Over-The-Air-Rekeying
PBX
Private Branch Exchange
PCMCIA
Personal Computer Memory Card International Association
PCS
Personal Communications Services
PDA
Personal Digital Assistant
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
242
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Acronym
Meaning
PED
Portable Electronic Device
PEP
Policy Enforcement Point
PHI
Protected Health Information
PIA
Privacy Impact Assessment
PII
Personally Identifiable Information
PIN
Personal Identity Number
PIRT
Privacy Incident Response Team
PIV
Personal Identity Verification
PKI
Public Key Infrastructure
PKI PA
PKI Policy Authority
PKI MA
PKI Management Authority
PM
Program Manager
PNS
Protected Network Services
POA&M
Plan of Action and Milestones
POC
Point of Contact
PPOC
Privacy Point of Contact
PSTN
Public Switched Telephone Network
PTA
Privacy Threshold Analysis
RA
Risk Assessment
Registration Authority
RAM
Random Access Memory
RDP
Remote Desktop Protocol
RF
Radio Frequency
RFID
Radio Frequency Identification
RMS
Risk Management System
ROB
Riles of Behavior
ROM
Read Only Memory
RTM
Requirements Traceability Matrix
SA
Security Architecture
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
243
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Acronym
Meaning
SAISO
Senior Agency Information Security Officer
SAN
Subject Alternative Name
SAOP
Senior Agency Official for Privacy
SAR
Security Assessment Report
SCAP
Security Content Automation Protocol
SCI
Sensitive Compartmented Information
SCRM
Supply Chain Risk Management
SELC
Systems Engineering Life Cycle
SFTP
Secure File Transfer Protocol
SIM
Security Incident Management
SLA
Service Level Agreement
SMS
Short Message Service
SOC
Security Operations Center
SOC CONOPS
Security Operations Center Concept of Operations
SORN
System of Records Notice
SOW
Statement of Work
SP
Special Publication (only in titles of NIST publications, e.g. SP 800-37)
Security Plan
SSBI
Single Scope Background Investigation
SSH
Secure Shell
SSL
Secure Socket Layer
SSP
Shared Service Provider
Stat.
Statute (refers to a law found in U.S. Statutes at Large)
TA
Technical Advisory
TAF
Trusted Agent FISMA
TCP
Transport Control Protocol
TCP/IP
Transport Control Protocol/Internet Protocol
TFPAP
Trust Framework Provider Adoption Process
TIA/EIA
Telecommunications Industry Association/Electronic Industries Alliance
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
244
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Acronym
Meaning
TIC
Trusted Internet Connections
TOS
Terms of Service
TRM
Technical Reference Model
TS
Top Secret
TS/SCI
Top Secret, Sensitive Compartmented Information
TSA
Transportation Security Administration
UCMJ
Uniform Code of Military Justice
UDP
User Datagram Protocola
UPS
Uninterruptible Power Supply
USB
Universal Serial Bus
USC
United States Code (in citations of codified U.S. law)
US-CERT
United States Computer Emergency Readiness Team
USCG
United States Coast Guard
USCIS
United States Citizenship and Immigration Service
USGCB
U.S. Government Configuration Baseline
USSS
United States Secret Service
VA
Vulnerability Assessment
VAT
Vulnerability Assessment Team
VoIP
Voice over Internet Protocol
VPN
Virtual Private Network
WLAN
Wireless Local Area Network
WORM
Write Once Read Many
WPAN
Wireless Personal Area Network
WWAN
Wireless Wide Area Network
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
245
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
APPENDIX B
GLOSSARY
The following definitions apply to the policies and procedures outlined in this document. Other
definitions may be found in National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) IR 7298,
“Glossary of Key Information Security Terms” and in the “National Information Assurance (IA)
Glossary.”
Acceptable Risk
Mission, organizational, or program-level risk deemed tolerable by the Risk
Executive after adequate security has been provided.
Adequate Security
Security commensurate with the risk and the magnitude of harm resulting
from the loss, misuse, or unauthorized access to or modification of
information. [OMB Circular A-130, Appendix III]
Annual Assessment
Department of Homeland Security (DHS) activity for meeting the annual
Federal Information Security Management Act (FISMA) self-assessment
requirement.
Authorization Package
The documents submitted to the AO for the Authorization Decision. An
Authorization Package consists of:
Authorization Decision Letter
Security Plan - criteria provided on when the plan should be
updated
Security Assessment Report - updated on an ongoing basis
whenever changes are made to either the security controls in the
information system or the common controls inherited by those
systems
Plan of Action and Milestones (POA&M)
Authorizing Official
(AO)
An official within a Federal Government agency empowered to grant
approval for a system to operate.
Certification/ Certifying
Agent
A contractor that performs certification tasks as designated by the CO.
Certificate (or
Certifying) Authority
(CA)
A trusted third party that issues certificates and verifies the identity of the
holder of the digital certificate.
Chief Information
Officer (CIO)
The executive within a Federal Government agency responsible for its
information systems.
Compensating Control
An internal control intended to reduce the risk of an existing or potential
control weakness.
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
246
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Component
A DHS Component is any of the entities within DHS, including every DHS
office and independent agencies.
Computer Security
Incident Response
Center
DHS organization that responds to computer security incidents.
Designated Approval
Authority (DAA)
Obsolete term; see Authorizing Official (AO).
Enterprise Operations
Center (SOC)
The DHS organization that coordinates security operations for the DHS
Enterprise.
Exception
Acceptance to permanently operate a system that does not comply with
policy.
For Official Use Only
(FOUO)
The marking instruction or caveat “For Official Use Only” will be used
within the DHS community to identify sensitive but unclassifed
information that is not otherwise specifically described and governed by
statute or regulation.
General Support System An interconnected set of information resources under the same direct
management control and sharing common functionality. A GSS normally
(GSS)
includes hardware, software, information, applications, communications,
data, and users.
Information Security
Vulnerability
Management (ISVM)
A DHS system that provides notification of newly discovered
vulnerabilities, and tracks the status of vulnerability resolution.
Information System
Any information technology that is (1) owned, leased, or operated by any
DHS Component, (2) operated by a contractor on behalf of DHS, or (3)
operated by another Federal, state, or local Government agency on behalf
of DHS. Information systems include general support systems and major
applications (MA).
Information System
Security Officer (ISSO)
A Government employee or contractor who implements and/or monitors
security for a particular system.
Information Technology
Any equipment or interconnected system or subsystem of equipment that is
used in the automatic acquisition, storage, manipulation, management,
movement, control, display, switching, interchange, transmission, or
reception of data or information.
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
247
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Major Application
(MA)
An automated information system (AIS) that “requires special attention to
security due to the risk and magnitude of harm that can result from the
loss, misuse, or unauthorized access to or modification of the information
in the application” in accordance with OMB Circular A-130.
An MA is a discrete application, whereas a GSS may support multiple
applications.
Management Controls
The security controls for an information system that focus on the
management of risk and the management of information system security.
Operational Controls
The security controls for an information system that are primarily
implemented and executed by people (as opposed to being executed by
systems).
Operational Risk
The risk contained in a system under operational status. It is the risk that
an AO accepts when granting an ATO.
Personally Identifiable
Information (PII)
Any information that permits the identity of an individual to be directly or
indirectly inferred, including any other information that is linked or
linkable to an individual regardless of whether the individual is a U.S.
Citizen, legal permanent resident, or a visitor to the U.S.
Pilot
A test system in the production environment that may contain operational
data and may be used to support DHS operations, typically in a limited
way.
Policy Enforcement
Point (PEP)
A firewall or similar device that can be used to restrict information flow.
Policy Statement
A high-level rule for guiding actions intended to achieve security
objectives.
Portable Electronic
Device (PED)
A device that has a battery and is meant to process information without
being plugged into an electric socket; it is often handheld but can be a
laptop computer.
Privacy Sensitive
System
Any system that collects, uses, disseminates, or maintains PII or sensitive
PII.
Production
The applications and systems that DHS end users access and use
operationally to execute business transactions.
Prototype
A test system in a test environment that must not contain operational data
and must not be used to support DHS operations.
Remote Access
Access to a DHS information system by a user (or an information system)
communicating through an external, non-DHS-controlled network (e.g., the
Internet).
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
248
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Residual Risk
The risk remaining after security controls have been applied.
Risk Executive (RE)
An individual who ensures that risks are managed consistently across the
organization. An RE can be at the Departmental or Component level.
Security Control
A particular safeguard or countermeasure to protect the confidentiality,
integrity, and availability of a system and its information.
Security Control
Assessor
A senior management official who certifies the results of the security
control assessment. He or she must be a Federal Government employee.
Security Incident
An occurrence that actually or potentially jeopardizes the confidentiality,
integrity, or availability of an information system or the information the
system processes, stores, or transmits, or that constitutes a violation or
imminent threat of violation of security policies, security procedures, or
acceptable use policies.
Security Operations
Center (SOC)
The organization in each DHS Component that coordinates the
Component’s security operations.
Security Requirement
A formal statement of action or process applied to an information system
and its environment in order to provide protection and attain security
objectives. Security requirements for any given system are contained in its
Security Plan.
8.0 Senior Agency
Information
Security
Official
(SAISO)
The point of contact within a Federal Government agency responsible for
its information system security.
Sensitive But
Unclassified
Obsolete designation; see Sensitive Information.
Sensitive Information
Information not otherwise categorized by statute or regulation that if
disclosed could have an adverse impact on the welfare or privacy of
individuals or on the welfare or conduct of Federal Government programs
or other programs or operations essential to the national interest.
Sensitive Personally
Identifiable Information
(Sensitive PII)
PII that requires stricter handling guidelines because of the nature of the
data and the increased risk to an individual if compromised, and if lost,
compromised, or disclosed without authorization, could result in substantial
harm, embarrassment, inconvenience, or unfairness to an individual.
Examples of sensitive PII include Social Security numbers and Alien
Registration Numbers (A-number).
Significant Incident
A computer security-related incident that represents a meaningful threat to
the DHS mission and requires immediate leadership notification.
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
249
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Spam
Emails containing unwanted commercial solicitation, fraudulent schemes,
and possibly malicious logic.
Strong Authentication
Layered authentication approach relying on two or more authenticators to
establish the identity of an originator or receiver of information.
System
A discrete set of information system assets contained within the
authorization boundary.
System Owner
The agency official responsible for the development, procurement,
integration, modification, operation and maintenance, and/or final
disposition of an information system.
Technical Controls
The security controls for an information system that are primarily
implemented and executed by the information system through mechanisms
contained in system hardware, software, or firmware.
Two-Factor
Authentication
Authentication can involve something the user knows (e.g., a password),
something the user has (e.g., a smart card), or something the user “is” (e.g.,
a fingerprint or voice pattern). Single-factor authentication uses only one
of the three forms of authentication, while two-factor authentication uses
any two of the three forms. Three-factor authentication uses all three
forms.
Unclassified
Information
Information that has not been determined to be classified pursuant to
Executive Order 13526, as amended.
USB Device
A device that can be connected to a computer via a USB port.
USB Drive
A memory device small enough to fit into a pocket that connects to a
computer via a USB port.
Vulnerability Scanning
An automated scan for potential security vulnerabilities.
Waiver
Temporary dispensation of a policy requirement, granted to a Component
to operate a system while working toward compliance.
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
250
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
APPENDIX C
REFERENCES
The DHS information security program and organization are based upon public laws, executive
orders, national policy, external guidance, and internal DHS guidance.
Public Laws and U.S. Code
•
Privacy Act of 1974, as amended, Public Law 93-579, codified at 5 USC 552a
•
E-Government Act of 2002, including Title III, Federal Information Security
Management Act (FISMA), Public Law 107-347, codified at 44 USC. §§ 3541-3549
•
Clinger-Cohen Act of 1996 [formerly, Information Technology Management Reform Act
(ITMRA)], Public Law 104-106, codified at 5 CFRCFR § 2635, Office of Government
Ethics, Standards of Ethical Conduct for Employees of the Executive Branch
•
Computer Security Act of 1987 as amended, Public Law 100-235, codified at 40 USC
759.
•
Freedom of Information Act of 2002, as amended, Public Law 89-554, 80 Stat 383,
amended 1996, 2002, 2007
Executive Orders
•
Executive Order 12958, “Classified National Security Information,” March 25, 2003
•
Homeland Security Presidential Directive 12, “Policy for a Common Identification
Standard for Federal Employees and Contractors,” August 27, 2004
Office of Management and Budget Directives
•
Office of Management and Budget (OMB) Circular A-130, “Management of Federal
Information Resources,” revised, November 30, 2000
•
OMB Bulletin 06-03, “Audit Requirements for Federal Financial Statements,” August 23,
2006
•
OMB Memorandum M-04-04, “E-Authentication Guidance for Federal Agencies,”
December 16, 2003
•
OMB Memorandum M-06-15, “Safeguarding Personally Identifiable Information,” May
22, 2006
•
OMB Memorandum M-06-16, “Protection of Sensitive Agency Information,” June 23,
2006
•
OMB Memorandum M-07-16, “Safeguarding Against and Responding to the Breach of
Personally Identifiable Information,” May 22, 2007
•
OMB Memorandum M-09-02, “Information Technology Management Structure and
Governance Framework,” October 21, 2008
•
OMB Memorandum 10-15, “FY 2010 Reporting Instructions for the Federal Information
Security Management Act and Agency Privacy Management, April 21, 2010
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
251
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
•
OMB Memorandum 10-28, “Clarifying Cybersecurity Responsibilities and Activities of
the Executive Office of the President and the Department of Homeland Security (DHS),”
July 6, 2010
•
OMB Memorandum 11-06, “WikiLeaks - Mishandling of Classified Information,”
November 28, 2010
Other External Guidance
•
Intelligence Community Directive Number 508, “Intelligence Community Information
Technology Systems Security Risk Management, Certification and Accreditation,”
September 15, 2008
•
National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) Federal Information Processing
Standards (FIPS), including:
•
•
NIST FIPS 200, “Minimum Security Requirements for Federal Information and
Information Systems,” March 2006”
•
NIST FIPS 199, “Standards for Security Categorization of Federal Information
and Information Systems,” February 2004
NIST Information Technology Security Special Publications (SP) 800 series, including:
•
NIST SP 800-16, Rev 1, “Information Technology Security Training
Requirements: A Role- and Performance-Based Model (Draft),” April 1998
•
NIST SP 800-34, Rev 1, “Contingency Planning Guide for Information
Technology Systems,” May, 1010
•
NIST SP 800-37, Rev 1, “Guide for Applying the Risk Management Framework
to Federal Information Systems: A Security Life Cycle Approach,” February 2010
•
NIST SP 800-39, “Integrated Enterprise-Wide Risk Management: Organization,
Mission, and Information System View,” March 2011
•
NIST SP 800-50, “Building an Information Technology Security Awareness and
Training Program,” October 2003
•
NIST SP 800-52, “Guidelines for the Selection and Use of Transport Layer
Security (TLS) Implementations,” June 2005
•
NIST SP 800-53, Rev 3, “Recommended Security Controls for Federal
Information Systems and Organizations,” August 2009, with updated errata May
01, 2010”
•
NIST SP 800-53A, Rev 1, Guide for Assessing the Security Controls in Federal
Information Systems,” June 2010
•
NIST SP 800-60, Rev 1, “Guide for Mapping Types of Information and
Information Systems to Security Categories: (2 Volumes) - Volume 1: Guide
Volume 2: Appendices,” August 2008
•
NIST SP 800-63, Rev 1, Draft 3“Electronic Authentication Guideline, June 2011
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
252
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
•
•
NIST SP 800- 65, Rev 1, Draft, “Recommendations for Integrating Information
Security into the Capital Planning and Investment Control Process (CPIC),” July
14, 2009
•
NIST SP 800-88, “Guidelines for Media Sanitization,” Sept 2006
•
NIST SP 800-92, “Guide to Computer Security Log Management,” September
2006
•
NIST SP 800-94, “Guide to Intrusion Detection and Prevention Systems (IDPS),”
February 2007
•
NIST SP 800-95, “Guide to Secure Web Services,” August 2007
•
NIST SP 800-100, “Information Security Handbook: A Guide for Manager,”
October 2006
•
NIST SP 800-115, “Technical Guide to Information Security Testing and
Assessment,” November 2008
•
NIST SP 800-118, Draft, “Guide to Enterprise Password Management (Draft),”
April 21, 2009
•
NIST SP 800-122, “Guide to Protecting the Confidentiality of Personally
Identifiable Information (PII),” April 2010
•
NIST SP 800-123, “Guide to General Server Security,” July 2008
•
NIST SP 800-124, “Guidelines on Cell Phone and PDA Security,” October 2008
•
NIST SP 800-128, “Guide for Security Configuration Management of Information
Systems (Draft),” August 2011
•
NIST SP 800-137, “Information Security Continuous Monitoring for Federal
Information Systems and Organizations,” September 2011
NIST Interagency or Internal Reports (NISTIR)
•
NIST IR 7298 Rev 1, “Glossary of Key Information Security Terms,” February
2011
•
Committee on National Security Systems (CNSS) Instructions
•
CNSS Instruction No. 4009 (Revised), “National Information Assurance Glossary,” April
2010
•
CNSS Instruction No. 1001, “National Instruction on Classified Information Spillage,”
February 2008
Internal Guidance
•
“Department of Homeland Security Acquisition Regulation (HSAR),” 48 CFR Chapter
30, June 2006
•
DHS Management Directives (MD), especially:
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
253
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
o MD 140-01, “Information Technology Systems Security,” July 31, 2007
o MD 11042.1,”Safeguarding Sensitive but Unclassified (For Official Use Only)
Information.” January 6, 2005
o MD 1030, “Corrective Action Plans,” May 15, 2006
o MD 4400.1, DHS Web (Internet, Intranet, and Extranet Information) and
Information Systems,” March 1, 2003
o MD 4500.1, “DHS Email Usage,” March 1, 2003
o MD 4600.1,” Personal Use of Government Office Equipment,” April 14, 2003
o MD 4900,” Individual Use and Operation of DHS Information
Systems/Computers,” document undated
•
DHS Instruction 121-01-007,” Personnel Suitability and Security Program,” June 2009
•
DHS Directive 102-01, “Acquisition Management,” January 20, 2010
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
254
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
APPENDIX D
Version
DOCUMENT CHANGE HISTORY
Date
Description
0.1
December 13, 2002
Draft Baseline Release
0.2
December 30, 2002
Revised Draft
0.5
January 27, 2003
Day One Interim Policy
1.0
June 1, 2003
Department Policy
1.1
December 3, 2003
Updated Department Policy
2.0
March 31, 2004
Content Update
2.1
July 26, 2004
Content Update
2.2
February 28, 2005
Content Update
2.3
March 7, 2005
Content Update
3.0
March 31, 2005
Includes updates to PKI, Wireless Communications, and Media Sanitization
(now Media Reuse and Disposition) sections
3.1
July 29, 2005
New policies: 3.1b,e,f, 3.1g. 4.1.5b, 4.8.4a. Modified policies: 3.7b, c,
3.9b,g, 3.10a, 4.3.1b, 4.8.2a, 4.8.5e, 5.1.1b, 5.2.2a, 5.3a, c, 5.4.1a, 5.4.5d,
5.4.8c, 5.5.1a, 5.7d. Policies relating to media disposal incorporated into
policies within Media Reuse and Disposition section. Deleted policy
regarding use of automated DHS tool for conducting vulnerability
assessments.
3.2
October 1, 2005
Modified policies 3.8b, 4.8.1a, 5.2.1a&b, 5.2.2a, and 5.4.3c; combined (with
modifications) policies 4.1e and 4.1f; modified Section 1.5
3.3
December 30, 2005
New policies: policies 3.9a–d; 3.11.1b; 4.3.1a; 4.6c; 5.4.3d&e. Modified
policies: policies 3.9i&j; 4.3.2a; 4.6a, b; 4.6.1e; 4.6.2j; 4.6.2.1a; 4.6.3e;
5.4.3c; 5.5.2k. Modified sections: 2.5, 2.7, 2.9, 2.11, 3.9, 5.5.2.
4.0
June 1, 2006
New policies: 3.5.3.c&g, 4.6.2.3.c, 5.1.c, 5.2.c, 5.4.1.a. Modified policies:
3.5.1.c, 3.5.3.d–f, 3.7.a&b, 3.9.a&b, d, 4.1.4.b&c, 4.2.1.a, 4.3.1.a, 4.6.c,
4.6.1.a, 4.6.2.f, 4.10.3.a, 5.2.1.b, 5.3.a&b, 5.4.1.b, 5.4.3.c, 5.4.5.d.
Modified section: Section 2.9.
4.1
September 8, 2006
New policies: 3.14.1.a–c; 3.14.3.a–c; 4.10.1.c; 5.3.d&e; 5.4.1.c–e.
Modified policies: 3.9.b; 4.6.2.d; 4.8.2.a–c; 4.10.1.b; 5.1.c; 5.3.c; 5.4.1.b.
New sections: 3.14, 3.14.1, 3.14.3. Modified sections: 2.9, 4.8.2.
4.2
September 29, 2006
New policies: 4.6.4.a–f. Modified policies: 4.3.3.a–c. New section:
4.6.4.
5.0
March 1, 2007
New policies: 4.1.5.h. Modified policies: 3.10.c, 4.1.1.d, 4.1.5.a,b,f, &g,
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
255
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Version
Date
Description
4.6.2.d, 4.6.3.f, 5.2.c, 5.4.8.a, 5.6.b. New sections: 4.1.1. Modified
sections: 1.2, 1.4.2, 1.4.3, 2.9, 3.12, 4.1 and subsections, 4.6.1–4.6.4, 4.9,
5.2.1. Renumbered sections: 4.1.2–4.1.6, 4.9, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12.
5.1
April 18, 2007
Update based on SOC CONOPS, Final Version 1.4.1, April 6, 2007; Adds
DHS Chief Financial Officer – Designated Financial Systems; Updates the
term, Sensitive But Unclassified to For Official Use Only
5.2
June 1, 2007
Updates Sections 2.7, 2.9, 2.12, 3.3, 3.5.1, 3.5.3, 3.6, 3.8, 3.9, 3.10, 3.14,
3.15, 4.1.5, 4.1.6, 4.10, 4.12, 5.1.1, 5.2, 5.3, 5.4.1, 5.4.3, 5.4.4, 5.4.8, 5.5.1,
5.7
5.3
August 3, 2007
Revised policy in Sections 3.5.1 and 5.5.1, and removed Section 3.5.2.
Removed Sections 3.11.2 and 3.11.4
5.4
October 1, 2007
Content update, incorporation of change requests
5.5
September 30, 2007
Section 1.0: 1.1 – Added text regarding policy implementation and DHS
security compliance tool updates. 1.2 – Removed two references from list;
deleted "various" from citation of standards.
Section 2.0: 2.0 – Insert the following after the first sentence in the second
paragraph: “Security is an inherently governmental responsibility.
Contractors and other sources may assist in the performance of security
functions, but a government individual must always be designated as the
responsible agent for all security requirements and functions.” 2.3 –
Removed parentheses from "in writing."
Section 3.0: 3.9 – Inserted new policy element “l” regarding CISO
concurrence for accreditation. 3.15 – Added text regarding Component
CFOs and ISSMs.
Section 4.0: 4.1.1 – Capitalized “Background,” and added "(BI)." 4.3.1 –
Two new elements were added to the policy table. 4.7 – Inserted "where
required or appropriate" before the sentence. 4.8.3 – Title changed to
“Personally Owned Equipment and Software (not owned by or contracted for
by the Government).” 4.8.6 – Included new section regarding wireless
settings for peripheral equipment.
Section 5.0: 5.1c – Changed inactive accounts to “disable user identifiers
after 45 days of inactivity.” 5.1.1 – First sentence of the second paragraph
was rewritten to prohibit use of personal passwords by multiple individuals.
5.2.2 – Title changed to “Automatic Session Termination.”
6.0
May 17, 2008
Global change
“Shoulds” changed to “shalls” throughout the document. Replaced certain
instances of “will” with “shall” throughout document to indicate compliance
is required.
Various changes were made throughout the document to ensure that the
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
256
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Version
Date
Description
4300A Policy and Handbook align with the 4300B Policy and Handbook.
“ISSM” changed to “CISO/ISSM” throughout the document.
"CPO" changed to "Chief Privacy Officer" throughout the document.
“IT Security Program” changed to “Information Security Program”
throughout the document.”
“System Development Life Cycle” changed to “System Life Cycle” and
“SDLC” changed to “SLC” throughout the document.
Title Page
Title page of 4300A Policy - Language on the Title Page was reworded.
“This is the implementation of DHS Management Directive 4300.1.”
Section 1.0
1.1 – Updated to clarify 90 day period in which to implement new policy
elements.
1.2 – Added OMB, NIST, and CNSS references.
1.4 – Added reference and link to Privacy Incident Handling Guidance and
the Privacy Compliance documentation.
1.4.2 – Added definition of National Intelligence Information.
1.4.3 – Inserted definition of National Security Information to align with
4300B Policy.
1.4.8.1 – Definition of General Support System was updated.
1.4.8.2 – Definition of Major Application was updated.
1.4.10 – Section was renamed “Trust Zone.”
1.4.16 – Inserted new definition for FISMA.
1.5 – Language was updated to increase clarity for financial system owners
for waivers and exceptions.
Section 2.0
2.3 – Added a new responsibility for DHS CIO.
2.4 – Added a new responsibility for Component CIOs.
2.5 - Chief Information Security Officer (CISO) renamed DHS Chief
Information Security Officer (CISO). Updated to include privacy-related
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
257
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Version
Date
Description
responsibilities.
2.6 – Added a new section in Roles and Responsibilities called “Component
CISO.”
2.7 – Updated Component ISSM Role and Responsibilities.
2.8 – Changed name of the section from "Office of the Chief Privacy Officer
(CPO)" to "The Chief Privacy Officer". Updated to include privacy-related
responsibilities.
2.9 – Added a new role for DHS CSO.
2.10 – Updated to include privacy-related responsibilities.
2.11 - Added privacy-related responsibilities.
2.12 – Added a new section, “OneNet Steward.”
2.13 – Added a new section, “DHS Security Operations Center (DHS SOC)
and Computer Security Incident Response Center (CSIRC).”
2.14 – Added a new section, “Homeland Secure Data Network (HSDN)
Security Operations Center (SOC).”
2.16 – Added a new section, “Component-level SOC.”
2.18 – Updated to include privacy-related responsibilities.
2.19 – Last sentence of first paragraph has been updated to say: “ISSO
Duties shall not be assigned as a collateral duty. Any collateral duties shall
not interfere with their ISSO duties.”
2.20 – Updated to include privacy-related responsibilities.
Section 3.0
3.9 – Added C&A information for unclassified, collateral classified and SCI
systems. Also, prior to DHS Policy table, included sentence regarding C&A.
3.9.b – Language updated to clarify that a minimum impact level of
moderate is required for confidentiality for CFO designated financial
systems.
3.9.h – New guidance is provided to clarify short term ATO authority.
3.11.1 – Added new section discussing the CISO Board.
3.11.3 – Removed DHS Wireless Security Working Group.
3.14.1 – Added new text defining PII and sensitive PII. At the end of bullet
#4, added definition of computer-readable data extracts. Updated 3.14.1.a
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
258
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Version
Date
Description
and 3.14.1.b based on input from the Privacy Office. Added sentence “DHS
has an immediate goal that remote access should only be allowed with twofactor authentication where one of the factors is provided by a device
separate from the computer gaining access.
3.14.2 - Added new section called "Privacy Threshold Analyses."
3.14.3 - Updated Privacy Impact Assessment Responsibilities table.
3.14.4 - Added new section called "System of Record Notices."
Section 4.0
4.1.5.c – Updated to address training requirements.
4.1.5.g – Deleted “Training plans shall include awareness of internal threats
and basic IT security practices.”
4.1.5.h (now 4.1.5.g) – Updated to include the following sentence:
“Components shall account for Contingency Plan Training, and Incident
Response Training conducted for Moderate and High IT Systems.”
4.3.1.d – FIPS 140-2 compliance language was updated.
4.8.1.a and 4.8.1.c – Language has been updated to provide clarification of
timeout values.
4.8.2.a – FIPS 140-2 compliance language was updated.
4.8.2.b – Added a new policy element regarding powering down laptops
when not in use.
4.9 – Section was renamed “Department Information Security Operations.”
4.9, 4.9.1, 4.9.2 – Updated policy elements to support Department security
operations capabilities, based on the SOC CONOPS.
4.9.2.b – Updated to say “Components shall obtain guidance from the DHS
SOC before contacting local law enforcement except where there is risk to
life, limb, or destruction of property.”
4.12.a – Added policy element to align with Handbook.
Section 5.0
5.2.1.a, 5.2.1.b, and 5.2.1.c – Language has been updated to provide
clarification of timeout values.
5.2.2 Introductory language, 5.2.2.a, 5.2.2.b, and 5.2.2.c – Language and
policy updated to clarify the meaning of a session termination.
5.3.f - Updated to clarify responsibilities of the System Owner regarding
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
259
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Version
Date
Description
computer-readable data extracts.
5.4.1.d – Added sentence “DHS has an immediate goal that remote access
should only be allowed with two-factor authentication where one of the
factors is provided by a device separate from the computer gaining access.”
5.4.3.a through i – New guidance is provided regarding the preparation of
ISAs for interconnections to the DHS OneNetwork.
5.4.3.g – Replaced “interconnect service agreements” with “interconnection
security agreements.”
5.4.4.f - New guidance is provided regarding internal firewalls.
5.4.5.f – New guidance is provided regarding the use of the RDP protocol.
5.4.6 – Added text “NOTE: Due to many attacks that are HTML-based,
please note that DHS will be following the lead of the DoD and moving to
text based email.”
5.4.8.a – Language updated to reflect that annual vulnerability assessments
should be conducted.
5.4.8.f – Policy updated to clarify automated system scanning.
5.5.1.c – Updated element to specify usage of cryptographic modules that
“are FIPS 197 compliant and have received FIPS 140-2 validation.”
5.5.2.f – Policy updated to clarify hosting of DHS Root CA.
6.1
September 23, 2008
Global Changes
Replaced all instances of “CISO/ISSM” with “Component CISO/ISSM.”
Replaced all DHS-related instances of “agency/agency-wide” with
“Department/Department-wide.”
Replaced all instances of “24x7” with “continuous” or “continuously,” as
appropriate.
Replaced all instances of “IT security” with “information security.”
Various minor editorial and grammatical changes were made throughout the
document.
Section 1.0
1.2 – Added reference to E-Government Act of 2002, January 7, 2003.
1.4 – Replaced “National InfoSec Glossary” with “National Information
Assurance (IA) Glossary.”
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
260
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Version
Date
Description
1.4.5 – Replaced third sentence with “System vulnerability information
about a financial system shall be considered Sensitive Financial
Information.”
1.5.2 – Added text regarding acceptance of resulting risk by the Component
CFO for financial systems.
1.5.3 – Corrected the title and location of Attachment B. Added text
regarding PTA requirements.
Section 2.0
2.1 – Updated to clarify Secretary of Homeland Security responsibilities.
2.2 – Updated to clarify Undersecretaries and Heads of DHS Components
responsibilities.
2.3 – Updated to clarify DHS CIO responsibilities.
2.4 – Updated to clarify Component CIO responsibilities.
2.5 – Updated to clarify DHS CISO responsibilities.
2.6 – Updated to clarify Component CISO responsibilities.
2.8 – Moved “The Chief Privacy Officer” section to 2.9.
2.11 – Updated to clarify Program Managers’ responsibilities.
2.14 – Updated to clarify HSDN SOC responsibilities. Updated HSDN SOC
unclassified email address.
2.19 – Updated to clarify ISSO responsibilities and the assignment of ISSO
duties as a collateral duty.
2.20 – Updated to clarify System Owners’ responsibilities.
2.23.2 – Updated to clarify DHS CIO responsibilities for financial systems.
Section 3.0
3.1.e – Replaced “FISMA and OMB requirements” with “FISMA, OMB,
and other Federal requirements.”
3.1.h – Replaced “maintain a waiver” with “maintain a waiver or exception.”
3.14.1 – Included text regarding the type of encryption needed for laptops.
3.14.3 – Included text stating that the PTA determines whether a PIA is
conducted.
3.14.4 – Moved first sentence of second paragraph to be the first sentence of
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
261
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Version
Date
Description
the first paragraph. Included “that are a system of record” after “IT
Systems” in the second sentence of the first paragraph.
Section 4.0
4.3.1.a – Included “locked tape device” in media protection.
4.3.1.d – Updated to clarify that AES 256-bit encryption is mandatory.
4.8.2.a – Updated to clarify that AES 256-bit encryption is mandatory.
4.8.3.c – Included new policy element regarding use of seized IT equipment.
4.8.4.f – Included new policy element regarding management and
maintenance of system libraries.
4.8.5.b – Policy updated to clarify limited personal use of DHS email and
Internet resources.
4.9 – First paragraph updated to clarify DHS SOC and HSDN SOC
responsibilities.
4.9.b – Updated to specify that the HSDN SOC is subordinate to the DHS
SOC.
4.9.1 – First two paragraphs updated to clarify relationship between the DHS
SOC and the HSDN SOC.
4.9.1.a – Removed the words “Component SOC.”
4.9.1.b – Updated to clarify means of communication for reporting
significant incidents.
4.9.1.c – Updated to clarify the length of time by which significant HSDN
incidents must be reported.
4.9.1.d. – Updated to clarify reporting for HSDN incidents.
Section 5.0
5.2.d – Replaced “Component CISO/ISSM” with “Component CISO/ISSM
or his/her designee.”
5.2.1 – Changed “48 hour time period” to “24 hour time period.”
5.4.5.g – Included new policy element regarding blocking of specific
Internet websites or categories.
5.4.7 – Updated the policy element to prohibit use of webmail and other
personal email accounts.
5.5.1.c – Updated to clarify that AES 256-bit encryption is mandatory.
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
262
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Version
Date
Description
5.7.d – Included new policy element regarding use of cryptographic modules
in order to align with 4300A Handbook.
5.7.e – Included new policy element regarding rollback and journaling for
transaction-based systems.
6.1.1
October 31, 2008
7.0
5.2.3 – Included new language and a link to the DHS computer login
warning banner text on DHS Online.
General Updates
Added section and reference numbers to policy elements
Added NIST 800-53 reference controls to policy elements
Added hyperlinks to most DHS references
Introduced new terminology Senior Agency Information Security Officer,
Risk Executive, and Authorizing Official (AO) – replaces DAA, as per NIST
800-37 and 800-53
Added Appendix A – Acronyms
Added Appendix B – Glossary
Added Appendix C – References list has been updated and moved to
Appendix C. (these are detailed references, an abbreviated list is still found
at the beginning of the document)
Added Appendix D – Change History (This was moved from the front of the
document)
Specific Updates
Section 1.1 – Information Security Program Policy – Added the
statement, “Policy elements are designed to be broad in scope. Specific
implementation information can often be found in specific National Institute
for Standards and Technology (NIST) publications, such as NIST Special
Publication (SP) 800-53, Recommended Security Controls for Federal
Systems.”
Section 1.4.17-19 – Privacy – Added definitions for PII, SPII, and Privacy
Sensitive Systems
Section 1.5 – Exceptions and Waivers – Updated this section, clarified
policy elements, and consolidated all exceptions and waivers requirements.
Section 1.5.4 – U.S. Citizen Exception Requests – Updated section to
include policy elements:
1.5.4.a – Persons of dual citizenship, where one of the citizenships includes
U.S. Citizenship, shall be treated as U.S. Citizens for the purposes of this
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
263
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Version
Date
Description
directive.
1.5.4.b – Additional compensating controls shall be maintained for foreign
nationals, based on nations lists maintained by the DHS CSO.
Section 1.6 – Information Sharing and Communication Strategy –
Added policy element:
1.6.a - For DHS purposes, electronic signatures are preferred to pen and ink
or facsimile signatures in all cases except where pen & ink signatures are
required by public law, Executive Order, or other agency requirements.
Section 1.7 – Changes to Policy – Updated entire section
Section 2.0 – Roles and Responsibilities – Reformats entire section.
Places emphasis on DHS CISO and Component-level Information Security
Roles. Secretary and senior management roles are moved to the end of the
section. Some specific areas to note include:
Section 2.1.1 – DHS Senior Agency Information Security Officer –
Introduces this term and assigns duties to DHS CISO
Section 2.1.2 – Chief Information Security Officer – Adds the following
responsibilities:
-
Appoint a DHS employee to serve as the Headquarters CISO
-
Appoint a DHS employee to serve as the National Security Systems
(NSS) CISO
Section 2.1.3 – Component Chief Information Security Officer – Adds
policy element:
2.1.3.b - All Components shall be responsible to the appropriate CISO.
Components without a fulltime CISO shall be responsible to the HQ CISO.
Adds 4 additional CISOs to the list of Component CISOs:
Federal Law Enforcement Training Center
Office of the Inspector General
Headquarters, Department of Homeland Security
The DHS CISO shall also appoint an NSS CISO
Section 2.1.4 – Component Information Systems Security Manager –
Component CISO now works directly with the HQ CISO, rather than with
the DHS CISO.
Section 2.1.5 – Risk Executive – Introduces this term as per NIST.
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
264
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Version
Date
Description
Assigns responsibilities to CISOs (already performing these functions)
Section 2.1.6 – Authorizing Official – Introduces this term as per NIST.
Replaces the term Designated Approval Authority (DAA)
Section 2.2.10 – DHS Employees, Contractors, and Vendors – Adds the
requirement for vendors to follow DHS Information Security Policy
Section 3.2 – Capital Planning and Investment Control – Adds policy
element:
3.2.f – Procurement authorities throughout DHS shall ensure that Homeland
Security Acquisition Regulation (HSAR) provisions are fully enforced.
Section 3.3 – Contractors and Outsourced Operations – Adds policy
element:
3.3.g – Procurement authorities throughout DHS shall ensure that Homeland
Security Acquisition Regulation (HSAR) provisions are fully enforced.
Section 3.5.2 – Contingency Planning – Updates and expands entire
section.
Section 3.5 – Configuration Management – Adds policy elements
Section 3.7.f – If the information system uses operating systems or
applications that do not have hardening or do not follow configuration
guidance from the DHS CISO, the System Owner shall request an exception,
including a proposed alternative secure configuration.
Section 3.7.g – Components shall ensure that CM processes under their
purview include and consider the results of a security impact analysis when
considering proposed changes.
Section 3.9 – Certification, Accreditation, and Security Assessments –
Updates entire section
Section 3.9.1 – FIPS Categorization and NIST SP 800-53 Controls –
Removed table of controls and referred reader to Attachment M.
Added Section 3.9.10 – Plan of Actions and Milestones and renumbered
Sections 3.9.10-11 to 3.9.11-12
Section 3.11.1 – CISO Council – Updates the term from CISO Board
Section 3.14-3.14.6 – Privacy Sections – Updates all sections pertaining to
privacy and privacy information, adds section 3.14.5 – Protecting Privacy
Sensitive Systems
Section 3.14.7 – E-Authentication – Renumbers this section from 3.14.6
(due to adding of privacy section 3.14.5
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
265
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Version
Date
Description
Section 3.15 – DHS Chief Financial Officer Designated Systems –
Section renamed from DHS Chief Financial Officer Designated Financial
Systems
Section 3.16 – Social Media – Added Social Media section to provide
guidelines and address the Federal Government’s (including DHS) use of
social media sites (You Tube, Twitter, etc)
Section 4.1.2 – Rules of Behavior – Added policy element:
4.1.2.b – Components shall ensure that DHS users are trained regarding
rules of behavior and that each user signs a copy prior to being granted user
accounts or access to information systems or data.
Section 4.1.5 – IT Security Awareness, Training, and Education –
Updates entire section
Section 4.1.6 – Separation from Duty – Updates policy element to require
that all assets and data are recovered from departing individuals
4.1.6.b – Components shall establish procedures to ensure that all DHS
information system-related property and assets are recovered from the
departing individual and that sensitive information stored on any media is
transferred to an authorized individual.
Adds policy elements:
4.1.6.c - Accounts for personnel on extended absences shall be temporarily
suspended.
4.1.6.d – System Owners shall review information system accounts
supporting their programs at least annually.
Section 4.3.2 – Media Marking and Transport – Adds “Transport” to
section title and adds policy element:
4.3.2.b – Components shall control the transport of information system
media containing sensitive data, outside of controlled areas and restrict the
pickup, receipt, transfer, and delivery to authorized personnel.
Section 4.6 – Wireless Network Communications – Updated section title
from “Wireless Communication” and specifies “network communication”
technologies in policy, rather than the more general “Wireless.” Removes
references to the defunct “WMO.”
Section 4.6.1 – Wireless Systems – Adds policy elements:
4.6.1.f – Component CISOs shall review all system applications for wireless
usage, maintain an inventory of systems, and provide that inventory to the
DHS CISO at least annually.
4.6.1.g – Component CISOs shall (i) establish usage restrictions and
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
266
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Version
Date
Description
implementation guidance for wireless technologies; and (ii) authorize,
monitor, and control wireless access to DHS information systems.
4.9.1 – Security Incidents and Incident Response and Reporting – Adds
requirement for Components to maintain full SOC and CSIRC capability
(May outsource to DHS SOC). Adds policy elements:
4.9.1.k – Components shall maintain a full SOC and CSIRC capability or
outsource this capability to the DHS SOC. The DHS SOC shall provide
SOC and CSIRC services to Components in accordance with formal
agreements. Information regarding incident response capability is available
in Attachment F of the DHS 4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook.
4.9.1.q – The DHS CISO shall publish Incident Response Testing and
Exercise scenarios as required.
4.9.1.r – The Component CISO for each Component providing an incident
response capability shall ensure Incident Response Testing and Exercises are
conducted annually in coordination with the DHS CISO.
Section 5.1 – Identification and Authentication – Adds requirement for
strong authentication following HSPD-12 implementation.
5.1.f – Components shall implement strong authentication on servers, for
system administrators and significant security personnel, within six (6)
months of the Component’s implementation of HSPD-12.
Section 5.4.1 – Remote Access and Dial-In – Updates section and adds
policy element:
5.4.1.f – The Public Switched Telephone Network (PSTN) shall not be
connected to OneNet at any time.
5.4.3 – Network Connectivity – Requires DHS CIO approval for all
network connections outside of DHS. Also specifies requirement for CCB.
5.4.3.g – The DHS CIO shall approve all interconnections between DHS
information systems and non-DHS information systems. Components shall
document interconnections with an ISA for each connection. The DHS CIO
shall ensure that connections with other Federal Government Agencies are
properly documented. A single ISA may be used for multiple connections
provided that the security accreditation is the same for all connections
covered by that ISA.
5.4.3.l - The appropriate CCB shall ensure that documentation associated
with an approved change to an information system is updated to reflect the
appropriate baseline. DHS systems that interface with OneNet shall also be
subject to the OneNet CCB.
Section 5.4.4 – Firewalls and Policy Enforcement Points – Updates
language to include Policy Enforcement Points. Adds policy elements:
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
267
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Version
Date
Description
5.4.4.i – The DHS CISO shall establish policy to block or allow traffic
sources and destinations at the DHS TIC PEPs. The DHS CISO policy will
prevent traffic as directed by the DHS CIO.
5.4.j – The DHS SOC shall oversee all enterprise PEPs.
Section 5.4.5 – Internet Security – Prohibits Public Switched Telephone
Network (PSTN) connection to OneNet.
5.4.5.a – Any direct connection of OneNet, DHS networks, or DHS mission
systems to the Internet or to extranets shall occur through DHS Trusted
Internet Connection (TIC) PEPSs. The PSTN shall not be connected to
OneNet at any time.
Section 5.5.3 – Public Key/Private Key – Assigns responsibility for nonhuman use of PKI to sponsors.
5.5.3.g – Sponsors for non-human subscribers (organization, application,
code-signing, or device) shall be responsible for the security of and use of
the subscriber’s private keys. Every sponsor shall read, understand, and sign
a “DHS PKI Subscriber Agreement for Sponsors” as a pre-condition for
receiving certificates from a DHS CA for the non-human subscriber.
Section 5.4.6 – Email Security – Prohibits auto-forwarding of DHS email
to other than .gov addresses.
5.4.6.i - Auto-forwarding or redirecting of DHS email to address outside of
the .gov domain is prohibited and shall not be used. Users may manually
forward individual messages after determining that the risk or consequences
are low.
Section 5.6 – Malware Protection – Updates term from “Virus.”
7.1
September 30, 2009
General Updates
Standardized the term “IT system” to “information system”
Standardized the term “DHS IT system” to “DHS information system”
Updated the term “DHS Security Operations Center” to “DHS Enterprise
Operations Center” and added definition in glossary
Replaced “must” with “shall” in all policy statements
Replaced “vendors” with “others working on behalf of DHS”
Specific Updates
Section 1.4.20 – Strong Authentication – Added definition for Strong
Authentication
Section 1.4.21 – Two-Factor Authentication – Added definition for Two-
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
268
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Version
Date
Description
Factor Authentication
Section 2.2.4 – Component Chief Information Officer – Alleviated
confusion regarding Component CIO responsibilities
Section 2.2.5 – Chief Security Office – Removed erroneous CSO
responsibilities which belong to Component CIOs
Section 2.2.7 – DHS Chief Financial Officer – Updated policy elements to
clarify applicable policies
Section 3.1 – Basic Requirements (3.1.d, 3.1.g-j) – Updated policy elements
to CISO/ISSM/ISSO responsibilities
Section 3.7.f – Clarified Operating system exception requirements
Section 3.9.l-m – Clarified requirements regarding TAF/RMS
Section 3.15 – CFO Designated Systems – Major revisions to this section
Section 4.2.6 and 5.4.1.a – Prohibits tethering to DHS devices
Section 5.4.3.g-h – Clarifies interconnection and ISA approval
Section 5.5 – Cryptography – Removed unnecessary elements from
introductions and updated entire section with input from DHS PKI Steward
7.2
June 21, 2010
General Updates
No general updates with this revision. Specific updates are listed below.
Specific Updates
Section 1.4.8 – Added FISMA language (transmits, stores, or processes data
or information) to definition of DHS System
Section 1.5.3.k – Removed requirement for Component Head to make
recommendation regarding waivers; removed requirement to report
exceptions on FISMA report.
Section 2.1.6 – Adds requirement for AO to be a Federal employee
Section 2.1.7 – Clarifies that CO is a senior management official; stipulates
that CO must be a Federal employee
Section 2.2.5 – Updated CSO role
Section 3.2 – Added intro to CPIC section
Section 3.5.2.h – Added requirement to coordinate CP and COOP testing
moderate and high FIPS categorizations
Section 3.15.a – Added requirement for CFO Designated Systems security
assessments for key controls be tracked in TAF and adds requirement for
tracking ST&E and SAR annually.
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
269
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Version
Date
Description
Section 3.15.c – Remaps control from RA-4 to RA-5
Section 3.15.h – Adds mapping to IR-6
Section 3.15.i – Remaps control from PL-3 to PL-2
Section 3.17 – Added requirement to protect HIPPA information
Section 3.9.8.1 – Clarifies the requirement for alternate sites for high
availability systems
Section 4.1.l.a – Added requirement for annual reviews of position
sensitivity levels
Section 4.1.1.c – Exempts active duty USCG and other personnel subject to
UCMJ from background check requirements
Section 4.1.4.c-d – Adds additional separation of duties requirements and
restricts the use of administrator accounts
Section 5.2.f – Limits the number of concurrent connections for FIPS-199
high systems
Section 5.4.2.a – Limits network monitoring as per the Electronic
Communications Act
Section 5.4.3 – Added introduction to clarify ISA requirements
Section 5.4.3.f – Clarifies the term “security policy” in context
Section 5.4.3.m – Clarifies that the both AOs must accept risk for
interconnected systems that do not require ISAs.
Section 5.4.3.m-n – Adds stipulations to ISA requirements
Section 5.5 – Updates language in entire section
Section 5.5.3.j – Assigns the DHS PKI MA responsibility for maintaining
Human Subscriber agreements
7.2.1
August 9, 2010
General Updates
No general updates with this revision. Specific updates are listed below.
Specific Updates
Section 1.1 – Removes reference to 4300C; updates section to align with
policy
Section 1.4.1/3 – Updates Executive Order reference from 12958 to 13526
Section 1.4.8 – Updates definition of DHS system to align with policy
Section 1.4.17 – Updates the PII section
Section 1.4.18 – Updates SPII section
Section 1.5.3 – Adds requirement for Privacy Officer/PPOC approval for
exceptions and waivers pertaining to Privacy Designated Systems
Section 1.6.b/c – Requires installation and use of digital signatures and
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
270
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Version
Date
Description
certificates
Section 2.1.6.d – Allows delegation of AO duty to review and approve
administrators
Section 2.2.6 – Updates DHS Chief Privacy Officer description
Section 3.7.e – Adds requirement to include DHS certificate as part of
FDCC
Section 3.14 – Updates Privacy and Data Security section
Section 3.14.1 – Updates PII section
Section 3.14.2 – Updates PTA section
Section 3.14.2.e – Updates impact level requirements for Privacy Sensitive
Systems
Section 3.14.3 – Updates PIA section
Section 3.1.4.4 – Updates SORN section
Section 3.14.4.a – Exempts SORN requirements
Section 3.14.5 – Updates Privacy Sensitive Systems protection requirements
Section 3.14.6.a – Updates privacy incident reporting requirements
Section 3.14.7 – Updates privacy requirements for e-Auth
Section 3.14.7.e – Adds PIA requirements for eAuth
Section 4.1.1.e – Expands U.S. citizenship requirement for access to all
DHS systems and networks
Section 4.1.4.b – Allows delegation of AO duty to review and approve
administrators
Section 4.6.2.3.c – Clarifies prohibited use of SMS
Section 4.8.4.h – Updates the term “trusted” to “cleared” maintenance
personnel
Section 4.12.i – Updates escort requirements for maintenance or disposal
Section 4.12.j – Requires disabling of dial up on multifunction devices
Section 5.4.3 – Clarifies definition of Network Connectivity
Section 5.4.3.m/n – Clarifies requirement for ISA and aligns with policy
Section 5.4.6.j – Requires DHS email systems to use a common naming
convention
Section 5.5.3.g – Prohibits sharing of personal private keys
7.2.1.1
January 19, 2011
General Updates
No general updates with this revision. Specific updates are listed below.
Specific Updates
Section 4.8.1.a – Changes requirement for screensaver activation from five
(5) to fifteen (15) minutes of inactivity.
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
271
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Version
9.1
Date
Description
July 24, 2012
General Changes
Style, grammar, and diction edited.
Updated control references.
Updated links.
Replace “EOC” and “Emergency Operations Center” with “SOC” and
“Security Operations Center” respectively.
Replace “CSIRC” and “Computer Security Incident Response Center” with
“SOC” and “Security Operations Center” respectively.
Replace “certification and accreditation” and “C&A” with “security
authorization process”.
Replace “Certifying Official” with “Security Control Assessor”.
Replace “ST&E Plan” with “security assessment plan”.
Replace “ST&E” with “security control assessment”
Replace “system security plan” with “security plan” and “SSP” with “SP”.
Specific Updates:
Section 1: Updated citations.
Section 1.4.8.1: Change definition to specify that a GSS has only one ISSO.
Section 1.4.8.2: Change definition to specify that an MA has only one ISSO.
Section 1.5.1: Include language requiring waiver submissions to be
coordinated with the AO.
Section 1.5.2: Include language requiring waiver submissions to be
coordinated with the AO.
Section 1.5.3: Clarify language regarding submission of waivers and
exceptions for CFO designated systems.
Section 1.5.3.a: New policy element added to state that the 4300A Policy
and Handbook apply to all DHS systems unless a waiver or exception has
been granted.
Section 1.6: Section 1.6, Information Sharing and Electronic Signature was
divided into two sections – Section 1.6, Electronic Signatures, and Section
1.7, Information Sharing.
Section 1.6.b: Changed to require use of electronic signatures where
practicable.
Section 1.6.d: Added new policy element, “DHS and Component systems
shall be able to verify PIV credentials issued by other Federal agencies.”
Section 1.6.e: Updated control reference.
Section 1.8: Section 1.8, Threats, was added to the policy.
Section 1.8.5: Section added defining supply chain threat and supply chain.
Section 2.1.2: Add DHS CISO role as primary liaison to Component
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
272
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Version
Date
Description
officials, and to perform periodic compliance reviews for selected systems.
Section 2.13: Update Component CISO duties and add to implement
POA&M process and ensure that external providers who operate information
systems meet the same security requirements as the Component.
Include language to address the designation of a Deputy CISO by the
Component CISO. Add two new responsibilities for Component CISO:
Serve as principal advisor on information security matters; Report to the
Component CIO on matters relating to the security of Component
information Systems. Removed a lower bullet that these made redundant.
Added Science and Technology (S&T) to the list of Components that shall
have fulltime CISOs.
NPPD added to the list of Components having a fulltime CISO.
Section 2.1.4: Update list of Component ISSM duties and create a POA&M
for each known vulnerability.
Section 2.1.5: Add significantly expanded Risk Executive duties.
Section 2.1.6: Add significantly expanded Authorizing Official duties.
Section 2.1.6.a: Clarified language (designation of AOs at Department
level).
Section 2.1.6.b: Clarified language (designation of AOs at Component
level).
Section 2.1.8.g: New policy element added to ensure ISSO responsibility
for responding to ICCB change request packages.
Section 2.2.4: Includes new language stating that the Component CISO
reports directly to the Component CIO.
Section 2.2.8: Add Program Manager responsibility for POA&M content.
Section 2.2.9: Add expanded System Owner duties.
Section 2.2.10: Renumber previous version’s Section 2.2.10 to be Section
2.2.11
Section 2.2.10 [New]: Introduces and describes duties of Common Control
Provider.
Section 2.2.11: Renumbered from previous version’s 2.2.10.
Section 3.1.k: Added policy statement requiring SCAP compliance.
Section 3.18: Section added containing Cloud Services policy.
Section 3.2.g: Added new policy element, “Procurements for services and
products involving facility or system access control shall be in accordance
with the DHS guidance regarding HSPD-12 implementation.”
Section 3.5.2.c: Updated language to clarify requirements for backup policy
and procedures.
Section 3.5.2.f: Updated language to require table-top exercises for testing
the CP for moderate availability systems.
Section 3.7.f: Added new policy element, “Components shall monitor
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
273
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Version
Date
Description
USGCB (or DHS-approved USGCB variant) compliance using a NISTvalidated Security Content Automation Protocol (SCAP) tool.”
Section 3.9: Add requirement for Components to designate a Common
Control Provider.
Section 3.9.w: Policy element added to require common control catalogs for
DHS enterprise services.
Section 3.9.x: Policy element added to require the development of
Enterprise System Security Agreements for enterprise services.
Section 3.10.b: Policy element language was updated to clarify the function
of information system security review and assistance programs.
Section 3.11.3: Added section, including two policy statements, relative to
Security Policy Working Group.
Section 3.14.6.e: Updated reference title and hyperlink.
Section 3.14.7.e: Policy element revised to require consultation with a
privacy officer to determine if a change requires an updated PTA.
Section 3.14.7.h: New policy element added to ensure that all new DHS
information systems or those undergoing major upgrades shall use or support
DHS PIV credentials
Section 3.14: Language updated for readability.
Section 3.14.4.c: Added new policy element, “Components shall review and
republish SORNs every two (2) years as required by OMB A-130.”
Section 3.14.7.f: Added new policy element, “Existing physical and logical
access control systems shall be upgraded to use PIV credentials, in
accordance with NIST and DHS guidelines.”
Section 3.14.7.g: Added new policy element, “All new systems under
development shall be enabled to use PIV credentials, in accordance with
NIST and DHS guidelines, prior to being made operational.”
Section 3.17: Added reference to NIST SP 800-66 for more information on
HIPAA.
Section 4.1.1.c: Includes new language to give Components the option to
use background investigations completed by another Federal agency when
granting system access to Federal employees.
Section 4.1.1.c: Changed “Minimum Background Investigation (MBI)” to
“Moderate Risk Background Investigation (MBI).”
Section 4.1.1.d: Includes new language to give Components the option to
use background investigations completed by another Federal agency when
granting system access to contractor personnel.
Section 4.1.4.d: Language updated to clarify usage of administrator
accounts.
Section 4.1.5.d: Policy element revised to clarify awareness training
records requirements.
Section 4.1.5.e: Policy element revised to clarify role-based training
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
274
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Version
Date
Description
records requirements.
Section 4.1.5.f: Language updated to clarify requirements for security
awareness training plan.
Section 4.1.5.g: Policy element revised to require submission of an annual
role-based training plan.
Section 4.1.5.j: Policy element revised to require annual DHS CISO review
of role-based training programs.
Section 4.1.5.k: Policy element revised to require biannual submission of
roster of significant information security personnel and to specify the
standard information security roles.
Section 4.3.1.b: Language updated to clarify protection of offsite backup
media.
Section 4.3.1.f: Policy element prohibiting connection of DHS removable
media to non-DHS systems. It was already stated in 4.3.1.e.
Section 4.5.4: Added reference to NIST SP 800-58 for more information on
VoIP.
Section 4.9.j: Language updated to require that Component SOCs report
operationally to the respective Component CISO.
Section 4.9.k: New policy element added, “The DHS EOC shall report
operationally to the DHS CISO.”
Section 4.9.1 [four.nine.ell]: Added policy statement requiring the
NOC/SOC to be under the direction of a Government employee who shall be
present at all times.
Section 4.10: renumbered Section 4.9.1
Section 4.10.1.1 renumbered to Section 4.9.1.1
Section 4.10.1.2 renumbered to Section 4.9.1.2
Section 4.10.1.3 renumbered to Section 4.9.1.3
Section 4.10.1.4 renumbered to Section 4.9.1.4
Section 4.10.1.5 renumbered to Section 4.9.1.5
Section 4.10.1.6 renumbered to Section 4.9.1.6
Section 4.10.2 renumbered to Section 4.9.2
Section 4.10.3 renumbered to Section 4.9.3
Section 4.11 renumbered to Section 4.10
Section 4.12 renumbered to Section 4.11
Section 4.13 renumbered to Section 4.12
Section 4.9.1.b: Revised with clarification of reporting means and
requirements.
Section 4.9.1.c: Revised with clarification of reporting means and
requirements.
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
275
July 24. 2012
DHS 4300A SENSITIVE SYSTEMS HANDBOOK
Version
Date
Description
Section 4.10: Revise list of annual system documentation updates.
Section 4.11.c: Policy element replaced with new one stating that the policy
applies “to all DHS employees, contractors, detailees, others working on
behalf of DHS, and users of DHS information systems that collect, generate,
process, store, display, transmit, or receive DHS data.”
Section 4.11.c: Policy element was moved to 1.5.3.a.
Section 4.12.d: Updated control reference.
Section 4.11
Section 4.10.c: Updated control reference.
Section 5.1.g: Policy element added to require use of PIV credentials for
logical authentication where available.
Section 5.2.b: Updated control reference.
Section 5.2.e: Updated control reference.
Section 5.2.f: Policy element revised to allow concurrent sessions to one if
strong authentication is used.
Section 5.2.g: New policy element added to ensure preservation of
identification and access requirements for all data-at-rest.
Section 5.4.1.a: Updated control reference.
Section 5.4.4.b: Updated control reference.
Section 5.4.1.e: Policy element removed.
Section 5.4.1.f: Policy element removed.
Section 5.4.6.k: Added policy statement moved from 5.4.7.b.
Section 5.4.7.b: Deleted and becomes new policy statement 5.4.6.k.
Section 5.5.2: Revised to address the two DHS PKIs now functioning: DHS
FPKI and DHS Internal NPE PKI.
Section 5.5.3: Revised to address the two DHS PKIs now functioning: DHS
FPKI and DHS Internal NPE PKI.
Section 5.7.e: Updated control reference.
Section 5.8: Added new section, including two policy statements, relative to
IT supply chain risks and protection against supply chain threats.
Appendix A: Included new acronyms
Appendix B: Revised definition of Accreditation Package to reflect new list
of documentation.
Appendix C: Updated references
4300A Sensitive Systems Handbook v9.1
276
July 24. 2012
| File Type | application/pdf |
| File Title | DHS Sensitive Systems Handbook 4300A v8.0 |
| Author | Tanyette Miller |
| File Modified | 2012-07-27 |
| File Created | 2012-07-27 |